Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 27, 2014.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   6331   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

Address:

Landmark Square, Suite 1A

64 Earth Close

P.O. Box 469

Grand Cayman, KY1-9006

Cayman Islands

Telephone No: 345-749-7570

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Corporation Service Company

1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210

New York, New York 10036

Telephone No: (800) 927-9801

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Curt P. Creely, Esq.

Megan A. Odroniec, Esq.

Foley & Lardner LLP

100 North Tampa Street, Suite 2700
Tampa, Florida 33602

Telephone No.: (813) 229-2300

Facsimile No.: (813) 221-4210

 

Christopher J. Lange, Esq.

LeClairRyan, a Professional Corporation

Riverfront Plaza, East Tower

951 East Byrd Street, Eighth Floor

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Telephone No.: (804) 343-4094

Facsimile No.: (804) 783-7689

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to Be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
 

Units, each unit consisting of one ordinary share, $0.001 par value, and one warrant

  $25,500,000     $3,285   

Ordinary shares included as part of the units

        (2)  

Warrants included as part of the units

        (2 )  

Ordinary shares underlying warrants (3)

  $31,875,000     $4,106   

Total

  $57,375,000     $7,391   

 

 

 

 
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Section 6(b) and Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).
(3) Pursuant to Rule 416, this registration statement also covers such number of additional ordinary shares to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions pursuant to the terms of the warrants referenced above.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY 27, 2014

 

LOGO

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Maximum of         Units

Minimum of         Units

Each Unit Consisting of One Ordinary Share and One Warrant

 

 

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is offering for sale up to             units, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share, $0.001 (USD) par value, and one warrant. Each warrant may be exercised to acquire one ordinary share at an exercise price equal to $         per share (which is 125% of the public offering price). You may exercise your warrants at any time after the closing of this offering until the five year anniversary of the closing of this offering. We may cancel the warrants at any time following the six month anniversary of the closing of this offering if the closing price per ordinary share exceeds $         (which is 125% of the exercise price of the warrant) for at least ten trading days within any period of twenty consecutive trading days. This prospectus also covers the offer of our ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants.

Our placement agent, Capitol Securities Management, Inc., is selling the units on a minimum/maximum “best efforts” basis. The placement agent is not required to sell any specific dollar amount of securities but will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered. Our placement agent will receive a fee with respect to such sales. Subscriptions for the units will be deposited into escrow with SunTrust Bank, N.A. until a minimum of             units have been sold. In the event we do not sell a minimum of             units by                 , 2014, escrowed funds will be promptly returned to investors without interest or deduction. In the event that a minimum of             units are sold by                , 2014, we will close on those funds received and promptly issue the units.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our units, ordinary shares or warrants. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of the units will be between $5.00 and $7.00 per unit.

We intend to file an application to list our units, ordinary shares, and warrants on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “OXBRU,” “OXBR” and “OXBRW,” respectively. Assuming that our application is approved, we expect that the ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading, and that the units will cease trading, on or about the 45 th day following the date of this prospectus.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our securities involves significant risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10.

 

     Price to
Public
     Placement
Agent Fees (1)
     Proceeds, Before Expenses, to
Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited (2 )
 

Per Unit

   $                $                $            

Total if minimum sold

   $         $         $     

Total if maximum sold

   $         $         $     

 

(1) Payable to Capitol Securities Management, Inc., our placement agent. The terms of our arrangement with Capitol Securities Management, Inc. are described under the caption “Plan of Distribution” on page 91.
(2) We expect total cash expenses for this offering to be approximately $        .

Delivery of the units will be made on or about             , 2014.

None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission, the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority nor any other governmental or regulatory body in the Cayman Islands has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Capitol Securities Management, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2014.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     10   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     29   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     31   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     32   

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

     33   

CAPITALIZATION

     34   

DILUTION

     35   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     36   

BUSINESS

     41   

REGULATION

     52   

MANAGEMENT

     54   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     60   

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     61   

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     64   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     75   

MATERIAL CAYMAN ISLANDS TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     77   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     78   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     91   

LEGAL MATTERS

     94   

EXPERTS

     94   

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

     94   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     94   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND FINANCIAL TERMS

     G-1   

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the placement agent has not, authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the placement agent are offering to sell and seeking offers to buy these securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the placement agent have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

No invitation is being made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for these securities.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information that we present more fully in the rest of this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our securities. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Except as otherwise indicated, the market data and industry statistics in this prospectus are based upon independent industry publications and other publicly available information. Unless the context requires otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Oxbridge,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company,” “our company,” and similar references refer to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and its wholly owned subsidiary Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, unless the context dictates otherwise. References in this prospectus to our “Articles” refer to the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited as the same shall be in effect upon completion of this offering. For your convenience, we have included a glossary beginning on page G-1 of selected reinsurance terms. All dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated.

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Company Overview

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company that was organized in April 2013 to provide reinsurance business solutions primarily to property and casualty insurers in the Gulf Coast region of the United States. Through our licensed reinsurance subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, we write fully collateralized policies to cover property losses from specified catastrophes. We intend to specialize in underwriting medium-frequency, high-severity risks, where we believe sufficient data exists to analyze effectively the risk/return profile of reinsurance contracts.

Our company was formed by investors with significant experience in the U.S. property and casualty insurance market who saw an opportunity to provide more competitive reinsurance products to property and casualty insurance providers in the Gulf Coast region. Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, our reinsurance subsidiary, was approved by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as a licensed Class C insurance company under Cayman Islands law in April 2013. In June 2013, we completed a private placement in the amount of $6.7 million. Following the private placement, in June 2013 we entered into our initial reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh Casualty Insurance Company, Ltd. (“Claddaugh”), a captive reinsurance company and a subsidiary of HCI Group, Inc., a Florida-based, publicly traded holding company that is a related party through common directors. We have since entered into an additional reinsurance contract with another party in January 2014. Following our initial reinsurance contracts, our core business will be focused on the provision of property catastrophe reinsurance coverage to a broad range of select insurance companies and potentially other reinsurers.

We intend to underwrite reinsurance contracts on a selective and opportunistic basis as opportunities arise based on our goal of achieving favorable long-term returns on equity for our shareholders. Our goal is to achieve long-term growth in book value per share by writing business that will generate attractive underwriting profits relative to the risk we bear. Unlike other insurance and reinsurance companies, we do not intend to pursue an aggressive investment strategy and instead will focus our business on underwriting profits rather than investment profits. Our initial business focus will be on fully collateralized reinsurance contracts for property catastrophes in the Gulf Coast region of the United States, with an initial emphasis on Florida, and within that market and risk category, we will attempt to select the most economically attractive opportunities across a variety of property and

 

 

1


Table of Contents

casualty insurers. As our capital base grows, however, we expect that we will consider growth opportunities in other geographic areas and risk categories. We have no current intention to become rated, so we will be required to collateralize our obligations under our reinsurance contracts.

Our Business Strategy

Our goal is to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders through the prudent management of underwriting risks relative to our capital base. To achieve this objective, the following are the principal elements of our business strategy:

 

    Maintain a Commitment to Disciplined Underwriting. We will use a disciplined and data-driven underwriting approach to select a diversified portfolio of risks that we believe will generate an attractive return on capital over the long term. Neither our underwriting nor our investment strategies are designed to generate smooth or predictable quarterly earnings, but rather to optimize growth in book value per share over the long term.

 

    Focus on Risk Management. We will treat risk management as an integral part of our underwriting and business management processes. We expect that substantially all of our reinsurance contracts will contain loss limitation provisions that limit our losses to the value of the assets collateralizing our reinsurance contracts.

 

    Partial Deployment of Capital. In order to eliminate the possibility of complete losses, we intend to place only a portion of our total capital at risk in any single year. This means that we expect lower returns than some of our competitors in years where there are lower than average catastrophe losses but that our capital will be better protected in the event of large losses. We are committed to maintaining our capitalization and financial strength over the long term and to develop a history of paying a consistent dividend on our ordinary shares.

 

    Take Advantage of Market Opportunities. Although our business will be initially focused on catastrophe coverage for Gulf Coast insurers with an emphasis on Florida, we intend to continuously evaluate various market opportunities in which our business may be strategically or financially expanded or enhanced in the future. Such opportunities could take the form of diversifying our business into other geographic or market areas. Such opportunities could also include quota share reinsurance contracts, joint ventures, renewal rights transactions, corporate acquisitions of another insurer or reinsurer, or the formation of insurance or reinsurance platforms in new markets. We believe the environment in the reinsurance and insurance markets will continue to produce opportunities for us, through organic expansion or through acquisitions.

Risks That Could Impact Our Ability to Implement Our Business Strategy

We face the following risks that could impact our business strategy:

 

    We do not have an operating history or established reputation in the reinsurance industry. We were incorporated in April 2013, and did not begin underwriting reinsurance transactions until June 2013. As a result, we do not have an operating history on which you can base an estimate of our future earnings prospects. We also do not have an established reputation in the reinsurance industry, which may adversely affect our ability to acquire and retain new business.

 

    Our results of operations will fluctuate from period to period and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects. We anticipate that the performance of our reinsurance operations and our future investment portfolio will fluctuate from period to period. In addition, because we plan to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable return on equity over the long term, our short-term results of operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
    Our initial reinsurance contracts are primarily with HCI Group, Inc., and its subsidiaries. For the reinsurance policy year June 1, 2013 through May 31, 2014, we expect to derive substantially all of our reinsurance and insurance business from HCI Group and its subsidiaries. We expect to continue to derive a substantial portion of our reinsurance and insurance business from HCI Group and its subsidiaries during the policy year beginning June 1, 2014. Accordingly, the failure to enter into new reinsurance contracts with HCI Group or any of its subsidiaries for the policy year beginning June 1, 2014 could reduce our revenues during our initial years of operation, increase our dependence on third party insurance companies, program underwriting agents and service providers to support our business, and have a material adverse effect on us.

 

    The business relationships between us and HCI Group, together with the positions held by our directors and executives with HCI Group, may present difficult conflicts of interest and business opportunity issues. We currently derive substantially all of our business from a subsidiary of HCI Group in the current policy year and may continue to derive a substantial portion of our business from HCI Group subsidiaries during our first few years of operation. Sanjay Madhu, our President, Chief Executive Officer, and a director, is also a member of the board of directors of HCI Group and a former executive officer of HCI Group. Also, Paresh Patel, the non-executive Chairman of our Board of Directors and the largest stockholder of our company, is the Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of HCI Group. Because of these business relationships, various conflicts of interest could arise with respect to business opportunities that could be advantageous to HCI Group or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and us or any of our subsidiaries, on the other hand. Moreover, because of these relationships, HCI Group may have the ability to otherwise significantly influence certain business decisions by us, including our writing of future policies. These relationships and potential conflicts could also result in contracts between us and HCI Group and/or its subsidiaries that are less favorable to us than contracts that could be negotiated with other third parties.

 

    Established competitors with greater resources may make it difficult for us to effectively market our products or offer our products at a profit. We compete with major reinsurers, all of which have substantially greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do, which may make it difficult for us to effectively market our products or offer our products at a profit.

 

    There is uncertainty with respect to the establishment of loss reserves. As we have only recently commenced operations, our estimation of loss reserves may be less reliable than the reserve estimations of a reinsurer with a greater volume of business and an established loss history.

 

    We are required to maintain sufficient collateral accounts, which could significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy. We are not licensed or admitted as a reinsurer in any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. Certain jurisdictions, including the United States, do not permit insurance companies to take credit for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers on their statutory financial statements unless appropriate security measures are implemented. Consequently, we must continue to maintain sufficient funds in escrow accounts to serve as collateral for our reinsurance contracts.

Our Reinsurance Contracts and Products

We began underwriting business in June 2013 when we entered into our first reinsurance contracts. Our initial reinsurance contracts are principally with Claddaugh, a captive reinsurance company and a subsidiary of HCI Group. Although we will likely enter into additional reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh in the future and anticipate that at least 50% of our gross premiums will be with Claddaugh for the June 2014 hurricane season, we intend to increasingly diversify our customer base in future policy years. In January 2014, we entered into a small reinsurance contract providing up to $250,000 in coverage (with a reinstatement of an additional $250,000 in coverage) with a non-affiliate of Claddaugh for a policy period that ends in March 2015.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

With the proceeds from our initial public offering, we intend to pursue reinsurance contracts with additional property and casualty insurers in the Gulf Coast region of the United States with an initial emphasis on Florida. We anticipate that, for the foreseeable future, our reinsurance contracts will, similar to the reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh, principally cover property claims resulting from catastrophes such as hurricanes and tornados. We anticipate that such contracts will be either single-year or multi-year contracts and that our policy years will generally commence on June 1 of each year and end on May 31 of the following year.

We intend to write primarily property, property catastrophe, and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance. Substantially all of the reinsurance products we currently seek to write are in the form of treaty reinsurance contracts. When we write treaty reinsurance contracts, we will not evaluate separately each of the individual risks assumed under the contracts and are therefore largely dependent on the individual underwriting decisions made by the cedant. Accordingly, as part of our initial review and renewal process, we carefully review and analyze the cedant’s risk management and underwriting practices in deciding whether to provide treaty reinsurance and in appropriately pricing the coverage.

Marketing and Distribution

We expect that, in the future, the majority of our business will be sourced through reinsurance brokers. Brokerage distribution channels provide us with access to an efficient, variable distribution system without the significant time and expense that would be incurred in creating an in-house marketing and distribution network. Reinsurance brokers receive a brokerage commission that is usually a percentage of gross premiums written.

We intend to build relationships with global reinsurance brokers and captive insurance companies located in the Cayman Islands. Our management team has significant relationships with most of the primary and specialty broker intermediaries in the reinsurance marketplace in our target market. We believe that maintaining close relationships with brokers will give us access to a broad range of reinsurance clients and opportunities.

Additional Risks Relating to Our Business and This Offering

In addition to the risks described in “—Risks That Could Impact Our Ability to Implement Our Business Strategy,” the implementation of our business strategy and our future results of operations and financial condition are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. We discuss in detail factors that could adversely affect our actual results and performance, as well as the successful implementation of our business strategy, under the heading “RISK FACTORS” beginning on page 10. Before you invest in our securities, you should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” including:

 

    Cyclicality of the reinsurance market may affect the industry’s and our profitability. The property and casualty reinsurance industry is cyclical and subject to unpredictable developments which may affect the industry’s and our profitability. These include trends of courts granting increasingly larger awards for certain damages, increases in the frequency of natural disasters, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the investment environment that affect market prices of investments, inflationary pressures and other events that affect the size of premiums or losses companies and primary insurers experience.

 

    Exposure to natural and man-made disasters may expose us to significant claims. Our reinsurance operations will expose us to claims arising out of unpredictable catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, hailstorms, tornados, windstorms, earthquakes, floods, fires, explosions, and other natural and man-made disasters. Claims from catastrophic events could cause substantial volatility in our financial results and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
    We may not qualify for an exemption from the Investment Company Act. We rely on an exemption under the Investment Company Act for a company organized and regulated as a foreign insurance company primarily and predominantly engaged in the reinsurance business. If this exception were deemed inapplicable, we would have to register under the Investment Company Act as an investment company, and as a result we likely would not be permitted to operate our business in the manner in which we currently operate.

 

    We may be treated as a PFIC if the IRS does not believe we qualify for the insurance company exemption found in the Internal Revenue Code . Significant potential adverse United States federal income tax consequences generally apply to any United States person who owns shares in a “passive foreign investment company”, or PFIC. In general, a non-U.S. corporation is classified as a PFIC for a taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to certain look-through rules, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income, or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its gross assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. In general, either of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited would be deemed to be a PFIC for a taxable year if 75% or more of its income constitutes “passive income” or 50% or more of its assets produce “passive income.” Passive income generally includes interest, dividends and other investment income but does not include income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation predominantly engaged in an insurance business. This exception for insurance companies is intended to ensure that a bona fide insurance company’s income is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. In addition, sufficient risk must be transferred under an insurance company’s contracts with its insureds in order to qualify for the insurance exception. We cannot assure you that the IRS will not successfully challenge the level of risk transfer under our reinsurance contracts for purposes of the insurance company exception. We cannot assure you that the IRS will not successfully challenge our interpretation of the scope of the active insurance company exception and our qualification for the exception. Further, the IRS may issue regulatory or other guidance that causes us to fail to qualify for the active insurance company exception on a prospective or retroactive basis. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will satisfy the exception for insurance companies and will not be treated as PFICs currently or in the future.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

    we may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related disclosure in our “Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;”

 

    we are exempt from requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

    we are permitted to provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    we are not required to hold non-binding advisory stockholder votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    we have elected to use an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens.

To the extent that we continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, certain of the exemptions available to us as an emerging growth company may continue to be available to us as a smaller reporting company, including: (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act; (2) scaled executive compensation disclosures; and (3) the requirement to provide only two years of audited financial statements, instead of three years.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at Landmark Square, Suite 1A, 64 Earth Close, P.O. Box 469, Grand Cayman, KY1-9006, Cayman Islands, and our telephone number is 345-749-7570. Our website is www.oxbridgere.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and such information should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.

 

Securities Offered

A minimum of             and a maximum of              units. Each unit consists of one ordinary share, $0.001 par value, and one warrant.

 

Description of Ordinary Shares

The ordinary shares constitute common equity of the Company and have no pre-emptive, redemption or conversion rights. The ordinary shares will generally be entitled to one vote per share other than in the circumstances noted in the Articles.

 

Dividends on Ordinary Shares

While we intend to develop a history of paying a consistent dividend on our ordinary shares, dividends will not be mandatory and will be solely at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the company and our reinsurance subsidiary out of funds legally available therefor under Cayman Islands law.

 

Warrant Terms

The warrants included in the units will be exercisable any time following the completion of the offering, and will expire on the final day of the 60 th month following the date of the closing of this offering. Each warrant may be exercised to purchase one ordinary share at an exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price ($7.50 assuming the mid-point of the expected public offering price range).

 

  We may cancel the warrants at any time following the six month anniversary of the closing of this offering if the closing price per ordinary share exceeds $             (which is 125% of the exercise price of the warrant) for at least ten trading days within any period of twenty consecutive trading days.

 

Ordinary Shares Outstanding After the Offering

Assuming that we sell the minimum number of units, we will have             ordinary shares outstanding, and assuming that we sell the maximum number of units, we will have              ordinary shares outstanding (not including the ordinary shares underlying the warrants offered hereby).

 

Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market Symbols/CUSIP Numbers

“OXBRU” for our units (CUSIP No.     ), “OXBR” for our ordinary shares (CUSIP No.    ), and “OXBRW” for our warrants (CUSIP No.    ).

 

Proposed Transfer Agent

Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc., 1717 Arch St., Suite 1300 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.

 

Use of Proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for additional capital for underwriting obligations and for general corporate purposes.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Limitations on Ordinary Share Voting Power

In certain circumstances, the total voting power of the ordinary shares held by any one person will be reduced to less than 9.9% of the total voting power of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares. In the event a holder of ordinary shares acquires shares representing 9.9% or more of the total voting power of the total ordinary shares, there will be an effective reallocation of the voting power of the ordinary shares as described in the Articles.

 

Risk Factors

Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk and as an investor, you should be prepared to bear a complete loss of your investment. See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our securities.

 

Conditions to Closing

We will not close the offering if we do not receive subscriptions to purchase at least the minimum offering amount.

 

Escrow Period

Funds will be held in escrow until the earlier of our receipt of commitments to purchase              units or         , 2014.

 

Escrow Agent

SunTrust Bank, N.A. will serve as escrow agent for the subscription funds pending the closing of the offering.

 

Plan of Distribution

The placement agent intends to market the securities on a “best efforts” agency basis.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes the sale of             units at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.00 per unit, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth a summary of our consolidated financial data for the period presented and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013 and the period from April 4, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 have been derived from our consolidated audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Period Ended
December 31,
2013
(Dollars in Thousands,
except share amounts)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

  

Revenue

  

Net premiums earned

   $ 1,483   
  

 

 

 

Expenses

  

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

     —     

Policy acquisition costs

     97   

Preopening expenses and organizational costs

     145   

Other administrative expenses

     389   
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

     631   
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 852   
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.88   
  

 

 

 

 

       December 31, 2013     

Condensed Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 695   

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     10,117   

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     69   

Other assets

     481   

Total assets

     11,362   

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

     —     

Loss experience refund payable

     1,367   

Unearned premiums reserve

     2,036   

Dividends payable

     268   

Other liabilities

     511   

Total liabilities

     4,182   

Share capital

     1   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,594   

Retained earnings

     585   

Total equity

     7,180   

Total liabilities and equity

     11,362   

Performance ratios for period ended December 31, 2013:

Loss ratio

     —     

Acquisition cost ratio

     6.5

Expense ratio

     33

Combined ratio

     33

Return on average equity

     12.3

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk and many uncertainties. You should carefully consider the specific factors listed below together with the other information included in this prospectus before purchasing our securities in this offering. If any of the possibilities described as risks below actually occurs, our operating results and financial condition would likely suffer and the trading price of our securities could fall, causing you to lose some or all of your investment in the securities we are offering. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment. The following is a description of what we consider the key challenges and material risks to our business and an investment in our securities.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We are a start-up operation and we do not have an operating history on which you can base an estimate of our future earnings prospects.

We were incorporated in April 2013, and did not begin underwriting reinsurance transactions until June 2013. As a result, we do not have an operating history on which you can base an estimate of our future earnings prospects. Because our underwriting and investment strategies may differ from other participants in the property and casualty reinsurance market, you may not be able to compare our business or prospects to other property and casualty reinsurers.

In addition, we cannot assure you that we will raise the funds necessary to capitalize our subsidiaries in order to grow our business. In general, reinsurance and insurance companies in their initial stages of development present substantial business and financial risks and may suffer significant losses. They must develop business relationships, establish operating procedures, hire staff, install information technology systems, implement management processes and complete other tasks appropriate for the conduct of their intended business activities. In particular, our ability to implement our strategy to penetrate the reinsurance market depends on, among other things:

 

    our ability to attract clients;

 

    our ability to attract and retain personnel with underwriting, actuarial and accounting and finance expertise;

 

    our ability to evaluate the risks we assume under reinsurance contracts that we write; and

 

    the risk of being deemed a passive foreign investment company or an investment company if we are unable to implement our business plan and are deemed to not be in the active conduct of an insurance business or to not be predominantly engaged in an insurance business.

We cannot assure you that there will be sufficient demand for the reinsurance products we plan to write to support our planned level of operations, or that we will accomplish the tasks necessary to implement our business strategy. In addition, the business we have written to date is not mature and may be subject to greater losses than we have anticipated.

We will need additional capital in the future in order to grow and operate our business. Such capital may not be available to us or may not be available to us on favorable terms. Furthermore, our raising additional capital could dilute your ownership interest in our company.

We expect that we will need to raise additional capital in the future through public or private equity or debt offerings or otherwise in order to:

 

    further capitalize our reinsurance subsidiary and implement our growth strategy;

 

    fund liquidity needs caused by underwriting or investment losses;

 

    replace capital lost in the event of significant reinsurance losses or adverse reserve developments;

 

10


Table of Contents
    meet applicable statutory jurisdiction requirements; and/or

 

    respond to competitive pressures.

Additional capital may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. Further, any additional capital raised through the sale of equity could dilute your ownership interest in our company and may cause the market price of our units (and the ordinary shares and warrants underlying the units) to decline. Additional capital raised through the issuance of debt may result in creditors having rights, preferences and privileges senior or otherwise superior to those of our units (and the ordinary shares and warrants underlying the units).

Our results of operations will fluctuate from period to period and may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

We anticipate that the performance of our reinsurance operations and our investment portfolio will fluctuate from period to period. Fluctuations will result from a variety of factors, including:

 

    reinsurance contract pricing;

 

    our assessment of the quality of available reinsurance opportunities;

 

    the volume and mix of reinsurance products we underwrite;

 

    loss experience on our reinsurance liabilities;

 

    our ability to assess and integrate our risk management strategy properly; and

 

    the performance of our investment portfolio.

In particular, we plan to underwrite products and make investments to achieve favorable return on equity over the long term. Our investment strategy will be to invest primarily in a traditional fixed-income portfolio that is comprised primarily of investment grade bonds, which are subject to both credit risk and interest rate risk. In addition, our opportunistic nature and focus on long-term growth in book value will result in fluctuations in total premiums written from period to period as we concentrate on underwriting contracts that we believe will generate better long-term, rather than short-term, results. Accordingly, our short-term results of operations may not be indicative of our long-term prospects.

Our initial reinsurance contracts are substantially all with HCI Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

For the reinsurance policy year June 1, 2013 through May 31, 2014, we expect to derive substantially all of our reinsurance and insurance business from HCI Group, Inc. (“HCI Group”) and its subsidiaries, and we expect to continue to derive a substantial portion of our reinsurance and insurance business from HCI Group and its subsidiaries during our first few years of operation. Accordingly, the failure to enter into new reinsurance contracts with HCI Group or any of its subsidiaries for the policy year beginning June 1, 2014 or subsequent policy years could reduce our revenues during our initial years of operation, increase our dependence on third party insurance companies, program underwriting agents and service providers to support our business, and have a material adverse effect on us.

The other positions held by Paresh Patel and Sanjay Madhu may present, and make us vulnerable to, difficult conflicts of interest and related legal challenges.

Sanjay Madhu, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is also a member of the board of directors of HCI Group. In addition, Paresh Patel, the non-executive Chairman of our Board of Directors and our largest stockholder, also holds the positions of Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer at HCI Group, a company whose subsidiaries primarily operate in the property and casualty insurance and reinsurance markets. Mr. Patel is not an employee of our company and, as such, does not serve our company on a full-time basis.

 

11


Table of Contents

Because both of Mr. Madhu and Mr. Patel serve on the board of directors at both HCI Group and our company, potential conflicts of interest may arise should the interests of HCI Group and our company diverge. These relationships and potential conflicts could also result in contracts between us and HCI Group and/or its subsidiaries that are less favorable to us than contracts that could be negotiated with other third parties.

Mr. Madhu’s service as President and Chief Executive Officer of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and as a director of HCI Group, as well as Mr. Patel’s service on the board of directors of our company and HCI Group, could also raise a potential challenge under anti-trust laws. Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act, or the Clayton Act, prohibits a person from serving as a director or officer in any two competing corporations under certain circumstances. If HCI Group and Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited are in the future deemed to be competitors within the meaning of the Clayton Act, certain thresholds relating to direct competition between HCI Group and Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited are met, and the Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission challenge the arrangement, Mr. Madhu and/or Mr. Patel may be required to resign his positions with one of the companies and/or fines or other penalties could be assessed against Mr. Madhu, Mr. Patel, and Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited. We expect that our company and HCI Group and its subsidiaries will have different business focuses and marketing strategies, thus minimizing the risk of direct competition. However, it is possible that the potential for direct competition may exist with respect to the business that we pursue with insurance companies other than HCI Group and its subsidiaries.

The business relationships between us and HCI Group, together with the positions held by our directors and executives with HCI Group, may present difficult conflicts of interest and business opportunity issues.

Our reinsurance contracts for the current policy year are substantially all with a subsidiary of HCI Group, and we may continue to derive a substantial portion of our business from HCI Group subsidiaries during our first few years of operation. Sanjay Madhu, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, is also a member of the board of Directors of HCI Group and a former executive officer of HCI Group. Also, Paresh Patel, the non-executive Chairman and largest stockholder of our company, is the Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of HCI Group. Because of these business relationships, various conflicts of interest could arise with respect to business opportunities that could be advantageous to HCI Group or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and us or any of our subsidiaries, on the other hand. Moreover, because of these relationships, HCI Group may have the ability to otherwise significantly influence certain business decisions by us, including our writing of future policies. These relationships and potential conflicts could also result in contracts between us and HCI Group and/or its subsidiaries that are less favorable to us than contracts that could be negotiated with other third parties.

Reinsurance of HCI Group’s insurance subsidiary’s business could expose us to substantial risk of loss.

As part of our initial growth strategy, substantially all of our business is currently with Claddaugh, and we may continue to have a substantial portion of our reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh in future policy years. Accordingly, our results of operations may be highly dependent on the results of operations of Claddaugh. Claddaugh writes business in Florida, and as a result, a single catastrophe occurrence, destructive weather pattern, terrorist attack, regulatory development or other condition or general economic trend disproportionately affecting the state could have a material adverse effect on the subsidiary, and therefore, our financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to become rated by A.M. Best, or receipt of a negative rating, could significantly and negatively affect our ability to grow.

Companies, insurers and reinsurance brokers use ratings from independent ratings agencies as an important means of assessing the financial strength and quality of reinsurers. This rating reflects the rating agency’s opinion of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet obligations. It is not an evaluation directed toward the protection of investors or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold our securities. A.M. Best assigns ratings based on its analysis of balance sheet strength, operating performance and business profile.

 

12


Table of Contents

Currently, A.M Best has not assigned us a financial strength rating, and we do not intend to seek a rating in the forseesable future. Without a rating, or if we received a negative rating, our growth potential and business strategy will be limited because of the need to collateralize the insurance policies that we write.

Established competitors with greater resources may make it difficult for us to effectively market our products or offer our products at a profit.

The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We compete with major reinsurers, all of which have substantially greater financial, marketing and management resources than we do. Competition in the types of business that we seek to underwrite is based on many factors, including:

 

    premium charges;

 

    the general reputation and perceived financial strength of the reinsurer;

 

    relationships with reinsurance brokers;

 

    terms and conditions of products offered;

 

    ratings assigned by independent rating agencies;

 

    speed of claims payment and reputation; and

 

    the experience and reputation of the members of our underwriting team in the particular lines of reinsurance we seek to underwrite.

Additionally, although the members of our underwriting team have general experience across many property and casualty lines, they may not have the requisite experience or expertise to compete for all transactions that fall within our strategy of offering customized frequency and severity contracts at times and in markets where capacity and alternatives may be limited.

Our competitors include Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Blue Capital Reinsurance Holdings Ltd., ACE Ltd., Everest Re, General Re Corporation, Hannover Re Group, Munich Reinsurance Company, Partner Re Ltd., Swiss Reinsurance Company and Transatlantic Reinsurance Company, as well as smaller companies and other niche reinsurers. Although we seek to provide coverage where capacity and alternatives are limited, we will directly compete with these larger companies due to the breadth of their coverage across the property and casualty market in substantially all lines of business.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in the reinsurance market. Our failure to compete effectively could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations and may increase the likelihood that we may be deemed to be a passive foreign investment company or an investment company.

Reputation is an important factor in the reinsurance industry, and our lack of an established reputation may make it difficult for us to attract or retain business.

Reputation is a very important factor in the reinsurance industry, and competition for business, in part, based on reputation. Although our reinsurance policies will be fully collateralized, we are a newly formed reinsurance company and do not yet have an established reputation in the reinsurance industry. Our lack of an established reputation may make it difficult for us to attract or retain business. While some counterparties may prefer to enter into reinsurance contracts with a rated reinsurer, we do not currently intend to obtain financial strength ratings.

If our losses and loss adjustment expenses greatly exceed our loss reserves, our financial condition may be significantly and negatively affected.

Our results of operations and financial condition will depend upon our ability to assess accurately the potential losses and loss adjustment expenses associated with the risks we reinsure. Reserves are estimates at a given time of claims an insurer ultimately expects to pay, based upon facts and circumstances then known,

 

13


Table of Contents

predictions of future events, estimates of future trends in claim severity and other variable factors. The inherent uncertainties of estimating loss reserves are generally greater for reinsurance companies as compared to primary insurers, primarily due to:

 

    the lapse of time from the occurrence of an event to the reporting of the claim and the ultimate resolution or settlement of the claim;

 

    the diversity of development patterns among different types of reinsurance treaties; and

 

    the necessary reliance on the client for information regarding claims.

As we have only recently commenced operations, our estimation of reserves may be less reliable than the reserve estimations of a reinsurer with a greater volume of business and an established loss history. Our actual losses and loss adjustment expenses paid may deviate substantially from the estimates of our loss reserves and could negatively affect our results of operations. If our loss reserves are later found to be inadequate, we would increase our loss reserves with a corresponding reduction in our net income and capital in the period in which we identify the deficiency, and such a reduction would also negatively affect our results of operations. If our losses and loss adjustment expenses greatly exceed our loss reserves, our financial condition may be significantly and negatively affected.

The property and casualty reinsurance market may be affected by cyclical trends.

We write reinsurance in the property and casualty markets, which tend to be cyclical in nature. Primary insurers’ underwriting results, prevailing general economic and market conditions, liability retention decisions of companies and primary insurers and reinsurance premium rates each influence the demand for property and casualty reinsurance. Prevailing prices and available surplus to support assumed business then influence reinsurance supply. Supply may fluctuate in response to changes in return on capital realized in the reinsurance industry, the frequency and severity of losses and prevailing general economic and market conditions.

Continued increases in the supply of reinsurance may have consequences for the reinsurance industry generally and for us, including lower premium rates, increased expenses for customer acquisition and retention, less favorable policy terms and conditions and/or lower premium volume. Furthermore, unpredictable developments, including courts granting increasingly larger awards for certain damages, increases in the frequency of natural disasters (such as hurricanes, windstorms, tornados, earthquakes, wildfires and floods), fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the investment environment that affect market prices of investments and inflationary pressures, affect the industry’s profitability. The effects of cyclicality could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our property and property catastrophe reinsurance operations will make us vulnerable to losses from catastrophes and may cause our results of operations to vary significantly from period to period.

Our reinsurance operations will expose us to claims arising out of unpredictable catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, hailstorms, tornados, windstorms, earthquakes, floods, fires, explosions, and other natural or man-made disasters. The incidence and severity of catastrophes are inherently unpredictable but the loss experience of property catastrophe reinsurers has been generally characterized as low frequency and high severity. Claims from catastrophic events could reduce our earnings and cause substantial volatility in our results of operations for any fiscal quarter or year and adversely affect our financial condition. Corresponding reductions in our surplus levels could impact our ability to write new reinsurance policies.

Catastrophic losses are a function of the insured exposure in the affected area and the severity of the event. Because accounting regulations do not permit reinsurers to reserve for catastrophic events until they occur, claims from catastrophic events could cause substantial volatility in our financial results for any fiscal quarter or year and could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

14


Table of Contents

We could face unanticipated losses from war, terrorism, and political unrest, and these or other unanticipated losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Like other reinsurers, we face potential exposure to large, unexpected losses resulting from man-made catastrophic events, such as acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability. These risks are inherently unpredictable and recent events may indicate an increased frequency and severity of losses. It is difficult to predict the timing of these events or to estimate the amount of loss that any given occurrence will generate. To the extent that losses from these risks occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and negatively affected.

We depend on our clients’ evaluations of the risks associated with their insurance underwriting, which may subject us to reinsurance losses.

In the proportional reinsurance business, in which we would assume an agreed percentage of each underlying insurance contract being reinsured, or quota share contracts, we do not expect to separately evaluate each of the original individual risks assumed under these reinsurance contracts. Therefore, we will be largely dependent on the original underwriting decisions made by ceding companies. We will be subject to the risk that the clients may not have adequately evaluated the insured risks and that the premiums ceded may not adequately compensate us for the risks we assume. We also do not expect to separately evaluate each of the individual claims made on the underlying insurance contracts under quota share arrangements. Therefore, we will be dependent on the original claims decisions made by our clients.

Changing climate conditions may adversely affect our financial condition, profitability or cash flows.

Climate change, to the extent it produces extreme changes in temperatures and changes in weather patterns, could impact the frequency or severity of weather events and wildfires. Further, it could impact the affordability and availability of homeowners insurance, which could have an impact on pricing. Changes in weather patterns could also affect the frequency and severity of other natural catastrophe events to which we may be exposed. The occurrence of these events would significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may initially rely on Resonant for important underwriting advisory services that are essential to our business, and the loss of our relationship with Resonant could adversely affect or delay our ability to obtain new business.

In January 2014, we entered into an Underwriting Advisory Agreement with Resonant Consultants, Ltd., or Resonant, a company organized and owned by E.W. “Ted” Blanch, a former director of our company. We may initially rely on Resonant and Mr. Blanch to provide us with important advice and services relating to the underwriting of reinsurance contracts. The contract is terminable by us or Resonant upon 30 days prior written notice. The loss of Resonant’s or Mr. Blanch’s services for any reason could adversely affect or delay our ability to obtain new business in the near future.

Other positions and interests held by Mr. Blanch could have an adverse effect on the benefits and services we expect to receive from Resonant.

Mr. Blanch, the owner of Resonant, is also a senior partner with Advocate Reinsurance Partners LLC, a reinsurance broker. Advocate Reinsurance Partners is a reinsurance broker for HCI Group and Claddaugh and in June 2013 was paid a broker commission of $116,651 on a reinsurance contract between our company and Claddaugh. Such commission was paid from the premiums payable to us under the reinsurance contract, and we believe that this commission rate (10% of premiums) is a customary commission amount in the industry. We anticipate paying similar commissions to other brokers in the future on our reinsurance contracts and may pay additional commissions to Advocate Reinsurance Partners in the future on additional reinsurance contracts. Advocate Reinsurance Partners may also be paid commissions by HCI Group and its subsidiaries from

 

15


Table of Contents

time to time on reinsurance placed by Advocate Reinsurance Partners, and some of such policies may potentially be placed with our company, in which case Resonant may also be entitled to a fee under our Underwriting Advisory Agreement with Resonant. Because of these relationships and interests, situations could arise in which Mr. Blanch’s interests are different than our interests, which could have an adverse effect on the benefits and services that we expect to receive under our relationship with Resonant.

Operational risks, including human or systems failures, are inherent in our business.

Operational risks and losses can result from, among other things, fraud, errors, failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper internal authorization, failure to comply with regulatory requirements, information technology failures or external events.

We believe that our modeling, underwriting and information technology and application systems will be critical to our business and our growth prospects. Moreover, we will rely on our information technology and application systems to further our underwriting process and to enhance our ability to compete successfully. A major defect or failure in our internal controls or information technology and application systems could result in management distraction, harm our reputation or increase expenses.

The effect of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business is uncertain.

As industry practices and legal, judicial and regulatory conditions change, unexpected issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. It is possible that certain provisions of our future reinsurance contracts, such as limitations or exclusions from coverage or choice of forum, may be difficult to enforce in the manner we intend, due to, among other things, disputes relating to coverage and choice of legal forum. These issues may adversely affect our business by either extending coverage beyond the period that we intended or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not manifest themselves until many years after we have issued insurance or reinsurance contracts that are affected by these changes. As a result, we may not be able to ascertain the full extent of our liabilities under our insurance or reinsurance contracts for many years following the issuance of our contracts. The effects of unforeseen development or substantial government intervention could adversely impact our ability to adhere to our goals.

We are required to maintain sufficient collateral accounts, which could significantly and negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy.

We are not licensed or admitted as a reinsurer in any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. Certain jurisdictions, including the United States, do not permit insurance companies to take credit for reinsurance obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers on their statutory financial statements unless appropriate security measures are implemented. Consequently, we must continue to maintain sufficient funds in escrow accounts to serve as collateral for our reinsurance contracts. Because we intend to continue to utilize our funds (rather than utilizing the credit markets) to serve as collateral for our reinsurance obligations, we may not be able to fully utilize our capital to expand our reinsurance coverage as rapidly as other reinsurers.

The inability to obtain business provided from brokers could adversely affect our business strategy and results of operations.

We anticipate that a substantial portion of our business will be placed primarily through brokered transactions, which involve a limited number of reinsurance brokers. If we are unable to identify and grow the brokered business provided through one or more of these reinsurance brokers, many of whom may not be familiar with our Cayman Islands jurisdiction, this failure could significantly and negatively affect our business and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents

The involvement of reinsurance brokers may subject us to their credit risk.

As a standard practice of the reinsurance industry, reinsurers frequently pay amounts owed on claims under their policies to reinsurance brokers, and these brokers, in turn, remit these amounts to the ceding companies that have reinsured a portion of their liabilities with the reinsurer. In some jurisdictions, if a broker fails to make such a payment, the reinsurer might remain liable to the client for the deficiency notwithstanding the broker’s obligation to make such payment. Conversely, in certain jurisdictions, when the client pays premiums for policies to reinsurance brokers for payment to the reinsurer, these premiums are considered to have been paid and the client will no longer be liable to the reinsurer for these premiums, whether or not the reinsurer has actually received them. Consequently, reinsurers assume a degree of credit risk associated with brokers around the world.

We may be unable to purchase reinsurance for the liabilities we reinsure, and if we successfully purchase such reinsurance, we may be unable to collect, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Retrocessional coverage (reinsurance for the liabilities we reinsure) may not always be available to us. From time to time, we expect that we will purchase retrocessional coverage for our own account in order to mitigate the effect of a potential concentration of losses upon our financial condition. The insolvency or inability or refusal of a reinsurer of reinsurance to make payments under the terms of its agreement with us could have an adverse effect on us because we remain liable to our client. From time to time, market conditions have limited, and in some cases have prevented, reinsurers from obtaining the types and amounts of retrocession that they consider adequate for their business needs. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain our desired amounts of retrocessional coverage or negotiate terms that we deem appropriate or acceptable or obtain retrocession from entities with satisfactory creditworthiness. Our failure to establish adequate retrocessional arrangements or the failure of our retrocessional arrangements to protect us from overly concentrated risk exposure could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

U.S. and global economic downturns could harm our business, our liquidity and financial condition and our stock price.

Weak economic conditions may adversely affect (among other aspects of our business) the demand for and claims made under our products, the ability of customers, counterparties and others to establish or maintain their relationships with us, our ability to access and efficiently use internal and external capital resources and our investment performance. Volatility in the U.S. and other securities markets may adversely affect our investment portfolio and our resulting book value.

Our ability to implement our business strategy could be delayed or adversely affected by Cayman Islands employment restrictions.

Under Cayman Islands law, persons who are not Caymanian, do not possess Caymanian status, or are not otherwise entitled to reside and work in the Cayman Islands pursuant to provisions of the Immigration Law (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which we refer to as the Immigration Law, may not engage in any gainful occupation in the Cayman Islands without an appropriate governmental work permit. The failure to obtain work permits, or extensions thereof, could prevent us from continuing to implement our business strategy.

If we lose or are unable to retain our senior management and other key personnel and are unable to attract qualified personnel, our ability to implement our business strategy could be delayed or hindered, which, in turn, could significantly and negatively affect our business.

Although we only employ two individuals, both of whom are members of senior management, our future success depends to a significant extent on the efforts of our senior management and other key personnel (who have not yet been hired) to implement our business strategy. We believe there are only a limited number of available, qualified executives with substantial experience in our industry. In addition, we will need to add

 

17


Table of Contents

personnel, including underwriters, to implement our business strategy. We could face challenges attracting personnel to the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the loss of the services of one or more of the members of our senior management or other key personnel (when hired), or our inability to hire and retain other key personnel, could delay or prevent us from fully implementing our business strategy and, consequently, significantly and negatively affect our business.

We do not currently maintain key man life insurance with respect to any of our senior management. If any member of senior management dies or becomes incapacitated, or leaves the company to pursue employment opportunities elsewhere, we would be solely responsible for locating an adequate replacement for such senior management and for bearing any related cost. To the extent that we are unable to locate an adequate replacement or are unable to do so within a reasonable period of time, our business may be significantly and negatively affected.

There are differences under Cayman Islands corporate law and Delaware corporate law with respect to interested party transactions which may benefit certain of our shareholders at the expense of other shareholders.

Under Cayman Islands corporate law, a director may vote on a contract or transaction where the director has an interest as a shareholder, director, officer or employee provided such interest is disclosed. None of our contracts will be deemed to be void because any director is an interested party in such transaction and interested parties will not be held liable for monies owed to the company. Under Delaware law, interested party transactions are voidable.

Risks Relating to Insurance and Other Regulations

Any suspension or revocation of our reinsurance license would materially impact our ability to do business and implement our business strategy.

Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is licensed as an insurer only in the Cayman Islands by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority (“CIMA”), and we do not intend to obtain a license in any other jurisdiction. The suspension or revocation of our license to do business as a reinsurance company in the Cayman Islands for any reason would mean that we would not be able to enter into any new reinsurance contracts until the suspension ended or we became licensed in another jurisdiction. Any such suspension or revocation of our license would negatively impact our reputation in the reinsurance marketplace and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

As a regulated insurance company, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is subject to the supervision of CIMA and CIMA may at any time direct Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, in relation to a policy, a line of business or the entire business, to cease or refrain from committing an act or pursing a course of conduct and to perform such acts as in the opinion of CIMA are necessary to remedy or ameliorate the situation.

Furthermore, CIMA may require a licensee to take steps to rectify any matters, suspend the license or revoke the license if, CIMA is of the opinion that:

 

    a licensee either is or appears to be likely to become unable to meet its obligations as they fall due;

 

    a licensee is carrying on its business in a manner which is seen as detrimental to the general public interest or to the interests of its creditors or policy holders;

 

    the activities of any member of the licensee’s insurance group are detrimental to those interests of the licensee’s creditors as well as its policy holders;

 

    a licensee has contravened with the Insurance Law (2010 Revision) or the Money Laundering Regulations (2009 Revision) of the Cayman Islands;

 

18


Table of Contents
    the licensee has failed to comply with a condition of its license such as maintaining a margin of solvency as prescribed by CIMA;

 

    the direction and/or management of a licensee’s business has not been conducted in a fit and proper manner;

 

    a director, manager or officer of a licensee’s business is not someone who would qualify or be seen as a person suitable to hold the respective position;

 

    any person who is either holding or acquiring control or ownership of a licensee is not a fit and proper person to have such control or ownership;

 

    the licensee has ceased to carry on business; or

 

    the licensee is placed in liquidation or is dissolved.

Our reinsurance subsidiary is subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements, and our failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action.

Pursuant to The Insurance (Capital and Solvency) (Classes B, C and D Insurers) Regulations, 2012 (the “Capital and Solvency Regulations”), Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, our reinsurance subsidiary, is required to maintain the statutory minimum capital requirement (as defined under the Capital and Solvency Regulations) of $500 and prescribed capital requirement (as defined under the Capital and Solvency Regulations) of $500, and a minimum margin of solvency equal to or in excess of the total prescribed capital requirement. Any failure to meet the applicable requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject us to further examination or corrective action by CIMA, including restrictions on dividend payments, limitations on our writing of additional business or engaging in finance activities, supervision or liquidation.

As a holding company, we will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends.

We are a holding company and do not have any significant operations or assets other than our ownership of the shares of our subsidiaries (currently only Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited). Dividends and other permitted distributions from our subsidiaries will be our primary source of funds to meet ongoing cash requirements, including future debt service payments, if any, and other expenses, and to pay dividends to our shareholders if we choose to do so. Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, as well as some of our future subsidiaries, will be subject to applicable law as well as significant regulatory restrictions limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends. The inability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our cash requirements at the holding company level could have an adverse effect on our operations and our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders if we choose to do so and/or meet our debt service obligations, if any.

We are subject to the risk of possibly becoming an investment company under U.S. federal securities law.

In the United States, the Investment Company Act regulates certain companies that invest in or trade securities. We rely on an exemption under the Investment Company Act for an entity organized and regulated as a foreign insurance company which is engaged primarily and predominantly in the reinsurance of risks on insurance agreements. The law in this area is subjective and there is a lack of guidance as to the meaning of ‘‘primarily and predominantly’’ under the relevant exemption to the Investment Company Act. For example, there is no standard for the amount of premiums that need to be written relative to the level of an entity’s capital in order to qualify for the exemption. If this exception were deemed inapplicable, we would have to seek to register under the Investment Company Act as an investment company, which, under the Investment Company Act, would require an order from the SEC. Our inability to obtain such an order could have a significant adverse impact on our business, as we might have to cease certain operations or risk substantial penalties for violating the Investment Company Act.

 

19


Table of Contents

Registered investment companies are subject to extensive, restrictive and potentially adverse regulation relating to, among other things, capital structure, leverage, management, dividends and transactions with affiliates. Registered investment companies are not permitted to operate their business in the maner in which we operate (and intend to operate) our business. Specifically, if we were required to register under the Investment Company Act, provisions of the Investment Company Act would limit (and in some cases even prohibit) our ability to raise additional debt and equity securities or issue stock options or warrants (which could impact our ability to compensate key employees), limit our ability to use financial leverage, limit our ability to incur indebtedness, and require changes to the composition of our board of directors. Provisions of the Investment Company Act would also prohibit (subject to certain exceptions) transactions with affiliates. Accordingly, if we were required to register as an investment company, we would not be permitted to have many of the relationships that we have or expect that we may have with affiliated companies.

If at any time it were established that we had been operating as an investment company in violation of the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act, there would be a risk, among other material adverse consequences, that we could become subject to monetary penalties or injunctive relief, or both, or that we would be unable to enforce contracts with third parties or that third parties could seek to obtain rescission of transactions with us undertaken during the period in which it was established that we were an unregistered investment company.

To the extent that the laws and regulations change in the future so that contracts we write are deemed not to be reinsurance contracts, we will be at greater risk of not qualifying for the Investment Company Act exemption. Additionally, it is possible that our classification as an investment company would result in the suspension or revocation of our reinsurance license.

Insurance regulations to which we are, or may become, subject, and potential changes thereto, could have a significant and negative effect on our business.

We currently are admitted to do business only in the Cayman Islands. Our operations in the Cayman Islands are subject to varying degrees of regulation and supervision. The laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands (i.e., the jurisdiction in which our reinsurance subsidiary is domiciled) require that, among other things, this subsidiary maintain minimum levels of statutory capital, surplus and liquidity, meet solvency standards, submit to periodic examinations of its financial condition and restrict payments of dividends and reductions of capital. Statutes, regulations and policies that our reinsurance subsidiary is subject to may also restrict the ability of this subsidiary to write insurance and reinsurance policies, make certain investments and distribute funds.

Although we do not presently expect that we will be admitted to do business in any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands, we cannot assure you that insurance regulators in the United States or elsewhere will not review our activities and claim that we are subject to such jurisdiction’s licensing requirements. In addition, we are subject to indirect regulatory requirements imposed by jurisdictions that may limit our ability to provide reinsurance. For example, our ability to write reinsurance may be subject, in certain cases, to arrangements satisfactory to applicable regulatory bodies, and proposed legislation and regulations may have the effect of imposing additional requirements upon, or restricting the market for, non-U.S. reinsurers such as Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, with whom domestic companies may place business. We do not know of any such proposed legislation pending at this time.

Furthermore, we may not be able to comply fully with, or obtain desired exemptions from, revised statutes, regulations and policies that currently, or may in the future, govern the conduct of our business. Failure to comply with, or to obtain desired authorizations and/or exemptions under, any applicable laws could result in restrictions on our ability to do business or undertake activities that are regulated in the jurisdiction in which operate and could subject us to fines and other sanctions. In addition, changes in the laws or regulations to which our subsidiary is subject or may become subject, or in the interpretations thereof by enforcement or regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our business, our business plans, and our growth strategy.

 

20


Table of Contents

We will likely be exposed to credit risk due to the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations to us.

Once we make investments from our portfolio, we will likely be exposed to credit risk due to the possibility that counterparties may default on their obligations to us. Issuers or borrowers whose securities or debt we hold, customers, reinsurers, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses and other financial intermediaries and guarantors may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, insolvency, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud or other reasons. Such defaults could have a significant and negative effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We anticipate that certain of our investments may have limited liquidity and lack valuation data.

Our investment guidelines provide us with the flexibility to invest in certain securities with limited liquidity or no public market. This lack of liquidity may adversely affect our ability to execute trade orders at desired prices and may impact our ability to fulfill our payment obligations.

Risks Relating to our Securities

Provisions of our Articles could adversely affect the value of our securities.

Our Articles permit our Board of Directors to allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of further shares (including fractions of such share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend or other distribution, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they consider appropriate. Accordingly, our Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of preferred shares with terms and conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction, deny shareholders the receipt of a premium on their ordinary shares in the event of a tender or other offer for ordinary shares and have a depressive effect on the value of the ordinary shares.

Provisions of the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands could prevent a merger or takeover of our company.

As compared to mergers under corporate law in the United States, it may be more difficult to consummate a merger of two or more companies in the Cayman Islands or the merger of one or more Cayman Islands companies with one or more overseas companies, even if such transaction would be beneficial to our shareholders. The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands, as amended (the “Companies Law”) permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a combined company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the shareholders and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

 

21


Table of Contents

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders or creditors (representing 75% by value) with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

    the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

    the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

    the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

    the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Holders of our securities may have difficulty obtaining or enforcing a judgment against us, and they may face difficulties in protecting their interests because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

Because we are a Cayman Islands company, there is uncertainty as to whether the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands would recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof, or be competent to hear original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

We are incorporated as an exempted company limited by shares under the Companies Law. A significant amount of our assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for persons purchasing our securities (including the units) to effect service of process within the United States upon us or to enforce judgments against us or judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will, based on the principle that a judgment by a competent foreign court will impose upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given, recognize and enforce a foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, not in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty if not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in a manner, and is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands. There is doubt, however, as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands will, in an original action in the Cayman Islands, recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts

 

22


Table of Contents

predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States on the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature. Furthermore, a Cayman Islands court may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal rights on a merger or consolidation of an entity. This may make it more difficult for shareholders to assess the value of any consideration they may receive in a merger or consolidation or to require that the offeror give a shareholder additional consideration if he believes the consideration offered is insufficient. In addition, shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as ours have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records and accounts. Our directors have discretion under our Articles to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, the corporate records may be inspected by shareholders, but are not obligated to make them available to shareholders. This fact may make it more difficult for shareholders to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest. Finally, subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands law, a minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against our Board of Directors.

Provisions of our Articles may reallocate the voting power of our ordinary shares.

In certain circumstances, the total voting power of our ordinary shares held by any one person will be reduced to less than 9.9% of the total voting power of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares. In the event a holder of our ordinary shares acquires shares representing 9.9% or more of the total voting power of our total ordinary shares, there will be an effective reallocation of the voting power of the ordinary shares as described in the Articles.

If we are subject to the reporting obligations under the Exchange Act, holders of our ordinary shares will be subject to SEC compliance.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). At such time, our shareholders will become subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of Sections 13(d) and (g) of the Exchange Act. Shareholders should consult their own legal counsel regarding the possible reporting requirements under Section 13 of the Exchange Act.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements and relief from certain other significant obligations that are applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, less extensive disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This may make comparison of our financial statements with any other public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult, as different or revised standards may be used. We cannot predict if investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the price of our securities may be more volatile.

 

23


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Taxation

AN INVESTMENT IN THE UNITS INVOLVES COMPLEX TAX ISSUES FOR U.S. RESIDENTS AND OTHERS. SEE THE SECTIONS OF THIS PROSPECTUS ENTITLED “MATERIAL CAYMAN ISLANDS TAX CONSIDERATIONS” AND “MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS.” THE COMPANY AND ITS LEGAL OR FINANCIAL ADVISORS WILL NOT PROVIDE TAX ADVICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS, AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING AN INVESTMENT IN THE UNITS.

We may become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands which would negatively affect our results.

Under current Cayman Islands law, we are not obligated to pay any taxes in the Cayman Islands on either income or capital gains. The Governor-in-Cabinet of Cayman Islands has granted us an exemption from the imposition of any such tax on us for twenty years from April 23, 2013. We cannot be assured that after such date we would not be subject to any such tax. If we were to become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands, our financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and negatively affected.

We may be subject to United States federal income taxation.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and intend to operate in a manner that will not cause us to be treated as engaging in a United States trade or business and will not cause us to be subject to current United States federal income taxation on our net income. However, because there are no definitive standards provided by the Internal Revenue Code, regulations or court decisions as to the specific activities that constitute being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and as any such determination is essentially factual in nature, we cannot assure you that the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not successfully assert that we are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and thus are subject to current United States federal income taxation.

We may be treated as a PFIC, in which case a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares should be subject to disadvantageous rules under U.S. federal income tax laws.

Significant potential adverse United States federal income tax consequences generally apply to any United States person who owns shares in a “passive foreign investment company”, or PFIC. In general, a non-U.S. corporation is classified as a PFIC for a taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to certain look-through rules, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income, or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its gross assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. In general, either of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited would be deemed to be a PFIC for a taxable year if 75% or more of its income constitutes ‘‘passive income’’ or 50% or more of its assets produce ‘‘passive income.’’

Passive income generally includes interest, dividends and other investment income but does not include income derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation predominantly engaged in an insurance business. This exception for insurance companies is intended to ensure that a bona fide insurance company’s income is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. We believe that we are currently operating and intend to continue operating our business with financial reserves at a level that should not cause us to be deemed PFICs, although we cannot assure you the IRS will not successfully challenge this conclusion. In addition, sufficient risk must be transferred under an insurance company’s contracts with its insureds in order to qualify for the insurance exception. Whether our insurance contracts possess adequate risk transfer for purposes of determining whether income under our contracts is insurance income, and whether we are predominantly engaged in the insurance business, are subjective in nature and there is very little authority on these issues. We cannot assure you that the IRS will not successfully challenge the level of risk transfer under our reinsurance contracts for purposes of the insurance company exception. We cannot assure you that the IRS will not successfully challenge our

 

24


Table of Contents

interpretation of the scope of the active insurance company exception and our qualification for the exception. Further, the IRS may issue regulatory or other guidance that causes us to fail to qualify for the active insurance company exception on a prospective or retroactive basis. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will satisfy the exception for insurance companies and will not be treated as PFICs currently or in the future. Although we do not expect to be a PFIC in 2014 or thereafter, no assurance can be provided in that regard or as to our status in future years.

The consequences of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited being treated as a PFIC and certain elections designed to mitigate such consequences are discussed in more detail under the heading ‘‘MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS’’ in this prospectus. If you are a United States person, we advise you to consult your own tax advisor concerning the potential tax consequences to you under the PFIC rules.

We may be treated as a CFC and may be subject to the rules for related person insurance income, and in either case this may subject a U.S. holder of our common shares to disadvantageous rules under U.S. federal income tax laws.

Controlled Foreign Corporation. United States persons who, directly or indirectly or through attribution rules, own 10% or more of our ordinary shares, which we refer to as United States 10% shareholders, may be subject to the controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, rules. Under the controlled foreign corporation rules, each United States 10% shareholder must annually include his pro rata share of the controlled foreign corporation’s ‘‘subpart F income,’’ even if no distributions are made. In general, a foreign insurance company will be treated as a controlled foreign corporation only if United States 10% shareholders collectively own more than 25% of the total combined voting power or total value of the company’s shares for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any year. We believe that the anticipated dispersion of our ordinary shares among holders and the restrictions placed on transfer, issuance or repurchase of our ordinary shares, will generally prevent shareholders who acquire ordinary shares from being United States 10% shareholders. In addition, because our Articles prevent any person from holding 9.9% or more of the total combined voting power of our shares (whether held directly, indirectly, or constructively), unless such provision is waived by the unanimous consent of our Board of Directors, we believe no persons holding ordinary shares should be viewed as United States 10% shareholders of a CFC for purposes of the CFC rules. We cannot assure you, however, that these rules will not apply to you. If you are a United States person we strongly urge you to consult your own tax advisor concerning the controlled foreign corporation rules.

Related Person Insurance Income. A different definition of CFC is applicable in the case of a foreign corporation which earns “related person insurance income” (“RPII”). RPII is Subpart F insurance income attributable to insurance policies or reinsurance contracts where the person that is directly or indirectly insured or reinsured is a RPII shareholder or a related person to the RPII shareholder. A “RPII shareholder” is a United States person who owns, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, any amount of our ordinary shares. Generally, for purposes of the RPII rules, a related person is someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock after applying certain constructive ownership rules. For purposes of taking into account RPII, and subject to the exceptions described below, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited will be treated as a CFC if our RPII shareholders collectively own, indirectly, 25% or more of the total combined voting power or value of their respective shares on any day during a taxable year. If Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of at least 30 days during any taxable year under the special RPII rules, any U.S. Holder that owns ordinary shares on the last day of any such taxable year must include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes the U.S. Holder’s allocable share of the RPII of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for the entire taxable year, subject to certain modifications. Among other exceptions, the RPII rules do not apply if the insurance company’s RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of such respective entity’s gross insurance income for such taxable year. We do not believe that the 20% gross insurance income threshold will be met. However, we cannot assure you that this is or will continue to be the case. Consequently, we cannot assure you that a person who is a direct or indirect United States shareholder will not be required to include amounts in its income in respect of RPII in any taxable year.

 

25


Table of Contents

See “MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS” in this prospectus.

United States tax-exempt organizations who own ordinary shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.

If you are a United States tax-exempt organization you may recognize unrelated business taxable income if a portion of our subpart F insurance income is allocated to you. In general, subpart F insurance income will be allocated to you if we are a CFC as discussed above and you are a United States 10% shareholder or there is related person insurance income and certain exceptions do not apply. Although we do not believe that any United States persons will be allocated subpart F insurance income, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. If you are a United States tax-exempt organization, we advise you to consult your own tax advisor regarding the risk of recognizing unrelated business taxable income.

Changes in United States tax laws may be retroactive and could subject us, and/or United States persons who own ordinary shares to United States income taxation on our undistributed earnings.

The tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a United States trade or business, is a CFC, has RPII, or is a PFIC are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the passive foreign investment company rules to an insurance company and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming from the IRS. We are not able to predict if, when or in what form such guidance will be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

Risks Relating to this Offering

There is no prior public market for our securities (including the units and the ordinary shares and warrants underlying the units) and we cannot assure you that an active trading market or a specific price will be established or maintained. The market price and trading volume of our units, ordinary shares and warrants may be volatile, and you may not be able to resell your units, ordinary shares or warrants (as the case may be) at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. There can be no assurance that an active, public trading market will ever develop even if we are successful with this offering. In addition, there can be no assurance that our securities will be accepted for listing or trading on any exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market.

We intend to file an application to list our units, ordinary shares, and warrants on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “OXBRU,” “OXBR” and “OXBRW,” respectively. Assuming that our application is approved, we expect that the ordinary shares and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading, and that the units will cease trading, on or about the 45th day following the date of this prospectus. If an active trading market does not develop and continue upon the closing of this offering, your investment may become less liquid and the market price of our securities may decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price per unit will be determined by negotiation among us and our placement agent and may not be indicative of the market price of units (or the ordinary shares or warrants underlying the units) after completion of this offering. The price of our securities after the closing of this offering may fluctuate widely, depending upon many factors, including:

 

    the perceived prospects for the reinsurance industry in general;

 

    differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors;

 

    changes in the share price of public companies with which we compete;

 

    news about our industry and our competitors;

 

    changes in general economic or market conditions including broad market fluctuations;

 

26


Table of Contents
    adverse regulatory actions; and

 

    other factors listed in this section or otherwise.

Our securities may trade at prices significantly below the initial public offering price, in which case, holders of our securities may experience difficulty in reselling, or an inability to sell, our securities. In addition, when the market price of a company’s equity drops significantly, equity holders often institute securities class action lawsuits against the company. A lawsuit against us could cause us to incur substantial costs and could divert the time and attention of our management and other resources away from the day-to-day operations of our business.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

As a public company, we will incur increased legal, accounting and other costs not incurred as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the various trading markets (including The NASDAQ Stock Market) regulate the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our expenses and make some activities more time consuming than they have been in the past when we were a private company. Such additional costs going forward could negatively impact our financial results.

Securities analysts may not initiate coverage of our securities or may issue negative reports, which may adversely affect the trading price of our securities.

We cannot assure you that securities analysts will cover our company after completion of this offering. If securities analysts do not cover our company, this lack of coverage may adversely affect the trading price of our securities. The trading market for our securities will rely in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about us and our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our securities, the trading price of our securities may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which, in turn, could also cause the trading price of our securities to decline. Further, because of our small market capitalization, it may be difficult for us to attract securities analysts to cover our company, which could significantly and adversely affect the trading price of our securities.

You will suffer immediate dilution as a result of investing in the units.

Although the initial public offering price is lower than our net tangible book value per unit, if you purchase units in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment. Based upon the issuance and sale of units, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $0.35 in the net tangible book value per unit (assuming the sale of the maximum number of units offered at an initial public offering price of $6.00 per unit less estimated placement agent fees and estimated expenses). See ‘‘ DILUTION .’’

Future issuances or sales, or the potential for future issuances or sales, of our ordinary shares may cause the trading price of our securities to decline and could impair our ability to raise capital through subsequent equity offerings.

Future sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares or other securities in the public markets, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares and our warrants to decline, and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional securities. An additional 1,115,350 restricted ordinary shares are eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to volume limitations and the other restrictions of Rule 144. In addition, there are outstanding warrants to purchase 3,346,050 of our ordinary shares. Actual sales, or the prospect of sales by our present shareholders, may have a negative effect on the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

27


Table of Contents

If we do not maintain an effective registration statement, you may not be able to exercise the warrants.

For you to be able to exercise the warrants, the resale of the ordinary shares to be issued to you upon exercise of the warrants must be covered by an effective and current registration statement. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to maintain a current registration statement relating to the resale of the ordinary shares underlying the warrants. In such circumstances, you would be unable to exercise the warrants. In those circumstances, we may, but are not required to, redeem the warrants by payment in cash. Consequently, there is a possibility that you will never be able to exercise the warrants and receive the underlying ordinary shares. This potential inability to exercise the warrants, our right to cancel the warrants under certain circumstances, and the possibility that we may redeem the warrants for nominal value may have an adverse effect on demand for the warrants and the prices that can be obtained from reselling them.

If the ordinary shares cease to be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market or another appropriate exchange, you may not be able to exercise your warrants.

The units, warrants, and ordinary shares will be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market and will be “covered securities” and therefore not subject to registration in the states in which units are sold in this offering. However, if our ordinary shares cease at any time to be listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market or another appropriate exchange, they would no longer be a “covered security,” and we would therefore be required to register the offering of ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants in any state in which such shares are issued. In such case, if we failed to register the offering of the ordinary shares in a state in which a warrant holder is a resident, the warrant holder would not be able to exercise the warrant unless an exemption were available under the state’s securities laws. We do not intend to register the units, warrants, or ordinary shares in any state.

This offering is being conducted on a “best efforts” basis and we may not be able to execute our growth strategy if a sufficient number of units is not sold in the offering.

If you invest in the units and more than             units are sold, but less than all of the offered units are sold, you may have acquired an interest in a company with limited financial capability and the risk of losing your entire investment will be increased. Our placement agent is offering our units on a minimum/maximum “best efforts” basis, and we can give no assurance that all             units offered by this prospectus will be sold. Our officers, directors and affiliates may, but are not obligated to, purchase units in the offering for the explicit purpose of satisfying the minimum offering amount. Any such purchases will be made for investment purposes only, and not with a view toward redistribution. If we are unable to sell at least             of the units offered hereby, we will terminate this offering and all monies collected from subscribers and held in escrow will be returned to such subscribers without interest or deduction. Furthermore, if at least             of the units offered by this prospectus are not sold, we may be unable to fund all the intended uses described in this prospectus from the net proceeds anticipated from this offering without obtaining funds from alternative sources or using working capital that we generate. Alternative sources of funding may not be available to us at what we consider to be a reasonable cost, and the working capital generated by us may not be sufficient to fund any uses not financed by offering proceeds.

 

28


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions, or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” and similar expressions. Examples of forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

    statements regarding our strategies, results of operations or liquidity;

 

    statements concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results and future economic performance;

 

    statements of management’s goals and objectives;

 

    projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items;

 

    assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business; and

 

    other similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts.

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to, factors discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.”

Forward-looking statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These risks include, but are not limited to, those listed below and those discussed in greater detail under the heading “Risk Factors” above:

 

    our limited operating history;

 

    the fluctuation of our operating results;

 

    our ability to raise additional capital;

 

    our initial dependence on and relationship with HCI Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

    the highly competitive business environment;

 

    the cyclical nature of the reinsurance market;

 

    the possibility that our actual losses may exceed our reserves;

 

    our ability to maintain sufficient collateral accounts;

 

    the failure to become rated by A.M. Best, or the receipt of a negative rating;

 

    our exposure to catastrophic events;

 

    changes in domestic or foreign laws or regulations or their interpretations;

 

    our ability to qualify for an exemption from the Investment Company Act;

 

    changes in accounting principles or the application of such principals by accountants or regulators;

 

29


Table of Contents
    the lack of a public trading market for our securities; and

 

    other factors that may affect us, most of which are beyond our control.

Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.

The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Consequently, you should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.

 

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The gross proceeds from this offering will be approximately $25,500,000 if the maximum number of securities offered is sold, and $10,200,000 if the minimum number of securities offered is sold, before deducting expenses. We estimate offering expenses to be approximately $600,000, excluding placement agent fees. We estimate the net proceeds of the offering to be approximately $8,886,000 if the minimum offering is obtained and approximately $23,115,000 if the maximum offering is obtained. The following table sets forth our estimated net offering proceeds from the sale of the minimum and the maximum amount of securities offered.

Estimated Offering Proceeds

 

     Maximum Offering      Minimum Offering  

Offering Proceeds

   $ 25,500,000       $ 10,200,000   

Less Placement Agent Fees and Offering Expenses (1)

   $ 2,385,000       $ 1,314,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Proceeds from Offering

   $ 23,115,000       $ 8,886,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Our placement agent, Capitol Securities Management, Inc., will be paid a 7% fee and a 1% expense reimbursement for all units sold in the offering (other than for units sold to investors introduced to the placement agent by our company, for which the placement agent will be paid a 2% fee). Our estimated offering expenses, including the 1% expense reimbursement, are $600,000. For purposes of this estimate, we have assumed that the placement agent will be paid the 7% fee on all units.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows, and we have described the specific uses of proceeds in order of priority below:

 

Description of Use

   Maximum Offering      Minimum Offering  

Capital for Underwriting Activities

   $ 11,557,500       $ 4,443,000   

General Corporate Purposes

   $ 11,557,500       $ 4,443,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Uses of Proceeds

   $ 23,115,000       $ 8,886,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Except as described above, we have no immediate need for the proceeds we will receive from this offering. The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capital for underwriting activities, to obtain additional capital, to create a public market for our ordinary shares and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to provide additional long-term working capital, in the form of unrestricted cash, to support the growth of our business by providing us with financial flexibility. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to pursue acquisitions and expansions of the reinsurance products that we offer in existing and new markets. We have no commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment, and we are not currently involved in any negotiations with respect to any such transaction. In the event that we sell only the minimum number of units offered, and therefore, receive only the minimum amount of offering proceeds, we would have less working capital with which to pursue the foregoing. Pending the use by us and by our reinsurance subsidiary (Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited) of such proceeds, we will invest such proceeds in interest-bearing securities consistent with our current investment policies .

 

31


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We expect to develop a history of paying a consistent dividend on our ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering in the form of quarterly cash dividends, subject to applicable law. We expect that the annual dividend rate will be approximately 8% to 10% of the initial public offering price of our ordinary shares. On January 19, 2014, our board of directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per ordinary share for the third quarter of 2013 to be paid on February 14, 2014 to stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013. Also on January 19, 2014, our board of directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per ordinary share for the fourth quarter of 2013 to be paid on February 21, 2014 to stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013. Except for such dividends, we have never paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that any such dividends will be paid or that sufficient cash will be available to pay such dividends. Any future declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our results of operations and cash flows, our financial position and capital requirements, general business conditions, rating agency guidelines (if applicable), any legal, tax, regulatory and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends, and any other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. Our ability to pay dividends will also depend on the requirements of any future financing agreements to which we may be a party and the ability of our reinsurance subsidiary to pay dividends to us. Although Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is not subject to any significant legal prohibitions on the payment of dividends, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, our reinsurance subsidiary, is subject to Cayman Islands regulatory constraints that affect its ability to pay dividends to us and include a minimum net worth requirement. Currently, the minimum statutory net worth requirement for Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is $500, but is subject to the discretion of CIMA. As of December 31, 2013, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited exceeded the minimum statutory capital requirement. Any dividends we pay will be declared and paid in U.S. dollars.

 

32


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

The public offering price will be determined through negotiations between the placement agent and us. The public offering price does not necessarily bear any relationship to our assets, book value, earnings or other established criterion of value. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the public offering price are:

 

    prevailing market and general economic conditions;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management, our past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

    the present state of our development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for our units, ordinary shares, and warrants may not develop. It is possible that after this offering the units, ordinary shares and warrants will not trade in the public market at or above the public offering price.

 

33


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance of 1,700,000 units (the minimum that may be sold by us in the offering) at an assumed public offering price of $6.00 per unit (the midpoint of the expected price range) and the anticipated application of the net proceeds from this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance of 4,250,000 units (the maximum that may be sold by us in the offering) at an assumed public offering price of $6.00 per unit (the midpoint of the expected price range) and the anticipated application of the net proceeds from this offering.

The following table does not give effect to the assumed exercise of any warrants issued by our company through the date of this prospectus or to be issued by our company in the offering. You should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except share data)
 
     As Adjusted  
     Actual      Assuming
Minimum
     Assuming
Maximum
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 695       $ 9,581       $ 23,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term obligations

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

        

Ordinary shares, $0.001 par value, 50,000,000 authorized ordinary shares, 1,115,350 ordinary shares issued and outstanding actual; 2,815,350 shares issued and outstanding pro forma assuming we raise the minimum offering; and 5,365,350 shares issued and outstanding pro forma assuming we raise the maximum offering.

     1         3         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital

     6,595         15,479         29,706   

Retained Earnings

     585         585         585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     7,181         16,067         30,296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Capitalization

   $ 7,181       $ 16,067       $ 30,296   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our securities, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per ordinary share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. We calculate net tangible book value per ordinary share by calculating the total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, and dividing this total by the number of outstanding ordinary shares.

As of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the sale of the minimum number units offered at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.00 per unit (the midpoint of the expected price range) less estimated placement agent fees and estimated expenses, our pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been $16.1 million, or $5.71 per ordinary share. This represents an immediate decrease of $0.73 per ordinary share in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $6.44 per ordinary share to existing shareholders, as well as an immediate dilution of $0.29 per ordinary share to you. Assuming the sale of the maximum number of units offered at an initial public offering price of $6.00 per unit (the midpoint of the expected price range) less estimated placement agent fees and estimated expenses, our pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been $30.3 million, or $5.65 per ordinary share. This represents an immediate decrease of $0.79 per ordinary share in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $6.44 per ordinary share to existing shareholders, as well as an immediate dilution of $0.35 per ordinary share to you. This dilution is illustrated in the following table:

 

     Assuming
Minimum
    Assuming
Maximum
 

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

   $ 6.00      $ 6.00   

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2013

     6.44        6.44   

Increase/(decrease) per ordinary share attributable to new investors

     (0.73     (0.79

Pro forma net book value per ordinary share after this offering

   $ 5.71      $ 5.65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilution per ordinary share to new investors

   $ 0.29      $ 0.35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows on a pro forma, as adjusted basis at December 31, 2013, the total number of ordinary shares purchased, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ordinary share paid by existing shareholders assuming the sale of the minimum number of units that may be sold by us in the offering:

 

     Ordinary Shares
Purchased
    Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing shareholders

     1,115,350         39.62     6,692,100         39.62   $ 6.00   

New investors

     1,700,000         60.38     10,200,000         60.38   $ 6.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

     2,815,350         100     16,892,100         100   $ 6.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The following table shows on a pro forma, as adjusted basis at December 31, 2013, the total number of ordinary shares purchased, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ordinary share paid by existing shareholders assuming the sale of the maximum number of units that may be sold by us in the offering:

 

     Ordinary Shares
Purchased
    Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing shareholders

     1,115,350         20.79     6,692,100         20.79   $ 6.00   

New investors

     4,250,000         79.21     25,500,000         79.21   $ 6.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

     5,365,350         100     32,192,100         100   $ 6.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

To the extent that we issue additional ordinary shares in the future, you may experience further dilution.

 

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

When you read this section of this prospectus, it is important that you also read our selected consolidated financial data, the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This section of this prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements for many reasons set forth herein, including the factors described below and in “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a Cayman Islands specialty property and casualty reinsurer that provides reinsurance solutions through our subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited. We focus on underwriting fully-collateralized reinsurance contracts primarily for property and casualty insurance companies in the Gulf Coast region of the United States, with an initial emphasis on Florida. We intend to specialize in underwriting medium frequency, high severity risks, where we believe sufficient data exists to analyze effectively the risk/return profile of reinsurance contracts.

Principal Revenues and Expense Items

Revenues

We will derive our revenues from two principal sources:

 

    premiums assumed from reinsurance on property and casualty business; and

 

    income from investments.

Premiums assumed include all premiums received by a reinsurance company during a specified accounting period, even if the policy provides coverage beyond the end of the period. Premiums are earned over the term of the related policies. At the end of each accounting period, the portion of the premiums that are not yet earned are included in the unearned premium reserve and are realized as revenue in subsequent periods over the remaining term of the policy. Our policies typically have a term of twelve months. Thus, for example, for a policy that is written on July 1, 2013, one-half of the premiums would be earned in 2013 and the other half would be earned in 2014.

Premiums from reinsurance on property and casualty business assumed are directly related to the number, type and pricing of contracts we write.

Premiums assumed are recorded net of change in loss experience refund, which consists of changes in amounts due to the cedant under one of our reinsurance contracts. The contract contain retrospective provisions that adjusts premiums in the event losses are minimal or zero. We recognize a liability pro-rata over the period in which the absence of loss experience obligates us to refund premium under the contract and, we will derecognize such liability in the period in which a loss experience arises. The change in loss experience refund is negatively correlated to loss and loss adjustment expenses described below.

Income from our investments will primarily be comprised of interest income, dividends and gains, net realized and unrealized gains on investment securities. Such income will be primarily derived from the company’s capital which will be held in trust accounts that collateralize the reinsurance policies that we write. The investment parameters for capital held in such trust accounts will generally be established by the cedant for the relevant policy.

 

36


Table of Contents

Expenses

Our expenses consist primarily of the following:

 

    underwriting losses and loss adjustment expenses;

 

    acquisition costs; and

 

    general and administrative expenses.

Loss and loss adjustment expenses are a function of the amount and type of reinsurance contracts we write and of the loss experience of the underlying coverage. As described below, loss and loss adjustment expenses are based on the claims reported by our company’s ceding insurers, and where necessary, includes an actuarial analysis of the estimated losses, including losses incurred during the period and changes in estimates from prior periods. Depending on the nature of the contract, loss and loss adjustment expenses may be paid over a period of years.

Acquisition costs consist primarily of brokerage fees, ceding commissions, premium taxes and other direct expenses that relate to our writing reinsurance contracts. We amortize deferred acquisition costs over the related contract term.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits and related costs, including costs associated with our professional fees, rent and other general operating expenses.

Measurement of Results

We use various measures to analyze the growth and profitability of business operations. For reinsurance business, we measure growth in terms of premiums assumed and we measure underwriting profitability by examining our loss, underwriting expense and combined ratios. We analyze and measure profitability in terms of net income and return on average equity.

Premiums A ssumed. We use gross premiums assumed (net of loss experience refunds) to measure our sales of reinsurance products. Gross premiums assumed also correlates to our ability to generate net premiums earned.

Loss R atio. The loss ratio is the ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred to premiums earned and measures the underwriting profitability of our reinsurance business.

Acquisition Cost R atio. The acquisition cost ratio is the ratio of policy acquisition costs and other underwriting expenses to net premiums earned. The acquisition cost ratio measures our operational efficiency in producing, underwriting and administering our reinsurance business.

Expense Ratio. The expense ratio is the ratio of policy acquisition costs, other underwriting expenses and other administrative expenses to net premiums earned. We use the expense ratio to measure our operating performance.

Combined Ratio. We use the combined ratio to measure our underwriting performance. The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio. If the combined ratio is at or above 100%, we are not underwriting profitably and may not be profitable.

Net I ncome and R eturn on A verage E quity. We use net income to measure our profits and return on average equity to measure our effectiveness in utilizing our shareholders’ equity to generate net income. In determining return on average equity for a given year, net income is divided by the average of shareholders’ equity for that year.

Critical Accounting Policies

We are required to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an

 

37


Table of Contents

on-going basis based on historical developments, market conditions, industry trends and other information that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These accounting policies pertain to premium revenues and risk transfer, reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses and the reporting of deferred acquisition costs.

Premium R evenue and R isk T ransfer . We record premiums revenue as earned pro-rata over the terms of the reinsurance agreements and the unearned portion at the balance sheet date is recorded as unearned premiums reserve. A reserve is made for estimated premium deficiencies to the extent that estimated losses and loss adjustment expenses exceed related unearned premiums. Investment income is not considered in determining whether or not a deficiency exists.

We account for reinsurance contracts in accordance with ASC 944, ‘‘Financial Services – Insurance”. Assessing whether or not a reinsurance contract meets the conditions for risk transfer requires judgment. The determination of risk transfer is critical to reporting premiums written. If we determine that a reinsurance contract does not transfer sufficient risk, we must account for the contract as a deposit liability.

Reserves for L osses and L oss A djustment E xpenses . We determine our reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses on the basis of the claims reported by the our ceding insurers, and for losses incurred but not reported, if any, we will use the assistance of an independent actuary. The reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent management’s best estimate of the ultimate settlement costs of all losses and loss adjustment expenses. We believe that the amounts that are determined by us will be adequate; however, the inherent impossibility of predicting future events with precision, result in uncertainty as to the amount which will ultimately be required for the settlement of losses and loss expenses, and the differences could be material.

Under U.S. GAAP, we are not permitted to establish loss reserves until the occurrence of an actual loss event. As a result, only loss reserves applicable to losses incurred up to the reporting date may be recorded, with no allowance for the provision of a contingency reserve to account for expected future losses. Losses arising from future events, which could be substantial, are estimated and recognized at the time the loss is incurred.

Deferred A cquisition C osts. We defer certain expenses that are directly related to and vary with producing reinsurance business, including brokerage fees on gross premiums assumed, premium taxes and certain other costs related to the acquisition of reinsurance contracts. These costs are capitalized and the resulting asset, deferred acquisition costs, is amortized and charged to expense in future periods as premiums assumed are earned. The method followed in computing deferred acquisition costs limits the amount of such deferral to its estimated realizable value. The ultimate recoverability of deferred acquisition costs is dependent on the continued profitability of our reinsurance underwriting. If our underwriting ceases to be profitable, we may have to write off a portion of our deferred acquisition costs, resulting in a further charge to income in the period in which the underwriting losses are recognized.

Results of Operations

Premium I ncome . We were incorporated in April 2013, and entered into our first two fully-collateralized reinsurance contracts on June 1, 2013. For the period ended December 31, 2013, we assumed $3.5 million of premiums (net of loss experience refunds) from one related reinsurer. Of this balance, at December 31, 2013, approximately $2 million remains unearned, and we have recognized earned premiums of $1.5 million. Premiums earned reflects the pro rata inclusion into income of premiums assumed (net of loss experience refund) over the life of the reinsurance contracts.

Losses Incurred . There were no losses incurred for the period ended December 31, 2013. We have recognized within premium income above, a loss experience refund charge of $1.36 million, representing a pro-rated liability over the period in which the absence of loss experience under one of the reinsurance contracts obligates us to refund premium to our ceding reinsurer.

 

38


Table of Contents

Acquisition Costs . Acquisition costs for the period ended December 31, 2013 totaled $96.5 thousand. These acquisition costs represent the amortization of the brokerage fees of $116.6 thousand and federal excise taxes of $48.8 thousand incurred on contracts written. Deferred acquisition costs are limited to the amount expected to be recovered from future earned premiums and anticipated investment income.

General and Administrative Expenses . General and administrative expenses for period ended December 31, 2013 were $533 thousand. This includes $145.2 thousand of preopening and organization costs incurred prior to the commencement on insurance operations. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase once we become subject to reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

Offering Expenses. At December 31, 2013, there were $416,540 of offering expenses on the balance sheet as prepaid offering costs. Reclassification to additional paid-in capital will occur upon successful completion of the offering, otherwise they will be expensed.

Exposure to Catastrophes

As with other reinsurers, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by volatile and unpredictable natural and man-made disasters, such as hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, floods, fires, riots and explosions. Although we attempt to limit our exposure to levels we believe are acceptable, it is possible that an actual catastrophic event or multiple catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As described under “Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses” above, under U.S. GAAP, we are not permitted to establish loss reserves with respect to losses that may be incurred under reinsurance contracts until the occurrence of an event which may give rise to a claim. As a result, only loss reserves applicable to losses incurred up to the reporting date may be established, with no provision for a contingency reserve to account for expected future losses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

We are organized as a holding company with no operations of our own. All of our operations are conducted through our sole reinsurance subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, which underwrites risks associated with our property and casualty reinsurance programs. We have minimal continuing cash needs which are principally related to the payment of administrative expenses. There are restrictions on Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited’s ability to pay dividends which are described in more detail below. It is our initial policy to retain earnings to support the growth of our business.

Sources and Uses of Funds

Our sources of funds will primarily consist of premium receipts (net of brokerage and ceding commissions) and investment income, including realized gains. We expect to use cash to pay losses and loss adjustment expenses, commissions, dividends, and general and administrative expenses. Substantially all of our surplus funds, net of funds required for cash liquidity purposes, will be invested in accordance with our investment guidelines. Our investment portfolio will be primarily comprised of publicly-traded securities, which we will classify as trading securities and can be liquidated to meet current liabilities. We believe that we will have sufficient flexibility to liquidate the long securities that we will own in a rising market to generate liquidity.

During the period ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in operating activities amounted to approximately $5.9 million and net cash provided through the private placement offering described herein amounted to approximately $6.6 million. On January 19, 2014, our board of directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per ordinary share for the third quarter of 2013 to be paid on February 14, 2014 to stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013. Also on January 19, 2014, our board of directors declared a dividend of $0.12 per ordinary share for the fourth quarter of 2013 to be paid on February 21, 2014 to stockholders of record as of December 31, 2013.

 

39


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, we believe we had sufficient cash flow from operations to meet our liquidity requirements. We expect that our operational needs for liquidity will be met by cash, funds generated from underwriting activities and investment income, including realized gains, together with the net proceeds of this offering. We have no plans to issue debt and expect to fund our operations for the foreseeable future from operating cash flow and this offering. However, we cannot provide assurances that in the future we will not incur indebtedness to implement our business strategy, pay claims or make acquisitions.

Although Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is not subject to any significant legal prohibitions on the payment of dividends, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is subject to Cayman Islands regulatory constraints that affect its ability to pay dividends to us and include a minimum net worth requirement. Currently, the minimum net worth requirement for Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is $500. As of December 31, 2013, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited exceeded the minimum required. By law, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is restricted from paying a dividend if such a dividend would cause its net worth to drop to less than the required minimum.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

We do not have any known fixed contractual obligations other than a minimum fee of $75,000 that will be payable within 30 days after the completion of our initial public offering to an underwriting consultant under an Underwriting Advisory Agreement and lease commitments of $42,000 with respect to an operating lease for residential space at Britannia Villas #616, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 and subsequent to period ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Payment Due by Period (in thousands)  
       Total        Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 

Operating lease (1)

   $ 42         42         —           —           —     

Underwriting advisory agreement (2)

     75         75         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 117         117         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) On October 1, 2013, we entered into an operating lease agreement for residential space at Britannia Villas #616, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands. The term of the lease is 13 months commencing on October 1, 2013. Rent expense for the period ended December 31, 2013 was $12,600 and lease commitments at December 31, 2013 were $42,000.
(2) On January 19, 2014, we entered into an underwriting advisory agreement with an underwriting consultant, under which the terms provide for a minimum fee of $75,000 to be payable to the underwriting consultant within 30 days after the completion of our initial public offering.

 

40


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company that was organized in April 2013 to provide reinsurance business solutions primarily to property and casualty insurers in the Gulf Coast region of the United States. Through our licensed reinsurance subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, we write fully collateralized policies to cover property losses from specified catastrophes. We intend to specialize in underwriting medium frequency, high severity risks, where we believe sufficient data exists to analyze effectively the risk/return profile of reinsurance contracts.

Our company was formed by investors with significant experience in the U.S. property and casualty insurance market who saw an opportunity to provide more competitive reinsurance products to property and casualty insurance providers in the Gulf Coast region. Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, our reinsurance subsidiary, was approved by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as a licensed Class C insurance company under Cayman Islands law in April 2013. In June 2013, we completed a private placement in the amount of $6.7 million. Following the private placement in June 2013, we entered into our initial reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh Casualty Insurance Company, Ltd. (“Claddaugh”), a captive reinsurance company and a subsidiary of HCI Group, a Florida-based, publicly traded holding company. We have since entered into an additional reinsurance contract with another party in January 2014. Following our initial reinsurance contracts, our core business will be focused on the provision of property catastrophe reinsurance coverage to a broad range of select insurance companies and potentially other reinsurers.

We intend to underwrite reinsurance contracts on a selective and opportunistic basis as opportunities arise based on our goal of achieving favorable long-term returns on equity for our shareholders. Our goal is to achieve long-term growth in book value per share by writing business that will generate attractive underwriting profits relative to the risk we bear. Unlike other insurance and reinsurance companies, we do not intend to pursue an aggressive investment strategy and instead will focus our business on underwriting profits rather than investment profits. Our initial business focus will be on fully collateralized reinsurance contracts for property catastrophes in the Gulf Coast region of the United States with an initial emphasis on Florida, and within that market and risk category, we will attempt to select the most economically attractive opportunities across a variety of property and casualty insurers. As our capital base grows, however, we expect that we will consider growth opportunities in other geographic areas and risk categories.

Our Business Strategy

Our goal is to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns for our shareholders through the prudent management of underwriting risks relative to our capital base. To achieve this objective, the following are the principal elements of our business strategy:

 

    Maintain a Commitment to Disciplined Underwriting. We will use a disciplined and data-driven underwriting approach to select a diversified portfolio of risks that we believe will generate an attractive return on capital over the long term. Neither our underwriting nor our investment strategies are designed to generate smooth or predictable quarterly earnings, but rather to optimize growth in book value per share over the long term.

 

    Focus on Risk Management. We will treat risk management as an integral part of our underwriting and business management processes. We expect that substantially all of our reinsurance contracts will contain loss limitation provisions that limit our losses to the value of the assets collateralizing our reinsurance contracts.

 

   

Partial Deployment of Capital. In order to eliminate the possibility of complete losses, we intend to place only a portion of our total capital at risk in any single year. This means that we expect lower returns than some of our competitors in years where there are lower than average catastrophe losses but

 

41


Table of Contents
 

that our capital will be better protected in the event of large losses. We are committed to maintaining our capitalization and financial strength over the long term and to develop a history of paying a consistent dividend on our ordinary shares.

 

    Take Advantage of Market Opportunities. Although our business will be initially focused on catastrophe coverage for Gulf Coast insurers with an initial emphasis on Florida, we intend to continuously evaluate various market opportunities in which our business may be strategically or financially expanded or enhanced in the future. Such opportunities could take the form of diversifying our business into other geographic or market areas. Such opportunities could also include quota share reinsurance contracts, joint ventures, renewal rights transactions, corporate acquisitions of another insurer or reinsurer, or the formation of insurance or reinsurance platforms in new markets. We believe the environment in the reinsurance and insurance markets will continue to produce opportunities for us, through organic expansion or through acquisitions.

The Reinsurance Industry

General

Reinsurance is an arrangement in which an insurance company, referred to as the reinsurer, agrees to assume from another insurance company, referred to as the ceding company or cedant, all or a portion of the insurance risks that the ceding company has underwritten under one or more insurance contracts. In return, the reinsurer receives a premium for the insured risks that it assumes from the ceding company, although reinsurance does not discharge the ceding company from its liabilities to policyholders. It is standard industry practice for primary insurers to reinsure portions of their insurance risks with other insurance companies under reinsurance agreements or contracts. This permits primary insurers to underwrite policies in amounts larger than the risks they are willing to retain. Reinsurance is generally designed to:

 

    reduce the ceding company’s net liability on individual risks, thereby assisting it in managing its risk profile and increasing its capacity to underwrite business as well as increasing the limit to which it can underwrite on a single risk;

 

    assist the ceding company in meeting applicable regulatory and rating agency capital requirements;

 

    assist the ceding company in reducing the short-term financial impact of sales and other acquisition costs; and

 

    enhance the ceding company’s financial strength and statutory capital.

When reinsurance companies purchase reinsurance to cover their own risks assumed from ceding companies, this is known as retrocessional reinsurance. Reinsurance or retrocessional reinsurance can benefit a ceding company or retrocedant, as applicable, in various ways, such as by reducing exposure to individual risks and by providing catastrophe protection from larger or multiple losses. Like ceding companies, retrocedants can use retrocessional reinsurance to manage their overall risk profile or to create additional underwriting capacity, allowing them to accept larger risks or to write more business than would otherwise be possible, absent an increase in their capital or surplus.

According to the insurance consulting firm Guy Carpenter, the global property catastrophe reinsurance market was estimated to have approximately $312 billion in total aggregate limits and to generate approximately $24 billion in total annualized premiums, in each case as of and for the 12 months ending March 31, 2013.

Types of Reinsurance Contracts

Property reinsurance products are often written in the form of treaty reinsurance contracts, which are contractual arrangements that provide for the automatic reinsurance of a type or category of risk underwritten.

 

42


Table of Contents

Treaty reinsurance premiums, which are typically due in installments, are a function of the number and type of contracts written, as well as prevailing market prices. The timing of premiums written varies by line of business. The majority of property catastrophe business is written at the January and June annual renewal periods, depending on the type and location of the risks covered. Most hurricane and wind-storm coverage, particularly in the Gulf-coast region of the United States, is written at the June annual renewal periods.

Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically “all risk” in nature, providing protection to the ceding company against losses from hurricanes and other natural and man-made catastrophes such as floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, storms and fires, also known as perils. The predominant exposures covered by these contracts are losses stemming from property damage and business interruption resulting from a covered peril. Coverage can also vary from “all natural” perils, which is the most expansive form, to more limited types such as windstorm-only coverage. The coverage provided under excess-of-loss reinsurance contracts may be on a worldwide basis or may be limited in scope to specific regions or geographical areas.

Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically written on “an excess-of-loss” basis, which provides coverage to the ceding company when aggregate claims and claim expenses from a single occurrence for a covered peril exceed an amount that is specified in a particular contract. Under these contracts, protection is provided to an insurer for a portion of the total losses in excess of a specified loss amount, up to a maximum amount per loss specified in the contract.

Reinsurance contracts do not discharge ceding companies from their obligations to policyholders. Ceding companies therefore generally require their reinsurers to have, and to maintain, either a strong financial strength rating or security, in the form of collateral, as assurance that their claims will be paid.

Excess-of-loss contracts are typically written on a losses-occurring basis, which means that they cover losses that occur during the contract term, regardless of when the underlying policies came into force. Premiums from excess-of-loss contracts are earned ratably over the contract term, which is ordinarily 12 months. Most of the excess-of-loss contracts provide for a reinstatement of coverage following a covered loss event in return for an additional premium.

Insurers generally purchase multiple tranches of reinsurance protection above an initial retention elected by the insurer. The amount of reinsurance protection purchased by an insurer is typically determined by the insurer through both quantitative and qualitative methods. In the event of losses, the amount of loss that exceeds the amount of reinsurance protection purchased is retained by the insurer. As a program is constructed from the ground up, each tranche added generally has a lower probability of loss than the prior tranche and therefore is generally subject to a lower reinsurance premium charged for the reinsurance protection purchased. Insurer catastrophe programs are typically supported by multiple reinsurers per program.

Reinsurance brokers play an important role in the reinsurance market. Brokers are intermediaries that assist the ceding company in structuring a particular reinsurance program and in negotiating and placing risks with third-party reinsurers. In this capacity, the broker is selected and retained by the ceding company on a treaty-by-treaty basis, rather than by the reinsurer. Though brokers are not parties to reinsurance contracts, reinsurers generally receive premium payments from brokers rather than ceding companies, and reinsurers that do not provide collateralized reinsurance are frequently required to pay amounts owed on claims under their policies to brokers. These brokers, in turn, pay these amounts to the ceding companies that have reinsured a portion of their liabilities with reinsurers.

The Florida Property and Casualty Insurance Market

General Overview

Florida’s property and casualty insurance market has undergone significant changes in the past few decades. This market, which was formerly dominated by large, national, multi-line insurance companies, now includes

 

43


Table of Contents

Citizens Property Insurance Corporation (“Citizens”), a state-sponsored insurance company created by the Florida Legislature; Florida-based insurance companies that focus primarily on writing property insurance policies in the state of Florida; and Florida-based subsidiaries of national insurance companies that focus on writing property insurance policies in the state of Florida. While these four types of companies participate in the market at varying levels, Citizens and the Florida-based insurance companies are now the dominant market participants. Within the private market, which excludes Citizens, there is a strong dependence on small insurance companies, which have limited capitalization and a limited ability to diversify.

According to The State of Florida’s Property Insurance Market 2 nd Annual Report Released in January 2013 for the Florida Legislature by The Florida Catastrophic Storm Risk Management Center (the “Report”), the shift from a market dominated by large, national, multi-line insurance companies to a market dominated by Citizens and the smaller, Florida-based insurance companies has resulted in an increased reliance on the global reinsurance market for diversification and capital. For these smaller, Florida-based insurance companies, reinsurance companies serve as the primary means of accessing broader capital markets.

According to the Report, as of the end of 2011, there were 23 private independent insurance companies and 51 private insurance company groups (for a total of 74 “private insurers”) writing homeowners insurance in the state of Florida. Based on these figures, there are more private insurers writing homeowners insurance in Florida than there are in other coastal states, including Alabama, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Texas and Virginia. This is largely due to the relatively high number of private independent insurance companies writing homeowners insurance in Florida.

The Report also shows that, as of the end of 2011, “[f]orty-four companies doing business in Florida had concentrated at least 90% of that business in Florida,” and that “all 23 of the independent companies operating in the Florida homeowners insurance market concentrated at least 90% of their business in the homeowners insurance line and in Florida.” (Each insurer’s total business was measured by direct premiums written.) By concentrating their business in Florida, these companies have increased their level of risk in the event that a catastrophic event occurs in Florida. In order to adequately protect against this risk and to ensure solvency in the event of a catastrophic event, these companies must obtain relatively high levels of reinsurance.

Catastrophic Events

While the Florida property and casualty insurance market faces various challenges, the primary challenge is the potential for exposure to catastrophic windstorms. According to the Report, the state of Florida has:

 

    more than $1.8 trillion in insured residential property exposure;

 

    more than $4 billion in expected average annual losses due to windstorms (with respect to residential and commercial residential properties only); and

 

    nearly $60 billion in 1-in-100 probable maximum losses due to windstorms (with respect to residential and commercial residential properties only).

 

44


Table of Contents

According to NOAA Technical Memorandum NWS NHC-6, entitled “The Deadliest, Costliest, and Most Intense United States Tropical Cyclones from 1851 to 2010 (and Other Frequently Requested Hurricane Facts) (the “NOAA Memorandum”), “[f]orty percent of all U.S. hurricanes and major hurricanes were in Florida,” and “[s]ixty percent of category 4 or higher hurricane strikes have occurred in either Florida or Texas.” The NOAA Memorandum also indicates that, between 1851 and 2010, there were 114 hurricane strikes and 37 major hurricanes in Florida. For these purposes, a “major hurricane” is a category 3, 4, or 5 hurricane.

The following table shows the number of major hurricanes that struck Florida between 1952 and 2013, a span of 61 years, on a year-by-year basis:

FLORIDA HURRICANE HISTORY

Category 3 or Greater, 1952-2013

 

1952: None

   1972: None    1992: 1    2012: None

1953: None

   1973: None    1993: None    2013: None

1954: None

   1974: None    1994: None   

1955: None

   1975: 1    1995: 1   

1956: None

   1976: None    1996: None   

1957: None

   1977: None    1997: None   

1958: None

   1978: None    1998: None   

1959: None

   1979: None    1999: None   

1960: 1

   1980: None    2000: None   

1961: None

   1981: None    2001: None   

1962: None

   1982: None    2002: None   

1963: None

   1983: None    2003: None   

1964: None

   1984: None    2004: 3   

1965: 1

   1985: 1    2005: 2   

1966: None

   1986: None    2006: None   

1967: None

   1987: None    2007: None   

1968: None

   1988: None    2008: None   

1969: None

   1989: None    2009: None   

1970: None

   1990: None    2010: None   

1971: None

   1991: None    2011: None   

Source: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

For information regarding risks faced by our company due to weather-related incidents, see the risk factor on page 14 entitled “ Our property and property catastrophe reinsurance operations will make us vulnerable to losses from catastrophes and may cause our results of operations to vary significantly from period to period .”

Our Reinsurance Contracts and Products

We intend to write primarily property, property catastrophe, and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance. We currently expected that substantially all of the reinsurance products we seek to write in the foreseeable future will be in the form of treaty reinsurance contracts. When we write treaty reinsurance contracts, we do not evaluate separately each of the individual risks assumed under the contracts and are therefore largely dependent on the individual underwriting decisions made by the cedant. Accordingly, as part of our initial review and renewal process, we carefully review and analyze the cedant’s risk management and underwriting practices in deciding whether to provide treaty reinsurance and in appropriately pricing the treaty.

Our contracts are written on an excess of loss basis, generally with a per-event cap. We generally receive the premium for the risk assumed and indemnify the cedant against all or a specified portion of losses and expenses

 

45


Table of Contents

in excess of a specified dollar or percentage amount. To date, all of our reinsurance contracts have been written on an excess of loss basis. We anticipate that such contracts will be either single-year or multi-year contracts and that our policy years will generally commence on June 1 of each year and end on May 30 of the following year.

We anticipate that the bulk of our portfolio of risks will be assumed pursuant to traditional reinsurance contracts. However, we may also from time to time take underwriting risk by purchasing a catastrophe-linked bond, or via a transaction booked as an industry loss warranty (as described below) or an indemnity swap. An indemnity swap is an agreement which provides for the exchange between two parties of different portfolios of catastrophe exposure with similar expected loss characteristics (for example, U.S. earthquake exposure for Asian earthquake exposure).

We believe our most attractive near-term opportunity is in property catastrophe coverage for insurance companies. In addition to seeking profitable pricing, we manage our risks with contractual limits on our exposure. Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically “all risk” in nature, meaning that they protect against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as tornados, fires, winter storms, and floods (where the contract specifically provides for coverage). Losses on these contracts typically stem from direct property damage and business interruption. We generally write property catastrophe reinsurance on an excess of loss basis. These contracts typically cover only specific regions or geographical areas.

We are not licensed or admitted as an insurer in any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. In addition, we do not have a financial rating and do not expect to have one in the near future. Many jurisdictions such as the United States do not permit clients to take credit for reinsurance on their statutory financial statements if such reinsurance is obtained from unlicensed or non-admitted insurers without appropriate collateral. As a result, we anticipate that all of our clients will require us to fully collateralize the reinsurance contracts we bind with them. Every contract will be fully collateralized and separately structured, with our liability being limited to the value of the assets held in the trust. We will generally not be required to top-up the value of the assets held as collateral in respect of a particular reinsurance agreement. For each reinsurance agreement, a reinsurance trust will be established in favor of the cedant, and the trustee of the reinsurance trust will be a large bank that is agreed upon by our company and the cedant. The premium for the contract will ordinarily be deposited into the trust, together with additional capital from our company, up to the coverage limit. Each reinsurance contract will contain express limited recourse language to the effect that the liabilities of the relevant reinsurance contract will be limited to the realizable value of the collateral held in respect of that contract. Upon the expiration of the reinsurance contract, the assets of the trust net of insured losses and other expenses will be transferred to our company.

Our Initial Reinsurance Contracts

We began underwriting business in June 2013 when we entered into our first reinsurance contracts. Our principal initial reinsurance contracts are retrocession contracts with Claddaugh Casualty Insurance Company Ltd., a captive reinsurance company and a subsidiary of HCI Group. Paresh Patel, our non-executive Chairman and the largest stockholder of our company, is a founder and the Chief Executive Officer of HCI Group. Sanjay Madhu, our President and Chief Executive Officer, is a former executive officer of HCI Group and is on the board of directors of HCI Group. Although we will likely enter into additional reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh in the future and anticipate that at least 50% of our gross premiums will be with Claddaugh for the June 2014 hurricane season, we intend to increasingly diversify our customer base in future policy years. In January 2014, we entered into a small reinsurance contract providing up to $250,000 in coverage (with a reinstatement of an additional $250,000 in coverage) with a non-affiliate of Claddaugh for a policy period that ends in March 2015.

All of our reinsurance contracts are excess-of-loss contracts, which are contracts that indemnify against all or a portion of a loss in excess of the reinsured’s specified loss retention. Our reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh indemnify Claddaugh against specified losses under reinsurance contracts that Claddaugh has with

 

46


Table of Contents

Homeowners Choice Property & Casualty Insurance Company, or HCPCI. HCPCI is a subsidiary of HCI Group and is a licensed property and casualty insurance company in the State of Florida. HCPCI provides property and casualty homeowners’ insurance, condominium-owners’ insurance, and tenants’ insurance to property owners and tenants solely in the State of Florida. HCPCI began operations in July of 2007 by participating in a “take-out program” through which HCPCI assumed insurance policies held by Citizens Property Insurance Corporation (“Citizens”), a Florida state-supported insurer. Most of HCPCI’s policies are policies that were assumed from Citizens in a series of separate assumption transactions and from HomeWise Insurance Company in a November 2012 assumption transaction, or are renewals of the policies assumed from Citizens or HomeWise. HCPCI’s policies, which are the underlying primary policies that are being reinsured by us under our contracts with Clauddaugh, cover properties throughout the State of Florida against a variety of perils, including fire, windstorms (including hurricanes), sinkholes, and theft.

Single-Year Contract with Claddaugh

One of our reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh is a one-year agreement which became effective on June 1, 2013 and will remain in force through June 30, 2014, and this reinsurance contract has two layers. Under one layer, we agreed to reimburse Claddaugh for 18.1818% of Claddaugh’s liability under a Catastrophe Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract with HCPCI. Claddaugh’s liability under the Catastrophe Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract is limited to 22% of HCPCI’s first $61.5 million of covered losses in excess of $185 million, which is $13.53 million in total exposure for Claddaugh on this coverage layer. Therefore our maximum liability for this coverage layer is $2.46 million. Additionally, HCPCI has a retention amount of the first $7.5 million in excess of $185 million for covered losses, and other coverage limitations apply to HCPCI. The Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract covers HCPCI’s ultimate net losses from specified disasters, accidents, or losses, with “ultimate net losses” generally referring to HCPCI’s losses in excess of, among other things, other insurance or reinsurance that HCPCI is required to obtain (referred to as inuring reinsurance).

Under the second layer, we agreed to reimburse Claddaugh for 22.0779% of Claddaugh’s liability under a Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract with HCPCI. Claddaugh’s liability under the Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract is limited to 19.25% of HCI’s first $39 million of covered losses in excess of $61 million. Therefore, our maximum liability for this coverage layer is $1.65 million.

Our premium under the one-year contract was a flat premium of $1,166,513 before brokerage fees and federal excise taxes of $116,651 and $11,665, respectively, which were deducted from premiums paid to us. Under the contract, we entered into a trust agreement with Claddaugh and a trustee pursuant to which we provided collateral having a market value greater than the limit of liability less unpaid premium. The market value of the collateral provided under this contract was $4,117,500 at December 31, 2013, and the collateral was invested 100% in cash deposits.

Multi-Year Contract with Claddaugh

Under the other contract with Claddaugh, which became effective on June 1, 2013 and will remain in force through May 31, 2018, we agreed to reimburse Claddaugh for 100% of the ultimate net loss arising from loss occurrences payable by Claddaugh under a Working Layer Catastrophe Excess of Loss Contract with HCPCI. Under this contract, Claddaugh’s liability (and therefore our liability) is limited to an aggregate of $6.0 million for the current treaty year, being 20% of $30 million in covered losses in excess of $31 million. The annual deposit premium to be paid by Claddaugh and its affiliates will follow the payment schedule of the Original Contract (including any endorsements). For the policy year commencing June 1, 2013, Claddaugh paid the applicable premiums of $3,720,000 (before federal excise taxes of $37,200). Under the contract, we entered into a trust agreement with Claddaugh and a trustee pursuant to which we provided collateral having a market value greater than the limit of liability less unpaid premium. Additionally, under the contract, Claddaugh has the option to terminate the contract on or after May 31, 2016, and we shall be obligated to return approximately 63% of

 

47


Table of Contents

cumulative premiums in the event there are no losses under the contract. The market value of the collateral provided under this contract was $6,000,000 at December 31, 2013, and the collateral was invested 100% in cash deposits.

Illustration of Potential Exposure Under Claddaugh Contracts

As an illustration of our potential liability under our reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh, if HCPCI would by reason of a single hurricane incur losses in excess of $800 million during the current policy period, we would have a 20% participation in losses in a $30 million coverage layer in excess of $31 million, resulting in liability to us of $6.0 million on this layer. We would then have a 4.25% participation in losses in a $39 million layer of coverage in excess of $61 million, resulting in liability to us of $1.65 million. Lastly, we would have a 4% participation in losses in a $61.5 million layer of losses between $185 million and $800 million, resulting in a liability to us of $2.46 million. The total maximum exposure to us would be $10.11 million. The net loss to our company would be the total exposure less the net premiums of about $4.72 million received.

Future Contracts

With the proceeds from this offering, we intend to pursue reinsurance contracts with additional property and casualty insurers in the Gulf Coast region of the United States with an initial emphasis on Florida. We anticipate that, for the foreseeable future, our reinsurance contracts will, similar to the reinsurance contracts with Claddaugh, mainly cover property catastrophes resulting from hurricanes and tornados. We anticipate that such contracts could be either single-year or multi-year contracts.

Underwriting

We intend to write primarily property, property catastrophe, and short-tail specialty and casualty reinsurance. Substantially all of the reinsurance products we currently seek to write are in the form of treaty reinsurance contracts. When we write treaty reinsurance contracts, we will not evaluate separately each of the individual risks assumed under the contracts and are therefore largely dependent on the individual underwriting decisions made by the cedant. Accordingly, as part of our initial review and renewal process, we carefully review and analyze the cedant’s risk management and underwriting practices in deciding whether to provide treaty reinsurance and in appropriately pricing the treaty.

In January 2014, we entered into an Underwriting Advisory Agreement with Resonant Consultants, Ltd., or Resonant. Under this agreement, we have the right to engage Resonant’s underwriting consulting services from time to time in connection with reinsurance contracts that we propose to enter into. Although our relationship with Resonant is not exclusive and although we intend to consult with other advisors from time to time, we anticipate that we will consult with Resonant on one or more reinsurance contracts through at least June 30, 2014. Resonant is a British Virgin Islands company owned and organized by E.W. “Ted” Blanch, who was a non-employee director of our company from May 2013 through October 2013. The Underwriting Advisory Agreement will remain in effect until terminated by either party upon at least 30 days prior written notice. Resonant’s services under the Advisory Agreement are anticipated to include the following:

 

    advising our Board of Directors and management regarding the classes of risks to be ceded and associated risk limits and premium rates, as well providing aggregate exposure and exposure management advice;

 

    reviewing agreements and related documents for the risks being ceded to Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited;

 

    advising on premium rates and other underwriting terms and conditions with respect to the underwriting of the risks being ceded to Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited; and

 

    recommending commissions and fees to be paid to producers or brokers.

 

48


Table of Contents

Resonant will not provide any administrative services, such as premium collection, claims administration, regulatory compliance, or treasury services, as those functions are anticipated to be retained by our company for the forseeable future unless contracted to another third party.

Under the terms of the Underwriting Advisory Agreement, Resonant will be paid an underwriting advisory fee on contracts for which Resonant is engaged. The underwriting advisory fee will be an amount equal to 5.0% of the gross premiums of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited under the contract after deducting any portion of the premium subject to potential rebate or refund to the retrocedant or cedant (referred to as “earned premiums”). Additionally, Resonant will be paid a performance fee equal to 10% of the gross profit of each reinsurance contract on which an underwriting advisory fee has been paid. The performance fee will be calculated at the end of each reinsurance contract. For this purpose, “gross profit” is defined as earned premiums minus the underwriting advisory fee, broker commissions, policy acquisition costs, incurred losses, and a capital charge. The capital charge will be equal to 10% of the average monthly collateral value securing the reinsurance contract over the life of the reinsurance contract. For example, on a reinsurance contract that involved $1.0 million in gross premiums, a 10% broker commission, $50,000 in other policy acquisition costs, no incurred losses, average monthly collateral value of $2,000,000 million over the life of the contract, and a potential rebate of $300,000 million to the retrocedant at the end of the contract, the total fees payable to Resonant under the Underwriting Advisory Agreement would be $69,500 (i.e., 5% of earned premiums of $700,000 million plus 10% of gross profit of $345,000). The underwriting advisory fee will be payable upon collection of the premium under the applicable reinsurance contract, and the performance fee will be payable within thirty days after the end of the reinsurance contract (unless there are claims during the policy period, in which case the performance fee will be payable within thirty days of the resolution and settlement of all claims). Resonant will be entitled to minimum fees of $75,000 per each semi-annual period during the term of the Underwriting Advisory Agreement.

We anticipate that most of our reinsurance contracts will have other reinsurers participating as lead underwriters, and these lead underwriters will generally set the premium for the risk. We intend to follow the premium pricing of the lead underwriters in most cases subject to the guidance of Resonant. Each quarter, our Board of Directors will set parameters for the maximum level of capital to be deployed for each quarter and the expected premium and risk profile that the contracts must meet.

We have no current plans to purchase retrocessional coverage. However, we may do so in the future to manage our overall exposure and to balance our portfolio. We have not yet purchased retrocessional coverage but expect that, if we do, we will only purchase uncollateralized retrocessional coverage from a reinsurer with a minimum financial strength rating of A- from either A.M. Best or Standard & Poors.

Marketing and Distribution

We expect that, in the future, the majority of our business will be sourced through reinsurance brokers. Brokerage distribution channels provide us with access to an efficient, variable distribution system without the significant time and expense that would be incurred in creating an in-house marketing and distribution network. Reinsurance brokers receive a brokerage commission that is usually a percentage of gross premiums written.

We intend to build relationships with global reinsurance brokers and captive insurance companies located in the Cayman Islands. Our management team has significant relationships with most of the primary and specialty broker intermediaries in the reinsurance marketplace in our target market. We believe that maintaining close relationships with brokers will give us access to a broad range of reinsurance clients and opportunities.

Brokers will not have the authority to bind us to any reinsurance contract. We will review and approve all contract submissions in our corporate offices located in the Cayman Islands. From time to time, we may also enter into relationships with managing general agents who could bind us to reinsurance contracts based on narrowly defined underwriting guidelines.

 

49


Table of Contents

Mr. Blanch, the owner of Resonant, is also a senior partner with Advocate Reinsurance Partners LLC, a reinsurance broker. Advocate Reinsurance Partners is a reinsurance broker for HCI Group and Claddaugh and was paid a broker commission of $116,651 on the above-described single-year excess-of-loss reinsurance contract between our company and Claddaugh. Such commission was paid from the premiums payable to us under the reinsurance contract, and we believe that this commission rate (10% of premiums) is a customary commission amount in the industry. We anticipate paying similar commissions to other brokers in the future on our reinsurance contracts and may pay additional commissions to Advocate Reinsurance Partners in the future on additional reinsurance contracts. Advocate Reinsurance Partners may also be paid commissions by HCI Group and its subsidiaries from time to time on reinsurance placed by Advocate Reinsurance Partners, and some of such policies may potentially be placed with our company, in which case Resonant may also be entitled to a fee under our Underwriting Advisory Agreement with Resonant.

Investment Strategy

Our company’s business focus will be primarily on underwriting profit as opposed to investment profit. We anticipate that most of our company’s capital will be held in trust accounts that collateralize the reinsurance policies that we write. The investment parameters for capital held in such trust accounts will generally be established by the cedant for the relevant policy. We expect that such investments will generally be held in cash, bank deposits, investments in money-market funds, or highly-rated, short term assets and be managed by reputable investment managers.

Funds that are not held in collateralized trust accounts will generally be invested in a conservative manner, with a focus on generating income while being liquid in a six to twelve month period.

Our Board of Directors will periodically review our investment policy and returns.

Claims Management

We are a newly formed company and have not experienced any claims. We anticipate that, for the foreseeable future, we will enter into only a limited number of reinsurance contracts and that therefore claims, if any, will be handled on a case-by-case basis.

Loss Reserves

Loss reserves represent estimates, including actuarial and statistical projections at a given point in time, of the ultimate settlement and administration costs of claims incurred (including incurred but not reported (IBNR)). Estimates are not precise in that, among other things, they are based on predictions of future developments and estimates of future trends in claims severity and frequency and other variable factors such as inflation. It is likely that the ultimate liability will be greater or less than such estimates and that, at times, this variance will be material.

For our property and other catastrophe policies, we initially establish our loss reserves based on loss payments and case reserves reported by ceding companies. As we are not the only reinsurer on a contract, the lead reinsurer will set the loss amount estimates for the contract and the cedant will have the ability to pay for case losses consistent with that amount on our pro-rata share of the contract.

We then add to these case reserves our estimates for IBNR. To establish our IBNR estimates, in addition to the loss information and estimates communicated by cedants, we also use industry information, knowledge of the business written by us, management’s judgment and general market trends observed from our underwriting activities. We may also use our computer-based vendor and proprietary modeling systems to measure and estimate loss exposure under the actual event scenario, if available. Although the loss modeling systems assist

 

50


Table of Contents

with the analysis of the underlying loss, and provide us with information and the ability to perform an enhanced analysis, the estimation of claims resulting from catastrophic events is inherently difficult because of the variability and uncertainty of property catastrophe claims and the unique characteristics of each loss.

We reaffirm the validity of the assumptions we use in the reserving process on a quarterly basis during an internal review process. During this process the actuaries verify that the assumptions continue to form a sound basis for projection of future liabilities.

Although we believe that we are prudent in our assumptions and methodologies, we cannot be certain that our ultimate payments will not vary, perhaps materially, from the estimates we have made. If we determine that adjustments to an earlier estimate are appropriate, such adjustments are recorded in the quarter in which they are identified. The establishment of new reserves, or the adjustment of reserves for reported claims, could result in significant upward or downward changes to our financial condition or results of operations in any particular period. We regularly review and update these estimates, using the most current information available to us.

Our estimates will be reviewed annually by an independent actuary in order to provide additional insight into the reasonableness of our loss reserves.

Competition

The reinsurance industry is highly competitive. We expect to compete with major reinsurers, most of which are well established, have significant operating histories and strong financial strength ratings and have developed long-standing client relationships.

Our competitors are Renaissance Re, Berkshire Hathaway, PartnerRe Ltd, Aeoulus, and Nephila which are dominant companies in our industry. Although we seek to provide coverage where capacity and alternatives are limited, we directly compete with these larger companies due to the breadth of their coverage across the property and casualty market in substantially all lines of business. We also compete with smaller companies and other niche reinsurers from time to time. While we have a limited operating history, we believe that our unique approach to multi-year underwriting will allow us to be successful in underwriting transactions against more established competitors.

Properties

We currently occupy office space in the Landmark Square office building in George Town, Grand Cayman. This is a month-to-month lease that either we or the landlord (IPH Limited) can terminate at any time upon 30 days’ notice. We anticipate that this facility will be sufficient for us to conduct our operations through at least the second quarter of 2014, at which time we will likely need to move to a larger space.

Employees

As of January 15, 2014, we had two employees, both of whom were full time employees. We believe that our relations with our employees are generally good. None of our employees is subject to collective bargaining agreements, and we are not aware of any current efforts to implement such agreements. We believe that we will continue to have relatively few employees and intend to outsource many functions, such as information technology and human resources, to specialist firms in the Cayman Islands if and when we determine that such functions are necessary. We intend to use Resonant to provide underwriting advisory services, as described above.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently involved in any litigation or arbitration. We anticipate that, similar to the rest of the insurance and reinsurance industry, we will be subject to litigation and arbitration in the ordinary course of business.

 

51


Table of Contents

REGULATION

Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited holds a Class C Insurer’s License issued in accordance with the terms of the Insurance Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”), and is subject to regulation by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority (“CIMA”), in terms of the Law. As the holder of a Class C Insurer’s License, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is permitted to undertake insurance business approved by CIMA.

Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is subject to minimum capital and surplus requirements, and our failure to meet these requirements could subject us to regulatory action. Pursuant to The Insurance (Capital and Solvency) (Classes B, C and D Insurers) Regulations, 2012 (the “Capital and Solvency Regulations”), Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, our reinsurance subsidiary, is required to maintain the statutory minimum capital requirement (as defined under the Capital and Solvency Regulations) of $500 and prescribed capital requirement (as defined under the Capital and Solvency Regulations) of $500, and a minimum margin of solvency equal to or in excess of the total prescribed capital requirement. Any failure to meet the applicable requirements or minimum statutory capital requirements could subject us to further examination or corrective action by CIMA, including restrictions on dividend payments, limitations on our writing of additional business or engaging in finance activities, supervision or liquidation.

CIMA may at any time direct Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, in relation to a policy, a line of business or the entire business, to cease or refrain from committing an act or pursing a course of conduct and to perform such acts as in the opinion of CIMA are necessary to remedy or ameliorate the situation. Furthermore, CIMA may require a licensee to take steps to rectify any matters, suspend the license or revoke the license if, CIMA is of the opinion that:

 

    a licensee either is or appears to be likely to become unable to meet its obligations as they fall due;

 

    a licensee is carrying on its business in a manner which is seen as detrimental to the general public interest or to the interests of its creditors or policy holders;

 

    the activities of any member of the licensee’s insurance group are detrimental to those interests of the licensee’s creditors as well as its policy holders;

 

    a licensee has contravened with the Law or the Money Laundering Regulations (2009 Revision) of the Cayman Islands;

 

    the licensee has failed to comply with a condition of its license such as maintaining a margin of solvency as prescribed by CIMA;

 

    the direction and/or management of a licensee’s business has not been conducted in a fit and proper manner;

 

    a director, manager or officer of a licensee’s business is not someone who would qualify or be seen as a person suitable to hold the respective position;

 

    any person who is either holding or acquiring control or ownership of a licensee is not a fit and proper person to have such control or ownership;

 

    the licensee has ceased to carry on business; or

 

    the licensee is placed in liquidation or is dissolved.

Failures to comply with a direction given by CIMA may be punishable by a fine of up to five hundred thousand Cayman Islands dollars (US$609,756.10 based on the Cayman Islands’ pegged exchange rate of CI$0.82 per US$1.00) or imprisonment for a term of five years or both, and a fine of an additional ten thousand Cayman Islands dollars (US$12,195.12) for every day after conviction on which the offense so continues.

 

52


Table of Contents

Whenever CIMA believes that a licensee is or may become unable to meet its obligations as they fall due, is carrying on business in a manner likely to be detrimental to the public interest or to the interest of its creditors or policyholders, has contravened the terms of the Law, or has otherwise behaved in such a manner so as to CIMA to call into question the licensee’s fitness, CIMA may take one of a number of steps, including requiring the licensee to take steps to rectify the matter; suspending the license of the licensee pending a full inquiry into the licensee’s affairs; revoking the license; imposing conditions upon the licensee in terms of decisions made by it, including the suspension of voting rights or nullification of votes cast by it, and amending or revoking any such condition; requiring the substitution or removal of any director, manager or officer of the licensee, at the expense of the licensee; appointing a person to advise the licensee on the proper conduct of its affairs, at the expense of the licensee; appointing a person to assume control of the licensee’s affairs; or otherwise requiring such action to be taken by the licensee as CIMA considers necessary.

In addition, as a Cayman Islands exempted company, we may not carry on business or trade locally in the Cayman Islands except in furtherance of our business outside the Cayman Islands and we are prohibited from soliciting the public of the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of our securities or debt. We are further required to file a return with the Registrar of Companies in January of each year and to pay an annual registration fee at that time.

The Cayman Islands has no exchange controls restricting dealings in currencies or securities.

 

53


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information with respect to our directors and executive officers as of January 15, 2014:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Sanjay Madhu

     48      

Chief Executive Officer, President, and Director

(principal executive officer)

Wrendon Timothy

     33      

Financial Controller and Secretary

(principal financial and accounting officer)

Paresh Patel

     51      

Chairman of the Board of Directors

(non-executive)

Krishna Persaud

     52       Director

Ray Cabillot

     51       Director

Allan Martin

     48       Director

Mayur Patel, M.D.

     58       Director

Executive Officers

Sanjay Madhu. Mr. Madhu has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President, and as a director of our company, since April 2013. Mr. Madhu has also served, since April 2013, as a director and the Chief Executive Officer and President of our reinsurance subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited. Mr. Madhu has also been a director of HCI Group, Inc., a publicly traded holding company owning subsidiaries primarily engaged in the property and casualty insurance business, since May 2007. He also served as the President of Greenleaf Capital, the real estate division of HCI Group, Inc., from June 2011 through June 2013 and as Vice President of Investor Relations for HCI Group, Inc. from February 2008 through June 2013. Mr. Madhu also served as Vice President of Marketing for HCI Group, Inc. from 2008 to 2011. In his various positions at HCI Group, Inc., Mr. Madhu’s responsibilities included marketing, investor relations and management and oversight of HCI Group’s real estate division. Since 2013, Mr. Madhu has served on the board of directors of First Home Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company in Seminole, Florida. Since 2012, Mr. Madhu also has served on the board of directors of Wheeler Real Estate Investment Trust, Inc., a publicly held real estate investment trust. As an owner and manager of commercial properties, Mr. Madhu has been President of 5th Avenue Group LC, a real estate management company, since 2002 and was President of Forrest Terrace LC, a real estate management company, from 1999 until 2010. In addition, Mr. Madhu is an investor in banking and health maintenance organizations. He has also been President of The Mortgage Corporation Network (correspondent lenders) since 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Madhu was Vice President, mortgage division, at First Trust Mortgage & Finance, from 1994 to 1996; Vice President, residential first mortgage division, at Continental Management Associates Limited, Inc., from 1993 to 1994; and President, S&S Development, Inc. from 1991 to 1993. He attended Northwest Missouri State University, where he studied marketing and management.

Mr. Madhu brings considerable business and marketing experience to our Board of Directors.

Wrendon Timothy. Wrendon Timothy has served as our Financial Controller and Secretary since August 1, 2013. Mr. Timothy has approximately ten years of professional experience in audit and assurance service both in Trinidad and the Cayman Islands. From September 2007 through July 2013, Mr. Timothy worked as an Audit Senior and Audit Manager at PricewaterhouseCoopers Chartered Accountants in the Cayman Islands (“PwC Cayman”). During his time with PwC Cayman, Mr. Timothy was responsible for, among other things, leading

 

54


Table of Contents

and managing varied audit and reissue engagements, including banks, trusts, insurance entities, and reinsurance entities; reviewing financial statements to ensure compliance with U.S. GAAP or International Financial Reporting Standards; training and development of junior staff; technical presentations to insurance managers on island, as well as other management functions. From September 2005 through August 2007, Mr. Timothy served as a Senior Accountant at KPMG Chartered Accountants in Trinidad and Tobago (“KPMG”). During his time with KPMG, Mr. Timothy led numerous financial services, retail, manufacturing and other audit engagements and prepared financial statements under International Financial Reporting Standards. Mr. Timothy is a Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants and is currently pursuing an MBA in Finance from Heriott Watt University. Mr. Timothy is also a member of the Cayman Islands Society of Professional Accountants (CISPA). Mr. Timothy brings considerable finance, accounting and management experience to our Company.

Directors

In addition to Mr. Madhu, the Board of Directors includes the following individuals:

Paresh Patel. Mr. Patel has been the Chairman of the Board of Directors of our Company during most of the period since April 2013. Mr. Patel is also the Chief Executive Officer (since 2011) and a founder of HCI Group, Inc., a publicly traded holding company owning subsidiaries primarily engaged in the property and casualty insurance business. He has been a director of HCI Group, Inc. since its inception and has served as the Chairman of the board of directors of HCI Group, Inc. since May 2007. From 2011 to 2012, Mr. Patel also served as President of HCI Group, Inc.’s insurance subsidiary, Homeowners Choice Property & Casualty Insurance Company, Inc. which provides property and casualty homeowners’ insurance, condominium-owners’ insurance, and tenants’ insurance to individuals owning property in Florida. Since 2011, Mr. Patel has served as Chairman of the board of First Home Bancorp, Inc., a bank holding company in Seminole, Florida. He is a founder of NorthStar Bank, a community bank in Tampa, Florida, and from 2006 to 2010 served on the board of directors of the bank and its parent company, NorthStar Holding Company. Mr. Patel’s analytical and technology skills were developed through experience with international financial, telecommunications and consulting positions. As a private investor from 2000 to 2006, Mr. Patel used statistical and probability techniques to develop and implement a system for managing money as a business to generate cash flow. Prior to that, Mr. Patel was director of customer care and billing with Global Crossing from 1998 to 2000. In that position, Mr. Patel defined business processes and systems, hired and trained department staff and led the merger of the customer care and billing systems with those of the company’s acquisitions. Mr. Patel received his bachelor’s and master’s degrees in Electronic Engineering from Cambridge University, England.

Mr. Patel brings considerable experience in business, management, systems and technology to our Board of Directors.

Krishna Persaud. Mr. Persaud has been a director of our Company since April 2013. He has also been, since April 2013, a director of our reinsurance subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited. Mr. Persaud is a founder and the President, since June 2002, of KPC Properties, LLC, a real estate investment firm, where he leverages his knowledge and experience to identify opportunities to add value to real properties in the state of Florida. He implements a strategy of acquiring, adding value, relinquishing or holding the improved asset. He has demonstrated consistent success in implementing his strategy in real estate investments. Since June 2002, Mr. Persaud has been an asset manager, demonstrating the ability to consistently exceed average market returns. From May 2007 to May 2011, Mr. Persaud was a director of HCI Group, Inc., a publicly traded holding company owning subsidiaries primarily engaged in the property and casualty insurance business. Mr. Persaud received an award from the Tampa Bay INDOUS Chamber of Commerce as one of the most successful businessmen of the year in Tampa. Previously he spent ten years working with several consulting firms and municipalities providing design and construction management services for a wide variety of building systems and public works projects. Mr. Persaud earned his Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering and a Master’s Degree in Civil Engineering from City College of City University of New York. He holds licenses as a Professional Engineer in the States of Florida, New York and California.

 

55


Table of Contents

Mr. Persaud brings considerable investment experience to our Board of Directors.

Ray Cabillot. Mr. Cabillot has been a director of our Company since April 2013. He has also been, since April 2013, a director of our reinsurance subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited. Since 1998, Mr. Cabillot has served as Chief Executive Officer and director of Farnam Street Capital, Inc., the General Partner of Farnam Street Partners L.P., a private investment partnership. Prior to his service at Farnam Street Capital, Mr. Cabillot was a Senior Research Analyst at Piper Jaffrey, Inc., an investment bank and asset management firm, from 1989 to 1997. Early in his career, Mr. Cabillot worked for Prudential Capital Corporation as an Associate Investment Manager and as an Investment Manager. Mr. Cabillot is currently a director for Pro-Dex, Inc. (PDEX) and several private companies and, from 2006 to 2010, served as director and Chairman of the board for O.I. Corporation (OICO). Mr. Cabillot earned his BA in economics from St. Olaf College and an MBA from the University of Minnesota. He is a Chartered Financial analyst (CFA).

Mr. Cabillot brings considerable investment experience to our Board of Directors.

Allan Martin. Mr. Martin has been a director of our Company since April 2013. From October 2009 to present, Mr. Martin has been CEO of Atlantic Merchant Capital Investors (“Atlantic”), a private equity firm based in Tampa, Florida. Prior to that, from June 2005 to September 2009, Mr. Martin was CEO of Mortgage Contracting Services of Tampa, Florida (“MCS”). MCS is a national mortgage field services company. From January 2010 to present, Mr. Martin has been a director of Florida Capital Group and its subsidiary, Florida Capital Bank. He also serves as the bank’s audit chair. Mr. Martin has been a director of Moffitt Medical Group since March 2013 and is currently Vice Chairman. He also serves as an officer and director of several additional portfolio companies of Atlantic. Mr. Martin is currently a trustee of Jesuit High School of Tampa, a director of the Raphael Foundation, and chairman of the Martin Family Foundation.

Mr. Martin brings substantial operating, investment and corporate governance experience to our Board of Directors.

Mayur Patel , M.D . Dr Mayur Patel has been a director of our Company since October 2013. Since 1997, he has been a founding partner and a practicing physician with American Radiology Services (ARS) based in Baltimore, Maryland. In addition to practicing Radiology at three hospitals and several free standing imaging centers, Dr Patel plays an active role in the administrative and financial functions of the group. He is an elected member of the board of directors of American Radiology Associates and in addition serves as the chairman of the finance committee. He is also a member of the Retirement, Quality Assurance and Operations committees. He has published many peer reviewed articles and also co-authored a book chapter in the field of Radiology. He has also lectured extensively both as a invited guest speaker and also at national meetings in the field of radiology and Molecular Imaging He has held academic appointments as an Assistant Professor of Radiology at University of Vermont, School of Medicine(1989-1992) and at University of Maryland, School of Medicine (1989-2000). As a principal of ARS, he participated in the group’s corporate affiliation in the capital markets with Advent International (a global private equity group) and with CML Healthcare (a Canadian based medical diagnostics service provider). Dr Patel is a double board certified physician and a diplomat of the American Board of Radiology and American Board of Nuclear Medicine. Outside of medicine, Dr Patel has a 20 year experience of investing in the public markets as well as in private equity offerings. Dr. Patel is the brother-in-law of Paresh Patel.

Dr. Patel brings considerable investment experience to our Board of Directors.

Board of Directors

Currently, our Board of Directors consists of six members – Sanjay Madhu, Paresh Patel, Krishna Persaud, Allan Martin, Ray Cabillot, and Mayur Patel.

 

56


Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors has determined that we have four “independent directors” as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. These four independent directors are Krishna Persaud, Allan Martin, Ray Cabillot, and Mayur Patel.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee, and an underwriting committee. All of the members of the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee qualify as independent directors under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. One of the members of our compensation committee, Paresh Patel, is not an independent director. We have relied on NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5615(b)(1) in appointing Paresh Patel to our compensation committee.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of three members – Ray Cabillot, Allan Martin and Mayur Patel. Each of these individuals meets all independence requirements for audit committee members set forth in applicable SEC rules and regulations and the NASDAQ listing standards. Ray Cabillot serves as chairman of the audit committee and qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in the rules and regulations established by the SEC.

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee currently consists of three members – Krishna Persaud, Mayur Patel, and Paresh Patel. Krishna Persaud serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is composed of three members – Ray Cabillot, Allan Martin, and Krishna Persaud. Allan Martin serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Underwriting Committee. Our underwriting committee is composed of three members – Sanjay Madhu, Paresh Patel, and Mayur Patel. The Underwriting Committee, among other things, advises our Board of Directors and management concerning the establishment and review of our underwriting policies and guidelines, oversees our underwriting process and procedures, monitors our underwriting performance and oversees our underwriting risk management exposure. Paresh Patel serves as the chairman of our Underwriting Committee.

Code of Ethics

On or before pricing of this offering, we will adopt a written code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees in accordance with the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and SEC. Our code of ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote ethical conduct. The code of ethics will be published on our corporate website at www.oxbridgere.com.

Executive Compensation

The following table summarizes the compensation of our principal executive officer for 2013. No other executive officer earned compensation in excess of $100,000 in 2013. As described below, we have employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. We currently do not have an equity compensation plan for our executive officers, but we anticipate that we will adopt a customary equity incentive plan following the completion of this offering. Accordingly, neither of our executive officers had outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2013.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position 

   Year      Salary      Bonus      Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
     All Other
Compensation ( 1 )
     Total   

Sanjay Madhu

                 

Chief Executive Officer and President

     2013       $ 91,667       $ 9,100         —           —         $ 100,767   

 

57


Table of Contents

Sanjay Madhu

On July 18, 2013, we entered into an executive employment agreement with Sanjay Madhu, our Chief Executive Officer and President. Under the terms of this agreement, Mr. Madhu’s employment commenced on July 18, 2013 and will continue for three years unless terminated earlier. Following this initial three year term, the agreement will automatically renew for additional one year terms unless either party chooses not to renew.

The executive employment agreement entitles Mr. Madhu to receive: (1) an annual base salary of $200,000, (2) any additional compensation granted by our Board of Directors (or a committee thereof), and (3) medical, dental, life, disability and retirement benefits.

If Mr. Madhu’s employment is terminated by us for good cause or if Mr. Madhu terminates his employment with us, he will be entitled to: (1) his accrued base salary and accrued vacation pay and other paid time off, in each case through his date of termination, and (2) reimbursement for expenses accrued through his date of termination.

If Mr. Madhu’s employment is terminated by us without good cause, he will be entitled to: (1) his accrued base salary and accrued vacation pay and other paid time off, in each case through the date of termination, (2) reimbursement for expenses accrued through his date of termination, and (3) the amount of base salary that would have been payable through the term of the agreement (excluding future automatic renewals) if his employment had not been terminated. If such termination is within three years following a change of control, Mr. Madhu will be entitled to receive, in lieu of the amount described in clause (3) directly above, an amount equal to 2.9 times the total amount of his annual base salary. If Mr. Madhu’s employment is terminated due to his death or incapacity, it will be deemed to be a termination without good cause.

Mr. Madhu’s executive employment agreement also contains non-compete and non-solicitation provisions.

Wrendon Timothy

Wrendon Timothy is our Financial Controller and Secretary, and his employment with us commenced on August 1, 2013. The terms of his employment, as provided in an employment letter agreement between us and Mr. Timothy, will continue until July 31, 2015 and may be extended by mutual consent.

Under the agreed upon terms of employment, Mr. Timothy is entitled to receive a basic gross salary of $80,400 per year, payable monthly. His salary will be reviewed annually and may be adjusted at our discretion. We will also pay the monthly premiums for Mr. Timothy’s medical, dental and vision insurance, and match Mr. Timothy’s contributions to his pension plan. Finally, Mr. Timothy will be eligible to receive a discretionary bonus which will be based on our financial performance and Mr. Timothy’s personal performance.

We may terminate Mr. Timothy’s employment without notice in the event of serious or persistent misconduct or breach of the agreed upon terms of Mr. Timothy’s employment or for cause. In other circumstances, the party that wishes to terminate Mr. Timothy’s employment must provide 60 days’ prior written notice.

Director Compensation

Beginning August 19, 2013, each of our non-employee directors will receive an annual director fee of $20,000, payable in quarterly installments of $5,000, for service as a director. We currently do not have an equity compensation plan for our directors, but we anticipate that we will adopt a customary equity incentive plan following the completion of this offering.

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the compensation of our non-employee directors for 2013.

Director Compensation

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in Cash
     Total   

Paresh Patel

   $ 7,247       $ 7,247   

Krishna Persaud

   $ 7,247       $ 7,247   

Ray Cabillot

   $ 7,247       $ 7,247   

Allan Martin

   $ 7,247       $ 7,247   

Mayur Patel, M.D.

   $ 3,333       $ 3,333   

Equity Compensation Plan

We do not currently have an equity compensation plan for our officers and directors, but we anticipate that we will adopt a customary equity incentive plan following the completion of this offering. The size of the plan and the nature and amount of awards to be made under the plan have not yet been determined.

 

59


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Related Persons

Reinsurance Contract with Claddaugh

In June 2013, we entered into our initial reinsurance contracts, pursuant to which we have reinsurance premiums in the amount of $4,886,513. These initial reinsurance contracts are with Claddaugh, a captive reinsurance company and a subsidiary of HCI Group, a Florida-based, publicly traded holding company. Mr. Madhu is a director of HCI Group and, until recently, served as the President of its real estate division and as its Vice President of Investor Relations. Paresh Patel, the non-executive Chairman of our Board of Directors and our largest stockholder, is a founder of HCI Group and currently serves as its Chief Executive Officer and as the Chairman of its Board of Directors. Both Mr. Madhu and Mr. Patel are also shareholders of HCI Group. However, neither of Mr. Madhu nor Mr. Patel have any interest in the reinsurance contracts between Claddaugh and our company other than in their capacity as equity holders of both of HCI Group and our company.

Private Placement

In May and June 2013, we sold an aggregate of $6,692,100 of investment units, with each investment unit consisting of one ordinary share and three warrants (each representing the right to purchase one additional ordinary share), to a group of accredited investors. The price of each investment unit was $6.00. As a result of our sale of such investment units, we issued 1,115,350 ordinary shares and 3,346,050 warrants to purchase 3,346,050 ordinary shares to such accredited investors. Of the 1,115,350 ordinary shares issued, an aggregate of 420,000 ordinary shares were issued to our current directors and executive officers and their immediate family members and affiliates. Of the 3,346,050 warrants issued, an aggregate of 1,260,000 warrants were issued to our current directors and executive officers and their immediate family members and affiliates.

Of the 420,000 ordinary shares and 1,260,000 warrants issued to our current directors and executive officers and their immediate family members and affiliates, 101,000 shares and 303,000 warrants were issued collectively to two companies owned or affiliated with Sanjay Madhu, our President, and Chief Executive Officer (such companies being Universal Finance & Investments, L.C. and Moksha Capital Partners Re (M) Ltd.); an aggregate of 149,000 shares and 447,000 warrants were issued to our non-executive Chairman, Paresh Patel, and his wife and Moksha Capital Partners Re (P), Ltd., a company controlled by Mr. Patel; 118,000 shares and 354,000 warrants were issued to our director, Krishna Persaud, and his affiliate, Moksha Capital Partners Re (A) Ltd.; 35,000 shares and 105,000 warrants were issued to our director, Ray Cabillot; 83,000 shares and 249,000 warrants were issued to Fleur de Lis Partners, LLLP, an affiliate of our director, Allan Martin; and 83,000 shares and 249,000 warrants were issued to our director, Mayur Patel.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of the above-described warrants have been exercised.

Relationships Involving E.W. “Ted” Blanch

In January 2014, we entered into an Underwriting Advisory Agreement with Resonant Consultants, Ltd., or Resonant, a company organized and owned by E.W. “Ted” Blanch, a former director of our company. The material terms of the Underwriting Advisory Agreement are described under “Business – Underwriting” beginning on page 48. Mr. Blanch is also a senior partner with Advocate Reinsurance Partners LLC, a reinsurance broker. Advocate Reinsurance Partners is a reinsurance broker for HCI Group and Claddaugh and was paid a broker commission of $116,651 on one of the initial reinsurance contracts between our company and Claddaugh. Such commission was paid from the premiums payable to us under the reinsurance contract, and we believe that this commission rate (10% of premiums) is a customary commission amount in the industry. We anticipate paying similar commissions to other brokers in the future on our reinsurance contracts and may pay additional commissions to Advocate Reinsurance Partners in the future on additional reinsurance contracts.

 

60


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of January 15, 2014 by:

 

    each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares,

 

    each of our directors and named executive officers, and

 

    all directors and named executive officers as a group.

The number and percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned before the offering are based on the 1,115,350 ordinary shares outstanding as of January 15, 2014. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer and beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to the securities. In computing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, ordinary shares underlying options, warrants or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of January 15, 2014 are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, or as required by applicable community property laws, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the address for each principal shareholder is in care of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, at Landmark Square, Suite 1A, 64 Earth Close, P.O. Box 469, Grand Cayman, KY1-9006, Cayman Islands.

 

     Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering
    Beneficially Owned After the Offering  
                 Assuming Minimum (26)     Assuming Maximum (27)  

Name of Beneficial Owners

   Number of
Ordinary
Shares
    Percent     Number of
Ordinary
Shares
    Percent     Number of
Ordinary
Shares
    Percent  

5% Shareholders:

            

Pinkal Patel

     126,000 (1)       10.41     126,000 (1)       4.33     126,000 (1)       2.31

Blake Casper

     332,000 (2)       24.33     332,000 (2)       10.83     332,000 (2)       5.91

Dominion Financial Group, Inc.

     166,000 (3)       13.39     166,000 (3)       5.65     166,000 (3)       3.02

Andy Redleaf

     140,000 (4)       11.47     140,000 (4)       4.79     140,000 (4)       2.56

Anilkumar D. Patel and Hemlatta A. Patel

     68,000 (5)       5.83     68,000 (5)       2.37     68,000 (5)       1.26

Anthony Saravanos

     68,000 (6)       5.83     68,000 (6)       2.37     68,000 (6)       1.26

Dhimant Patel and Chhaya Patel

     168,000 (7)       13.53     168,000 (7)       5.71     168,000 (7)       3.06

Hoshi and Anahita Tamboli

     139,400 (8)       11.43     139,400 (8)       4.77     139,400 (8)       2.55

Joseph Q. Chapman and Beth Ann Scharrer

     68,000 (9)       5.83     68,000 (9)       2.37     68,000 (9)       1.26

Martin A. Traber

     68,000 (10)       5.83     68,000 (10)       2.37     68,000 (10)       1.26

Matthew Paschke

     140,000 (11)       11.47     140,000 (11)       4.79     140,000 (11)       2.56

Michael Pinson

     80,000 (12)       6.81     80,000 (12)       2.78     80,000 (12)       1.47

Minesh Patel

     70,000 (13)       5.99     70,000 (13)       2.44     70,000 (13)       1.29

Nicholas Swenson

     140,000 (14)       11.47     140,000 (14)       4.79     140,000 (14)       2.56

Peter Haeg

     140,000 (15)       11.47     140,000 (15)       4.79     140,000 (15)       2.56

Robert Charles Gentry and Tilotma Casson

     68,000 (16)       5.83     68,000 (16)       2.37     68,000 (16)       1.26

Stacy Madhu

     68,000 (17)       5.83     68,000 (17)       2.37     68,000 (17)       1.26

Shirin Kanji

     68,000 (18)       5.83     68,000 (18)       2.37     68,000 (18)       1.26

Piyush Mulji and Nayana Mulji

     68,000 (19)       5.83     68,000 (19)       2.37     68,000 (19)       1.26

 

61


Table of Contents
     Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering
    Beneficially Owned After the Offering  
                 Assuming Minimum (26)     Assuming Maximum (27)  

Name of Beneficial Owners

   Number of
Ordinary
Shares
    Percent     Number of
Ordinary
Shares
    Percent     Number of
Ordinary
Shares
    Percent  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

            

Paresh Patel

     596,000 (20)       38.15     596,000 (20)       18.27     596,000 (20)       10.25

Sanjay Madhu

     404,000 (21)       28.48     404,000 (21)       12.96     404,000 (21)       7.13

Wrendon Timothy

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Krishna Persaud

     472,000 (22)       32.12     472,000 (22)       14.89     472,000 (22)       8.25

Mayur Patel

     332,000 (23)       24.33     332,000 (23)       10.83     332,000 (23)       5.91

Allan Martin

     332,000 (24)       24.33     332,000 (24)       10.83     332,000 (24)       5.91

Ray Cabillot

     140,000 (25)       11.47     140,000 (25)       4.79     140,000 (25)       2.56

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (6 persons)

     2,136,000        89.92     2,136,000        52.41     2,136,000        32.24

 

* Less than 1.0%
(1) Includes 31,500 ordinary shares held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (O) Ltd., and 94,500 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (O) Ltd. that are currently exercisable. As of the date of this table, Pinkal Patel, an individual, has sole voting and investment power over these shares in his capacity as sole manager of Moksha Orlando, LLC, a Florida limited liability company that is the sole owner of Moksha Capital Partners Re (O) Ltd.
(2) Includes 83,000 ordinary shares held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (C) Ltd., and 249,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (C) Ltd. that are currently exercisable. As of the date of this table, Blake Casper, an individual, has sole voting and investment power over these shares by virtue of being the majority member of Moksha Partners Reinsurance Entity, Inc., a Florida member-managed limited liability company that is the sole owner of Moksha Capital Partners Re (C) Ltd.
(3) Includes 41,500 ordinary shares held by WIT Ventures, Ltd. and 124,500 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by WIT Ventures, Ltd. that are currently exercisable. As the general partner of WIT Ventures, Ltd., Dominion Financial Group, Inc. has voting and investment power over these shares.
(4) Includes 105,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(5) Includes 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(6) Includes 17,000 ordinary shares held by Oxbridge Re Investment LLC and 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Oxbridge Re Investment LLC that are currently exercisable. As the sole managing member of Oxbridge Re Investment LLC, Mr. Saravanos has voting and investment power over these shares.
(7) Includes 126,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(8) Includes 18,250 ordinary shares held as tenants by the entirety, 54,750 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held as tenants by the entirety that are currently exercisable, 16,600 ordinary shares held by the Tamboli Family Limited Partnership, and 49,800 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Tamboli Family Limited Partnership that are currently exercisable. As the general partners of the Tamboli Family Limited Partnership, Hoshi and Anahita Tamboli have voting and investment power over the ordinary shares held by the Tamboli Limited Partnership.
(9) Includes 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(10) Includes 17,000 ordinary shares held by the Martin A. Traber 2012 Revocable Trust, and 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by the Martin A. Traber 2012 Revocable Trust that are currently exercisable. As the sole trustee of the Martin A. Traber 2012 Revocable Trust, Martin A. Traber has voting and investment power over the shares held in that trust.
(11) Includes 105,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(12) Includes 60,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.

 

62


Table of Contents
(13) Includes 17,500 ordinary shares held by PBP Holdings, A LLC, and 52,500 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by PBP Holdings, A LLC that are currently exercisable. As the manager of PBP Holdings, A LCC, Mr. Patel has voting and investment power over these shares.
(14) Includes 105,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(15) Includes 105,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(16) Includes 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(17) Includes 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(18) Includes 17,000 ordinary shares held by SNK Residential I, LLC, and 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by SNK Residential I, LLC that are currently exercisable. As the sole manager of SNK Residential I, LLC, Shirin Kanji has voting and investment power over these shares.
(19) Includes 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable.
(20) Includes 198,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Paresh Patel, individually, that are currently exercisable; 198,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (P) Ltd. that are currently exercisable; 66,000 ordinary shares held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (P) Ltd.; 17,000 ordinary shares held by Mr. Patel’s wife, Neha Patel; and 51,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Mr. Patel’s wife, Neha Patel, that are currently exercisable. As the sole manager of Dharma Partners, LLC, the owner of Moksha Capital Partners Re (P) Ltd., Mr. Patel has voting and investment power over the ordinary shares and warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (P) Ltd.
(21) Includes 66,000 ordinary shares held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (M) Ltd.; 198,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (M) Ltd. that are currently exercisable; 35,000 ordinary shares held by Universal Finance & Investments, L.C.; and 105,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Universal Finance & Investments, L.C. that are currently exercisable. As the sole manager of Moksha Partners M, LLC, the owner of Moksha Capital Partners Re (M) Ltd., Mr. Madhu has voting and investment power over the ordinary shares and warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (M) Ltd. As the sole owner and manager of Universal Finance & Investments, L.C., Mr. Madhu has voting and investment power over the ordinary shares and warrants held by that entity.
(22) Includes 35,000 ordinary shares held by Krishna Persaud and his wife, Sumentra Persaud, jointly; 105,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Krishna Persaud and his wife, Sumentra Persaud, jointly, that are currently exercisable; 83,000 ordinary shares held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (A) Ltd.; and 249,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (A) Ltd. that are currently exercisable. Mr. Persaud and his wife share voting and investment power over the shares and warrants held jointly in their names. As the sole manager of Moksha KPC Holding LLC, the owner of Moksha Capital Partners Re (A) Ltd., Mr. Persaud has voting and investment power over the ordinary shares and warrants held by Moksha Capital Partners Re (A) Ltd.
(23) Includes 249,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are currently exercisable. All of these shares are owned jointly by Dr. Patel and his wife, Ulupi M. Patel. Does not include shares in which Dr. Patel and Ulupi Patel may have an economic interest, but not voting or investment power, by reason of their 9.43% interest in Dharma Partners, LLC, which owns shares through Moksha Capital Partners, Re (P) Ltd., as described in footnote 20 above.
(24) Includes 83,000 ordinary shares held by Fleur de Lis Partners, LLLP, and 249,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Fleur de Lis Partners, LLLP that are currently exercisable. As the general partner of Fleur de Lis Partners, LLLP, Mr. Martin has voting and investment power over the ordinary shares and warrants held by that entity.
(25) Involves 105,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Mr. Cabillot.
(26) Assumes the sale of the minimum number of units offered at a price of $6.00 per unit.
(27) Assumes the sale of the maximum number of units offered at a price of $6.00 per unit.

 

63


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following description of our securities summarizes certain provisions of our Articles and the Warrant Agreement between us and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This is a summary and does not contain all of the information that may be important to prospective investors.

Units

Each unit consists of one ordinary share and one warrant. Each warrant is exercisable to purchase one ordinary share. The ordinary shares and warrants are expected to trade as units for 45 days following the closing of this offering.

Ordinary Shares

General

The ordinary shares constitute common equity of our company. We are authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.001. As of January 15, 2014, there were approximately 1,115,350 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. As of the date of this offering, our share capital consists of only the ordinary shares. However, subject to the provisions in the Articles and without prejudice to any rights of existing shares, the Board of Directors may create different classes of shares and may vary the rights of such classes of shares.

As of January 15, 2014, we had 30 shareholders of record.

Dividends

The Board of Directors may declare dividends and other distributions out of funds legally available for dividends and in accordance with the Companies Law and the Articles. Our ability to pay dividends depends on the ability of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited to pay dividends to us. Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is subject to the Cayman Islands regulatory constraints that affect its ability to pay dividends to us. Under the Cayman Islands law and related regulations, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited must maintain a minimum net worth and may not declare or pay dividends that would result in non-compliance with such requirements. In addition, under the Cayman Islands law, we or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited may not pay or declare a dividend unless immediately following the date on which the dividend is proposed to be paid by us or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, as the case may be, are able to pay our or their debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Accordingly, we may not be able to declare or pay dividends on the ordinary shares. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any shares, the Board of Directors may deduct from any dividend or other distribution payable any holder of our shares all sums of money payable by such holder to the company.

Voting

Holders of our ordinary shares are generally entitled to one vote per share, other than in circumstances set forth in the Articles. In certain circumstances, the total voting power of our ordinary shares held by any one person will be reduced to less than 9.9% of the total voting power of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares. In the event a holder of our ordinary shares acquires shares representing 9.9% or more of the total voting power of our total ordinary shares, there will be an effective reallocation of the voting power of the ordinary shares as described in the Articles.

An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of votes attached to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of votes cast attached to the ordinary shares. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our Articles.

 

64


Table of Contents

Selection of Directors

There are currently six (6) directors on our Board of Directors. The number of directors may be increased or reduced by an ordinary resolution passed by a simple majority of the holders of our shares. Directors may be appointed by an ordinary resolution passed by a simple majority of the holders of our shares. However, the Board of Directors may also appoint an additional director, provided that the appointment does not cause the number of directors to exceed the number fixed in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of directors.

Liquidation

On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares will be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

Preemptive Rights; Redemption Rights; Further Calls and Assessment

Although our Articles allow us to issue shares with preemptive rights and redemption rights provisions, the ordinary shares being sold in this offering are not subject to any preemptive rights or redemption rights provisions.

Our Articles also permit our Board of Directors to make calls upon holders in respect of monies unpaid on their shares, however, the ordinary shares being sold in this offering will not be liable for further calls or assessment.

Variations of Rights of Shares

If at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. Consequently, the rights of any class of shares cannot be detrimentally altered without a majority of two-thirds of the vote of all of the shares in that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights will not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

General Meetings of Shareholders

Shareholders’ meetings may be convened by our Board of Directors. Additionally, on the requisition of shareholders representing not less than 66.66% of the voting rights entitled to vote at general meetings, the board shall convene an extraordinary general meeting. Advance notice of at least ten days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present or by proxy, representing not less than a majority in par value of the total issued voting shares in our company.

Proceedings of Board of Directors

Our Articles provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our Board of Directors. The quorum necessary for the board meeting may be fixed by the board and, unless so fixed at another number, will be a majority of the directors.

 

65


Table of Contents

Exempted Company

As a Cayman Islands exempted companies, each of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is prohibited from trading in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of our business carried on outside the Cayman Islands.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members (shareholders) is prima facie evidence of title to shares and this register would not record a third-party interest in such shares. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company be rectified where it considers that such register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. The register of members is not filed with, and it does not need to be approved by, the Cayman Islands authorities. Under Cayman Islands law, every person or entity that acquires our shares must have his, her or its name entered on our register of members in order to be considered a shareholder.

Warrants

Each unit purchased includes one warrant. Each warrant may be exercised to purchase an additional ordinary share from us at a purchase price of $             per share (125% of the public offering price). The warrants can be exercised at any time until the final calendar day of the month following the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement covering the offering. The warrants are exercised by surrendering to us the warrants to be exercised, with an exercise form included therein duly completed and executed, and paying to us the exercise price per share in cash or check payable to us. The warrants may not be exercised on a cashless or net basis.

As long as any warrants remain outstanding, ordinary shares to be issued upon the exercise of warrants will be adjusted in the event of one or more stock splits, readjustments or reclassifications. In the event of the foregoing, the remaining number of ordinary shares still subject to the warrants shall be increased or decreased to reflect proportionately the increase or decrease in the number of ordinary shares outstanding and the exercise price per share shall be decreased or increased as the case may be, in the same proportion.

We have reserved a sufficient number of ordinary shares for issuance upon exercise of the warrants and such shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of the warrants, will be fully paid and non-assessable. The shares so reserved are included in the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. We are required to use our best efforts to maintain an effective registration statement and current prospectus relating to these shares of ordinary shares at all times when the market price of the ordinary shares exceeds the exercise price of the warrants until the warrants expire. We intend to use this Registration Statement and prospectus to cover the warrant exercises. We plan to file all post-effective amendments to the registration statement and supplements to the prospectus required to be filed under the Securities Act. However, we cannot assure you that an effective registration statement or current prospectus will be available at the time you desire to exercise your warrants.

Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of warrants, and no payment will be made with respect to any fractional shares to which any warrant holder might otherwise be entitled upon exercise of warrants. No adjustments as to previously declared or paid cash dividends, if any, will be made upon any exercise of warrants.

The holders of the warrants as such are not entitled to vote, receive dividends or to exercise any of the rights of holders of ordinary shares for any purpose until such warrants shall have been duly exercised and payment of the purchase price shall have been made. There is currently no market for the warrants and there is no assurance that any such market will ever develop.

 

66


Table of Contents

For the life of the warrants, the warrant holders are given the opportunity to profit from the rise in market value of our ordinary shares, if any, at the expense of the holders of ordinary shares and we might be deprived of favorable opportunities to secure additional equity capital, if it should then be needed, for the purpose of its business. A warrant holder may be expected to exercise the warrants at a time when, we, in all likelihood, would be able to obtain equity capital, if we needed capital then, by a public sale of a new offering on terms more favorable than those provided in the warrants.

If upon exercise of the warrants the exercise price is less than the book value per share, the exercise will have a dilutive effect upon the warrant holder’s investment.

After the six month anniversary of the closing of the offering, if for at least ten (10) trading days within any period of twenty (20) consecutive trading days, including the last trading day of the period, the closing price per ordinary exceeds 125% of the warrant’s exercise price, we may cancel any warrants remaining outstanding and unexercised. The date upon which we may cancel such warrants must be a date which is more than thirty (30) calendar days, but less than sixty (60) calendar days, after a notice is mailed by first class mail to all registered holders of the warrants following the satisfaction of the conditions described above, or such longer time as may be required by regulatory authorities. The notice of cancellation must be mailed by us on or before the ninetieth (90th) calendar day following the last trading day of any twenty (20) consecutive trading day period that triggers our right to cancel any warrants.

Book-Entry Form

Individual certificates will not be issued for the units, ordinary shares, and warrants. Instead, one or more global certificates will be deposited by us with DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. The global certificates will evidence all of the units, ordinary shares, and warrants outstanding at any time. Accordingly, holders of our units, ordinary shares, and warrants are limited to (1) participants in DTC such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (“DTC Participants”), (2) those who maintain, either directly or indirectly, a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant (“Indirect Participants”), and (3) those banks, brokers, dealers, trust companies and others who hold interests in the securities through DTC Participants or Indirect Participants. The securities are only transferable through the book-entry system of DTC. Holders who are not DTC Participants may transfer their securities through DTC by instructing the DTC Participant holding their securities (or by instructing the Indirect Participant or other entity through which their securities are held) to transfer the securities. Transfers will be made in accordance with standard securities industry practice.

Prior Warrants

In May and June 2013, we issued and sold to qualified accredited investors 1,115,350 investment units, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share, $0.001 par value, and three warrants, each of which represents the right to purchase one additional ordinary share (the “Prior Warrants”). The Prior Warrants have an exercise price of $7.50 per share, subject to adjustment, and expire on May 31, 2018 unless exchanged as described below. The Prior Warrants cannot be redeemed by us prior to their expiration date unless they are exchanged as described below. Each holder of a Prior Warrant will have the right to exchange all of the Prior Warrants held by such holder for warrant(s) to purchase an aggregate number of ordinary shares equivalent to the number of ordinary shares purchasable by such holder upon exercise of the Prior Warrants at an exercise price equal to the exercise price of the warrants issued in this offering. The warrants to be issued to those holders that elect to exchange their Prior Warrants will have the same terms and will be in the same form as the warrants to be issued in this offering; provided, however, that such warrants will be subject to Rule 144 restrictions and will not be tradable until the expiration of such restrictions.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

Under the Articles, every director and officer of the Company and every former director and former officer of the Company (each, an “Indemnified Person”) will be indemnified against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, that they may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their

 

67


Table of Contents

own actual fraud or wilful default. No Indemnified Person will be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of such Indemnified Person’s functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person will be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under Article 45 of the Articles unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction has made a finding to that effect.

In addition, pursuant to the Articles, the Company will advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any such advance of expenses, the Indemnified Person must execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification. If it is determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

The directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Some provisions of our Articles may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

    authorize our Board of Directors to issue shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders;

 

    prohibit cumulative voting (the ordinary shares will generally be entitled to one vote per share other than in the circumstances noted in the Articles); and

 

    establish requirements for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at extraordinary general meetings.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our Articles for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Cayman Islands Companies Law is modeled after that of England and Wales but does not follow recent statutory enactments in England. In addition, the Cayman Islands Companies Law, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Law (including modifications adopted pursuant to our Articles) applicable to us which differ in certain respects from provisions of Delaware corporate law. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not purport to deal with all aspects of Cayman Islands law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.

 

68


Table of Contents

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a combined company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the shareholders and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders or creditors (representing 75% by value) with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

    the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

    the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

    the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

    the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Interested Party Transactions

No person shall be disqualified from the office of director or alternate director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any

 

69


Table of Contents

contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any director or alternate director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any director or alternate director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such director or alternate director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A director (or his alternate director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any director or alternate director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

Under Delaware law such a transaction would be voidable unless:

 

    the material facts as to such interested director’s relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors;

 

    such material facts are disclosed or are known to the stockholder entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote thereon; or

 

    the transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

Shareholder’s Suit

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

 

    a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

    the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

 

    those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

70


Table of Contents

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company – a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Resolution

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our Articles provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matters at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but in keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

Our Articles allow our shareholders holding not less than 66.66% in par value of the issued voting share capital to put forth a requisition to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company. Upon such shareholder requisition, the Board of Directors shall convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company. If the Board of Directors do not within twenty-one (21) days from the date of the deposit of the shareholders’ requisition (at the Company’s registered office) duly proceed to covene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one (21) days, the requisitionists, may themselves convene a general meeting. At such shareholders’ meeting, the shareholders who have requisitioned the meeting may put forth proposals, provided the details of such proposals are set forth in their notice requisitioning the meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our Articles do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise.

 

71


Table of Contents

The Articles have no provisions in place relating to the retirement of directors upon reaching any age limit. The directors have the power to appoint any person as a director either to fill a casual vacancy on the board or, subject to authorization by the shareholders in the general meeting, as an addition to the existing board, but so that the number of directors so appointed will not exceed any maximum number determined from time to time by the shareholders in general meeting. The Company may by ordinary resolution appoint any person to be a director or may by ordinary resolution remove any director.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws that is approved by its shareholders, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting stock or who or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its shareholders or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its shareholders. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

Under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and our Articles, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution, or by an ordinary resolution on the basis that our company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our Articles, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

72


Table of Contents

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may be amended only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended by the board of directors. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our Articles may only be amended by special resolution or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders.

Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Articles on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Articles governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Directors’ Power to Issue Shares

Subject to applicable law, our Board of Directors is empowered to issue or allot shares or grant options and warrants with or without preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or restrictions.

Indemnification of Directors

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

Our Articles provide that every director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former director and former officer of the Company (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under the Articles unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if:

 

    such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; and

 

    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Inspection of Corporate Records

Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. Our Articles however provide that our Board of Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under

 

73


Table of Contents

what conditions or regulations our accounts and books or any of them shall be open to the inspection of shareholders not being directors, and no shareholder (not being a director) shall have any right of inspecting any of our accounts or books or documents except as conferred by statute, or authorized by our Board of Directors or by the Company in general meeting. Also, the directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting financial statements and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law. We are also required to keep a register of mortgages and charges, which is open to inspection by any creditor or shareholder at all reasonable times.

We are not required to, but may, maintain our share register in the Cayman Islands. We are required to keep at our registered office a register of our directors and officers, which is not open for inspection by members of the public. The registered office of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is at the offices of Maples Corporate Services, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. The registered office of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is located at Landmark Square, 1st Floor, 64 Earth Close, P.O. Box 715, Grand Cayman KY1-1107, Cayman Islands.

Delaware law permits any shareholder to inspect or obtain copies of a corporation’s shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.

NASDAQ Trading

We intend to file an application to list our units, ordinary shares, and warrants on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “OXBRU,” “OXBR” and “OXBRW,” respectively.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our units, ordinary shares and warrants is Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. The transfer agent’s address is 1717 Arch St., Suite 1300, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103, and its telephone number is 1-877-830-4936.

 

74


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no market for our securities. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that the sale of our units, ordinary shares or warrants or the availability of our units, ordinary shares or warrants for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our units, ordinary shares or warrants in the public market following the offering could adversely affect the market price of such securities and adversely affect our ability to raise capital at a time and on terms favorable to us.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, assuming we sell the minimum number of units and assuming no exercise of outstanding warrants, we will have              ordinary shares outstanding. Of these ordinary shares, the              ordinary shares being sold in this offering, plus any ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the warrants being sold in this offering, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such ordinary shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which ordinary shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below.

If we sell the maximum number of units, we will have              ordinary shares outstanding (assuming no exercise of outstanding warrants). Of these ordinary shares, the              ordinary shares being sold in this offering, plus any ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the warrants being sold in this offering, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such ordinary shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which ordinary shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below.

The remaining ordinary shares held by our existing shareholders upon completion of the offering and any ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the warrants held by our existing shareholders will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

Warrants to Purchase Shares

In addition to the ordinary shares described above, as of January 15, 2014, 3,346,050 warrants to purchase 3,346,050 ordinary shares are outstanding. These warrants are exercisable at any time until May 31, 2018 at an exercise price of $7.50 per ordinary share. As noted above, any ordinary shares issued upon exercise of these warrants will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which rule is summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of a sale, or at any time during the ninety days immediately before a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares or the average weekly trading volume of shares during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale requirements, notice requirements and requirements relating to the availability of current public information about us.

In addition, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who

 

75


Table of Contents

is not our affiliate at the time of a sale, and has not been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least six months, would be entitled under Rule 144 to sell such shares subject only to the current public information requirements under Rule 144 (but not subject to the manner of sale requirements, notice requirements or volume limitations described above). If such a person has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, then that person would be entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

Lock-up Arrangements

Each of our executive officers and directors, as well as those individuals who on the effective date of the registration statement covering the offering are the beneficial owners of more than     % of our ordinary shares, have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of our ordinary shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market.

 

76


Table of Contents

MATERIAL CAYMAN ISLANDS TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion generally summarizes the material Cayman Islands taxation of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and the material Cayman Islands tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and warrants. The summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all of the tax considerations that may be applicable to a decision to acquire the units. The tax treatment applicable to you may vary depending on your particular tax situation or status. This summary is based on current law, and future legislative, judicial or administrative changes could affect the information, beliefs and conclusions in this summary, possibly on a retroactive basis.

WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR CAYMAN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN UNITS.

Taxation of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and its Subsidiaries

The Government of the Cayman Islands will not, under existing legislation, impose any income, corporate or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax, gift tax or withholding tax upon Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited or its shareholders. The Cayman Islands are not party to a double tax treaty with any country that is applicable to any payments made to, or by, Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited.

Each of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited (collectively, the “Companies”) has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, we received on April 23, 2013 and May 17, 2013, respectively, an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet of the Cayman Islands that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2011 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to each of the Companies or its operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on the shares, debentures or other obligations of each of the Companies or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by each of the Companies to its members or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of each of the Companies.

Although the Companies are not subject to tax in the Cayman Islands, the Companies may be liable for any taxes which may be withheld at source in other countries in respect of income or gains derived from their investments.

The Cayman Islands currently impose stamp duties on certain categories of documents; however, we do not anticipate that our operations will involve the payment of any material amount of stamp duties. The Cayman Islands currently impose an annual company registration fee upon all exempted companies and we pay an additional annual licensing fee to CIMA, in respect of the maintenance of the Class C insurance license. Such fees do not constitute a material expense.

Taxation of Shareholders

Under current Cayman Islands laws, payments of dividends on our ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands. In addition, no withholding tax is required on the payment of dividends, nor are gains derived from the sale of ordinary shares subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax. The Cayman Islands currently has no income, corporation or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. No stamp duty is payable with respect to the issue or on an instrument of transfer in respect of ordinary shares.

 

77


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that are relevant to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of units by investors that are “U.S. Holders” (as defined below). This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations, rulings of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), and judicial decisions in existence on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change. Any such change could apply retroactively and could affect adversely the tax consequences described below. No assurance can be given that the IRS will agree with the views expressed in this summary, or that a court will not sustain any challenge by the IRS in the event of litigation. No advance tax ruling has been sought or obtained from the IRS regarding the tax consequences of the transactions described herein.

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or warrants that is (a) an individual who is a citizen of the United States or who is resident in the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (b) an entity that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a corporation and that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, or is otherwise treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a domestic corporation, (c) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (d) a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and all substantial decisions of which are subject to the control of one or more United States persons as described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (“United States persons”), or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If an entity classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership or as a “disregarded entity” owns ordinary shares or warrants, the tax treatment of a member of the entity will depend on the status of the member and the activities of the entity. The tax treatment of such an entity, and the tax treatment of any member of such an entity, are not addressed in this summary.

This summary does not discuss all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or that may be relevant to certain U.S. Holders that may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (for example, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, banks and other financial institutions, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, individual retirement accounts, qualified pension plans, U.S. Holders that hold ordinary shares or warrants as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, conversion, or other integrated transaction, U.S. Holders that purchase or sell ordinary shares or warrants as part of a wash sale for tax purposes, U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax). Furthermore, this summary does not discuss any alternative minimum tax consequences, and does not address any aspects of state, local, or foreign taxation (other than the Cayman Islands tax considerations discussed above). This summary does not apply to any U.S. Holder that owns (directly, indirectly, or constructively under applicable U.S. federal income tax attribution rules) more than 9.9% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our share capital. This summary applies only to those U.S. Holders that own ordinary shares and warrants as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.

This discussion is not intended to be tax advice. Prior to making an investment in units, we recommend that you consult with your own tax advisors in order to understand fully the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of buying, holding or selling units in your particular situation.

Taxation of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and its Subsidiaries

We do not believe we currently operate or will operate in the future in a manner that constitutes being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, although we cannot assure you that the IRS

 

78


Table of Contents

will not successfully assert that we are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. Because we believe we do not operate in a manner that constitutes being engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, we do not expect to be subject to U.S. federal income tax, except as described below.

The determination as to whether we are engaged in a United States trade or business is factual in nature and must be made annually. Neither the Code nor the applicable Regulations provide a general definition of what constitutes being engaged in a trade or business within the United States, and the limited case law regarding what constitutes being engaged in a United States trade or business does not provide definitive guidance. The case law that exists generally provides that a foreign corporation will be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business if it regularly and continuously carries out business activities in the United States.

If we were deemed to be engaged in a trade or business in the United States, we generally would become subject to U.S. federal income tax on any taxable income treated as “effectively connected” to such trade or business and such income would be taxed at regular corporate rates. In addition, we would become subject to U.S. branch profits tax on our earnings and profits that are both “effectively connected” with our trade or business in the United States, with certain adjustments, and deemed repatriated out of the United States. The highest marginal U.S. federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation’s effectively connected income and 30% for the “branch profits” tax. Our U.S. federal income tax liability would generally be computed in the same manner that applies to the income of a United States corporation, except that deductions and credits would generally only be available if we filed a United States income tax return. In order to preserve the ability to claim such deductions and credits if we are ultimately determined to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business, and to mitigate potential penalties in that case, each of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited intends to timely file protective U.S. federal income tax returns.

In addition to the general rule described above regarding non-U.S. corporations that are engaged in a trade or business within the United States, a special rule applies to non-U.S. insurance companies that carry on an insurance business within the United States. Under this rule, a non-U.S. insurance company that carries on an insurance business within the United States is treated as having a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income. This minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income is determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the proportion of the company’s total reserves that represents risks located in the United States, and in part on an assumed rate of investment return that is promulgated periodically by the IRS. Thus, if Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is considered to be carrying on an insurance business within the United States, it could be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of its investment income, regardless of whether such investment income would be treated as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business under the standards otherwise applicable.

Even if we are not engaged in a trade or business in the United States, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax on certain fixed or determinable annual or periodical gains, profits and income, such as dividends and certain interest on investments, if any, from sources within the United States. Generally, this tax is imposed by withholding 30% of the payments, or deemed payments, to us that are subject to this tax, and is eliminated with respect to certain types of United States source income, such as interest on certain debt instruments. If we are treated as engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, the 30% withholding tax only applies to payments to us that are not effectively connected with such trade or business.

The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums paid to Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited with respect to insureds located in the United States at a rate of (i) 4% for direct casualty insurance and indemnity bond premiums and (ii) 1% for reinsurance premiums and for direct insurance premiums for life, sickness and accident policies and annuity contracts.

Taxation of Holders of Warrants

The purchase or exercise of a warrant will not generally give rise to the recognition of any taxable income or gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any amounts paid for a warrant, in addition to the amount paid upon

 

79


Table of Contents

exercise of the warrant, will be taken into account in determining the basis of the ordinary shares acquired through the exercise of such warrant. The holder will generally recognize taxable gain or loss only when the ordinary shares acquired through the exercise of the warrant are sold, exchanged, or otherwise disposed of. In determining whether gain or loss recognized on the disposition of ordinary shares acquired through the exercise of a warrant is long-term or short-term, the holding period of the ordinary shares begins on the date of the exercise of the warrant. In the event a holder’s warrant expires unexercised, such holder will generally recognize a capital loss in the amount of the holder’s tax basis in such warrant.

Special considerations apply in the event that, as discussed below under “Taxation of Shareholders – Passive Foreign Investment Companies,” Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is determined to be a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”). Under the PFIC rules, a warrant holder is treated as owning the stock of the PFIC which it would acquire upon exercise of the warrant. Thus, upon disposition of the warrant, the holder would be subject to the “excess distribution” rules for holders of PFIC stock, described below in “Taxation of Shareholders – Consequences of PFIC Status,” and its holding period for the stock for purposes of computing the tax consequences would include the holding period for the warrant. Further, while as discussed below under “Taxation of Shareholders – Passive Foreign Investment Companies” a holder of PFIC stock may mitigate some of the adverse consequences of owning PFIC stock by making a timely qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election or mark-to-market election with respect to such stock, a holder of a warrant cannot make a QEF election or mark-to-market election with respect to such warrant. Accordingly, if either Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is a PFIC, a holder of warrants generally would incur adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences under the PFIC rules with respect to its ownership of warrants.

Taxation of Shareholders

General Taxation of Dividends and Gains on Disposition

Dividends. Subject to the discussion below regarding the potential application of the PFIC, CFC, and RPII rules, any distributions paid on the ordinary shares will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent such distributions are made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution paid on an ordinary share exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits attributable to that share, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of capital, up to the holder’s adjusted tax basis in that share. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gains on Disposition.”

In the case of a U.S. Holder that is an individual, trust, or estate, a dividend received by such a U.S. Holder on the ordinary shares generally will constitute “qualified dividend income,” provided that (i) our ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, and (ii) during the taxable year in which the dividend is paid and the preceding taxable year, Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is not a PFIC. There is no assurance that our ordinary shares will ever be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States.

A dividend that constitutes “qualified dividend income” will be subject to a reduced maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%. This rate reduction will not apply to dividends received to the extent that the U.S. Holder elects to treat the dividends as “investment income” for purposes of calculating the U.S. Holder’s limitation on the deduction of “investment interest” expense. Furthermore, this rate reduction will not apply to dividends that are paid to a U.S. Holder with respect to an ordinary share that is owned by the U.S. Holder for less than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which the ordinary share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend.

Dividends paid on our ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a corporation generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

 

80


Table of Contents

Gains on Disposition. Subject to the discussion below regarding the potential application of the CFC and PFIC rules, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares, an investor will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount received and the investor’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares, and any such gain or loss will constitute capital gain or loss. A capital gain recognized by an individual upon the sale or other disposition of an ordinary share that is held for more than one year is generally eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation. The deductibility of a capital loss recognized upon the sale or other disposition of an ordinary share is subject to limitations.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution Tax. A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax is imposed on the “net investment income” of certain United States individuals and on the undistributed “net investment income” of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, “net investment income” generally includes dividend income and certain net gain from the disposition of property, less certain deductions. This tax is in addition to the U.S. federal income tax applicable to the dividend income or capital gain.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

In general. A non-U.S. corporation is classified as a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for a taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to certain look-through rules, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income, or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its gross assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

For purposes of the PFIC tests, “passive income” generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules contain an express exception (referred to below as the “Insurance Company Exception”) for income that is derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation predominantly engaged in an insurance business. For purposes of determining whether Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is a PFIC, Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is treated under a look-through rule as owning its proportionate share of the assets, and as receiving its proportionate share of the income, of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited.

The Insurance Company Exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income. Although the PFIC rules are not entirely clear, we believe that the characterization of income and assets of an insurance company are maintained when the look-through rule described above is applied. However, there is little authority as to what constitutes the active conduct of an insurance business or being predominantly engaged in such business. In particular, there is uncertainty as to what constitutes the appropriate levels of financial reserves and risk transfer with respect to an insurance contract. Our income could be considered passive income derived outside of the active conduct of our insurance business if it is earned from:

 

    investments that are attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of our insurance business; or

 

    non-traditional insurance activities that do not contain sufficient risk transfer.

We intend to conduct our business activities in a manner that will not result in PFIC status for either Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited. The IRS may disagree with our interpretation of the Insurance Company Exception, however, and may successfully challenge our position that we qualify for the exception. In addition, the IRS may issue regulatory or other guidance that applies on either a prospective or retroactive basis under which we may fail to qualify for the Insurance Company Exception. The IRS announced in Notice 2003-34 that it intends to scrutinize the PFIC status of purported insurance companies organized outside the United States. Although we do not expect to be a PFIC in 2014 or thereafter, no assurance can be provided in that regard or as to our status in future years. We recommend that you consult with your own tax advisor to assess your tolerance of this risk.

 

81


Table of Contents

Default PFIC Rules Under Section 1291 of the Code. If Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is a PFIC, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of ordinary shares will depend on whether such U.S. Holder makes an election to treat Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) under Section 1295 of the Code (a “QEF Election”) or a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the Code (a “Mark-to-Market Election”). A U.S. Holder that does not make either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited for the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder’s holding period of its ordinary shares begins is referred to in this summary as a “Non-Electing U.S. Holder.”

A Non-Electing U.S. Holder will be subject to the rules of Section 1291 of the Code with respect to (a) any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares and (b) any excess distribution received on the ordinary shares. A distribution generally will be an “excess distribution” to the extent that such distribution (together with all other distributions received in the current taxable year) exceeds 125% of the average annual distributions received during the three preceding taxable years (or during a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares, if shorter).

Under Section 1291 of the Code, any gain recognized on the sale or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares, and any “excess distribution” received on ordinary shares, must be ratably allocated to each day in a Non-Electing U.S. Holder’s holding period for the respective ordinary shares. The amount of any such gain or excess distribution allocated to the taxable year of disposition or distribution of the excess distribution and to taxable years before the entity became a PFIC, if any, would be taxed as ordinary income. The amounts allocated to any other taxable year would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest tax rate applicable to ordinary income in each such taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the tax liability for each such taxable year, calculated as if such tax liability had been due in each such taxable year. A Non-Electing U.S. Holder that is not a corporation must treat any such interest paid as “personal interest,” which is not deductible. In addition, Non-Electing U.S. Holders who are individuals would not be entitled to a step up in the tax basis of the ordinary shares upon death.

If Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year during which a Non-Electing U.S. Holder holds ordinary shares, Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such Non-Electing U.S. Holder, regardless of whether Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited ceases to be a PFIC in one or more subsequent taxable years. A Non-Electing U.S. Holder may terminate this deemed PFIC status by electing to recognize gain (which will be taxed under the rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above) as if such ordinary shares were sold on the last day of the last taxable year for which Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is a PFIC.

If Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is a PFIC and if Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is also a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will be deemed to own its proportionate share of the stock of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited. Unless a QEF Election is made by a U.S. Holder with respect to Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder’s holding period of its interest in Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited begins, a U.S. Holder generally will be subject to the rules of Section 1291 of the Code with respect to its proportionate share of (a) a distribution on the stock of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, and (b) a disposition or deemed disposition of the stock of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, both as if such U.S. Holder directly held the shares of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, whether or not the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions are distributed by Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited to the U.S. Holder.

QEF Election. A U.S. Holder that makes a timely and effective QEF Election with respect to both Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder’s holding period of its ordinary shares begins generally will not be subject to the rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above with respect to the U.S. Holder’s direct interest in Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or its indirect interest in Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited. In the case of a U.S. Holder that makes a QEF Election with respect to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, this U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal

 

82


Table of Contents

income tax (in the taxable year for which the election is made and in each subsequent taxable year in which the respective company is a PFIC) on such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of (a) the net capital gain of the respective company, which will be taxed as long-term capital gain to such U.S. Holder, and (b) the ordinary earnings of the respective company, which will be taxed as ordinary income to such U.S. Holder. A U.S. Holder that makes a QEF Election will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such amounts, regardless of whether such amounts are actually distributed to such U.S. Holder by us.

A U.S. Holder that makes a QEF Election generally (a) may receive a tax-free distribution from us to the extent that such distribution represents “earnings and profits” of the Company that were previously included in income by the U.S. Holder because of such QEF Election and (b) will adjust such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares to reflect the amount included in income or allowed as a tax-free distribution because of such QEF Election. In addition, a U.S. Holder that makes a timely and effective QEF Election with respect to both Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder’s holding period of its ordinary shares begins generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares.

A U.S. Holder may make a timely QEF Election for a taxable year by filing the appropriate QEF Election documents at the time such U.S. Holder files a timely U.S. federal income tax return for such taxable year. In certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be able to make a retroactive QEF election for a taxable year at a later date. A U.S. Holder may preserve its right to make a retroactive QEF election by filing a protective statement signed under penalty of perjury with the IRS for the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder acquires ordinary shares, provided that the U.S. Holder reasonably believes that we are not PFICs for such taxable year and certain other conditions are met. In light of the uncertainty and lack of guidance regarding the application of the PFIC rules to companies engaged in an insurance business, you may wish to consider filing a protective statement with respect to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for the first taxable year in which you hold our ordinary shares in order to preserve your ability to make a retroactive QEF election. We recommend that you consult with your own tax advisor regarding the mechanics and effects of filing such a protective statement.

A QEF Election will apply to the taxable year for which such QEF Election is timely made and to all subsequent taxable years, unless such QEF Election is invalidated or terminated or the IRS consents to revocation of such QEF Election.

Although (as described above) we do not believe that either Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited will be a PFIC, we intend to provide U.S. Holders with information regarding the amount of any net capital gain and ordinary earnings of these two companies for each year. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the advisability and availability of, and procedure for making, a QEF Election, as well as the adverse consequences of failing to make a QEF election in a timely manner.

Mark-to-Market Election. A U.S. Holder that makes a timely and effective Mark-to-Market Election with respect to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited for the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder’s holding period of its ordinary shares begins generally will not be subject to the rules of Section 1291 of the Code discussed above with respect to the U.S. Holder’s direct interest in Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.

A U.S. Holder may not make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited unless the ordinary shares are “marketable stock.” The ordinary shares generally will be “marketable stock” if the ordinary shares are regularly traded on (a) a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (b) the national market system established pursuant to section 11A of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. If the ordinary shares are traded on such a qualified exchange, the ordinary shares generally will be “regularly traded” for any calendar year during which such shares are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. There is no assurance that the ordinary shares will ever be regularly traded on such a qualified exchange.

 

83


Table of Contents

In addition, the benefit of a Mark-to-Market Election may not be available at all. This is because it is unclear whether the Mark-to-Market Election is available to a publicly-traded holding company that becomes a PFIC because of its lower-tier PFIC subsidiaries. The Code and the Regulations currently do not allow a mark to market election with respect to the stock of lower-tier PFICs that are non-marketable. There is also no provision that specifically provides that a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to the stock of a publicly-traded holding company effectively exempts the lower-tier PFICs from the adverse tax consequences arising from the rules of Section 1291 of the Code. If a U.S. Holder makes a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, the U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the rules of Section 1291 of the Code with respect to Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, to the extent that either or both entities are PFICs, in the absence of a QEF election with respect to such entities, and to additional inclusions of taxable income, if such a QEF election is made.

A U.S. Holder that makes an effective Mark-to-Market Election with respect to Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited will include in ordinary income, for the taxable year in which the election is made and for each subsequent taxable year in which Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is a PFIC, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of the ordinary shares, as of the close of such taxable year over (b) such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder that makes a Mark-to-Market Election will be allowed a deduction in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares, over (b) the fair market value of such ordinary shares (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the Mark-to-Market Election for prior taxable years).

A U.S. Holder that makes an effective Mark-to-Market Election generally also will adjust such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares to reflect the amount included in gross income or allowed as a deduction because of such Mark-to-Market Election. In addition, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder that makes a Mark-to-Market Election will recognize ordinary income or ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the excess, if any, of (a) the amount included in ordinary income because of such Mark-to-Market Election for prior taxable years over (b) the amount allowed as a deduction because of such Mark-to-Market Election for prior taxable years). Any loss on an actual sale of ordinary shares would be a capital loss to the extent in excess of previously included mark-to-market income not offset by previously deducted decreases in value.

A Mark-to-Market Election applies to the taxable year in which such Mark-to-Market Election is made and to each subsequent taxable year, unless the ordinary shares cease to be “marketable stock” or the IRS consents to revocation of such election. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the availability of, and procedure for making, a Mark-to-Market Election.

Other PFIC Rules. Under Section 1291(f) of the Code, the U.S. Treasury has issued proposed regulations that, subject to certain exceptions, would cause a U.S. Holder that had not made a timely QEF Election to recognize gain (but not loss) upon certain transfers of ordinary shares that would otherwise be tax-deferred (e.g., gifts and exchanges pursuant to corporate reorganizations).

Certain additional adverse rules will apply with respect to a U.S. Holder if Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is a PFIC, regardless of whether such U.S. Holder makes a QEF Election or Mark-to-Market Election. For example under Section 1298(b)(6) of the Code, a U.S. Holder that uses ordinary shares as security for a loan will, except as may be provided in Treasury regulations, be treated as having made a taxable disposition of such ordinary shares.

The PFIC rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the PFIC rules and how the PFIC rules may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of ordinary shares.

 

84


Table of Contents

Controlled Foreign Corporation Rules

In General. In this section of the summary, we refer to “United States 10% shareholders” as United States persons who:

 

    own, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a foreign corporation; or

 

    are considered to own, generally through attribution from family members, partnerships, estates, trusts or 10% controlled corporations, stock which, when added to stock directly or indirectly owned, equals 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a foreign corporation.

Certain United States 10% shareholders that own, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, shares of a foreign corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any taxable year, are required to include in their gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes their pro rata share of the CFC’s “Subpart F income” for such year.

Subpart F income generally includes:

 

    passive investment income, such as interest, dividends or certain rent or royalties; and

 

    certain insurance income, including underwriting and investment income that is attributable to the issuing or reinsuring of any insurance or annuity contract, and that, absent an exception, generally would be taxed under the insurance company provisions of the Code if such income were the income of a United States insurance company.

We expect that all of our income will be Subpart F income. Subpart F income inclusion generally is applicable to United States 10% shareholders that have a direct or indirect ownership interest in a CFC on the last day of the taxable year of the CFC. The Subpart F income inclusion is required even if the Subpart F income is not distributed. In addition, United States 10% shareholders of a CFC may be deemed to receive taxable distributions to the extent the CFC increases the amount of its earnings that are invested in certain specified types of United States property.

In general, a foreign corporation is treated as a CFC only if its United States 10% shareholders collectively own more than 50% of the total combined voting power or total value of the corporation’s stock. However, for purposes of taking into account Subpart F insurance income, a foreign corporation such as Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited generally will be treated as a CFC if more than 25% of the total combined voting power or total value of its stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by United States 10% shareholders.

Our Articles provide voting and ownership limitations designed to reduce the risk that we or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited would be considered CFCs. With those limitations, we do not believe that we should be CFCs. However, because of the complexity of the attribution rules contained in the Code and the uncertainty of the effectiveness of these voting and ownership limitations, we cannot assure investors that this will be the case.

If a U.S. Holder is a United States 10% shareholder and we are CFCs, the rules relating to PFICs generally would not apply to the U.S. Holder. However, certain Subpart F income may be taxable at higher rates than if such income were taxable under the PFIC regime where a valid QEF election has been made.

We recommend that you consult with your own tax advisor to determine whether your ownership of our ordinary shares will cause you to become a United States 10% shareholder and the impact of such a classification.

Related Person Insurance Income. A different definition of CFC is applicable in the case of a foreign corporation which earns “related person insurance income” (“RPII”). RPII is Subpart F insurance income

 

85


Table of Contents

attributable to insurance policies or reinsurance contracts where the person that is directly or indirectly insured or reinsured is a RPII shareholder or a related person to the RPII shareholder. A “RPII shareholder” is a United States person who owns, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, any amount of our ordinary shares. Generally, for purposes of the RPII rules, a related person is someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder. Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock after applying certain constructive ownership rules.

For purposes of taking into account RPII, and subject to the exceptions described below, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited will be treated as a CFC if our RPII shareholders collectively own, indirectly, 25% or more of the total combined voting power or value of their respective shares on any day during a taxable year. If Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of at least 30 days during any taxable year under the special RPII rules, any U.S. Holder that owns ordinary shares on the last day of any such taxable year must include in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes the U.S. Holder’s allocable share of the RPII of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for the entire taxable year, subject to certain modifications.

RPII Exceptions. The RPII rules do not apply if:

 

    direct and indirect insureds and persons related to such insureds, whether or not United States persons, are treated at all times during the taxable year as owning, directly or indirectly through foreign entities, less than 20% of the voting power and less than 20% of the value of our shares;

 

    the insurance company’s RPII, determined on a gross basis, is less than 20% of such respective entity’s gross insurance income for such taxable year; or

 

    certain other exceptions apply.

We anticipate that Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited falls within the RPII exceptions set forth above. However, the amount of RPII earned by it depends on a number of factors, including the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by it. Because some of the factors that determine the extent of RPII in any period may be beyond our control there can be no assurance that the RPII of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited will not equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income in any taxable year. In addition, Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited may find it difficult to determine whether it is 20% or more owned (by either voting power or value), directly or indirectly (under complex attribution rules), by insured or reinsured persons or persons related to insured or reinsured persons.

If a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares on the last day of the applicable taxable year, and no exception to the RPII rules applies, the U.S. Holder will be required to include its share of the RPII of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for the entire taxable year in the U.S. Holder’s gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The amount includible will be determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to United States persons at that date, but limited by the current-year earnings and profits of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, and reduced by the U.S. Holder’s share, if any, of prior-year deficits in earnings and profits.

Computation of RPII. In order to determine how much RPII Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited has earned in each taxable year, we intend to obtain and rely upon information from its insureds to determine whether any of the insureds or persons related to such insureds are direct or indirect shareholders that are United States persons. We likely will not be able to determine whether any of the underlying insureds of our clients are RPII shareholders or related persons to such shareholders. Accordingly, we may not be able to determine accurately:

 

    whether Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited qualifies for any RPII exception; or

 

    what the gross amount of RPII earned by Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited in a given taxable year would be.

We will take reasonable steps that we believe to be advisable to obtain the necessary information to determine the availability of the RPII exceptions and the amount of insurance income that is RPII. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain all necessary information to make the determinations.

 

86


Table of Contents

Apportionment of RPII to United States Persons. If we determine that neither the RPII 20% ownership exception nor the RPII 20% gross income exception is applicable for any taxable year, we may seek information from our shareholders as to whether direct or indirect owners of ordinary shares at the end of the year are United States persons. This information would allow us to determine and apportion RPII among the United States persons. In any such year, to the extent possible, we will inform you of the amount of RPII per share and you will be obligated to file a return reporting such amount. To the extent we are unable to determine whether a direct or indirect owner of ordinary shares is a United States person, we may assume that such owner is not a United States person for the purpose of allocating RPII, and, accordingly, increase the amount of RPII per share for shareholders whom we believe are United States persons.

The amount of RPII includible in your income, as a United States person, would be based upon the net RPII for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses and determined by multiplying the net RPII for such taxable year by a fraction equal to:

 

    the total earnings and profits that would be distributed indirectly through Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited with respect to our ordinary shares if all earnings and profits of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited were distributed on the last day of that taxable year; over

 

    the total earnings and profits of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited for that taxable year that would be distributed with respect to all shares of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited owned, directly or indirectly through Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, by shareholders that are United States persons.

If Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited has RPII and Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited makes a distribution of RPII to you with respect to your ordinary shares, the distribution will not be taxable to the extent such RPII has been allocated to and included in your gross income for the taxable year in which the distribution was paid or for any prior year.

Uncertainty as to Application of RPII. The courts have not interpreted the RPII provisions and there are no definitive Regulations interpreting the RPII provisions, although proposed Regulations have existed since 1991. We cannot tell you whether the IRS will adopt the proposed Regulations or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made to the proposed Regulations. Additionally, we cannot predict whether any changes to the proposed Regulations, or any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. Accordingly, the meaning and application of the RPII provisions are uncertain. Finally, we cannot assure you that any amounts of RPII inclusions we report to you will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. We recommend that you consult with your own tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.

We recommend that you consult with your own tax advisor as to the effects that the RPII provisions may have on you and your investment in our ordinary shares.

Basis Adjustments. Your tax basis in your ordinary shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII that you include in income. Similarly, your tax basis in your shares will be reduced by the amount of distributions of RPII that are excluded from income.

Information Reporting. A United States person that owns, directly or by attribution, more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of a foreign corporation’s voting stock or more than 50% of the total value of shares of all classes of a foreign corporation’s stock, for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during the corporation’s taxable year, must file a Form 5471 with its United States income tax return. In addition, under certain circumstances, United States 10% shareholders and RPII shareholders of a CFC that own shares directly or indirectly through a foreign entity may also be required to file a Form 5471. Furthermore, United States persons that directly or indirectly acquire 10% or more of the value of shares of a foreign corporation may be required to file Form 5471 in certain circumstances even if the entity is not a CFC.

 

87


Table of Contents

Accordingly, if Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited’s gross RPII for a taxable year constitutes 20% or more of its gross insurance income for the period, and the 20% ownership exception described above does not apply, any United States person treated as owning, directly or indirectly, any of such entity’s stock on the last day of such entity’s taxable year, will be subject to the RPII rules and will be required to file a Form 5471. In addition, if you own, directly or indirectly, more than 10% in value of our outstanding ordinary shares at any time during our taxable year, you will be required in certain circumstances to file a Form 5471 even if we are not CFCs. If we determine that for any taxable year Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited does not meet either the RPII 20% gross income or the RPII 20% ownership exceptions described above, we intend to mail to all shareholders of record, and will make available at the transfer agent with respect to the ordinary shares, Forms 5471, completed with the relevant information. However, our determination of the amount of Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited’s gross RPII for a given taxable year may not be accurate because of our inability to gather the information necessary to make such determination. Failure to file Form 5471 may result in significant penalties.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Under Section 512(b)(17) of the Code, a tax-exempt entity that owns, directly or indirectly through a non-U.S. entity or through attribution, any of our ordinary shares is required to treat as unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI, the portion of any deemed distribution to such shareholder of Subpart F insurance income, including RPII, if such insurance income would be treated as UBTI if derived directly by such tax-exempt shareholder. Exceptions are provided for income attributable to an insurance policy or reinsurance contract with respect to which the person, directly or indirectly, insured is:

 

    the tax-exempt shareholder;

 

    an affiliate of the tax-exempt shareholder which itself is exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code; or

 

    a director or officer of, or an individual who (directly or indirectly) performs services for, the tax-exempt shareholder or an exempt affiliate but only if the insurance covers primarily risks associated with the performance of services in connection with the tax-exempt shareholder or exempt affiliate.

Section 512(b)(17) of the Code applies to amounts included in gross income in any taxable year. Therefore, if (i) Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited’s gross RPII were to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance income and the 20% ownership exception for RPII did not apply, or (ii) we were otherwise treated as a CFC for a taxable year, then tax-exempt entities owning our Ordinary Shares would be required to treat a portion of our Subpart F income, including RPII, as UBTI. Additionally, a tax-exempt entity that is treated as a United States 10% shareholder or a RPII shareholder must file Form 5471 in the circumstances described above.

If you are a tax-exempt entity, we recommend that you consult with your own tax advisor as to the potential impact of Section 512(b)(17) of the Code and the UBTI provisions of the Code.

Dispositions of Ordinary Shares. Under Section 1248 of the Code, any gain from the sale or exchange by a United States 10% shareholder of shares in a CFC may be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC’s earnings and profits during the period that the shareholder held the shares, subject to certain adjustments. Section 953(c)(7) of the Code generally provides that Section 1248 also applies to the sale or exchange of shares by a United States person in a foreign corporation that earns RPII and is characterized as a CFC under the RPII rules if the foreign corporation would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a United States corporation. The dividend treatment applies to a United States person subject to the RPII rules regardless of whether the United States person is a United States 10% shareholder or whether the CFC meets either one of the first two RPII exceptions described above (i.e., the 20% ownership exception and the RPII 20% gross income exception). The proposed Regulations do not specifically address whether Section 1248 of the Code applies when a foreign corporation is not a CFC but the foreign corporation has an insurance company subsidiary that is a CFC for purposes of requiring United States persons to take into account RPII.

We believe that a strong argument exists that Section 1248 of the Code should not apply to dispositions of our ordinary shares in the event that Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited does not have any United States 10%

 

88


Table of Contents

shareholders and it is not directly engaged in the insurance business. However, we cannot assure you that the IRS will interpret the proposed Regulations under Section 953 of the Code in this manner or that the U.S. Treasury will not amend such Regulations, or issue other Regulations, to provide that Section 1248 of the Code applies to dispositions of our ordinary shares.

Other U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters

Foreign Tax Credit. So long as United States persons own a majority of our ordinary shares and a substantial part of our business includes the reinsurance of United States risks, only a portion of the RPII and dividends we pay, if any, will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing your United States foreign tax credit limitation. This foreign source limitation also applies to any gain from your sale of our ordinary shares that is treated as a dividend under Section 1248 of the Code. It is likely that substantially all of our RPII and dividends that are foreign source income will constitute “passive” income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Thus, it may not be possible for you to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce United States tax on such income.

Because the calculation of a taxpayer’s foreign tax credit limitation is complex and is dependent on the particular taxpayer’s circumstances, we recommend that United States persons that hold our ordinary shares consult their own tax advisors with respect to these matters.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. In general, information reporting requirements will apply with respect to payments of dividends on the ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder, and with respect to payments to a U.S. Holder of any proceeds from a disposition of ordinary shares. In addition, a U.S. Holder may be subject to a backup withholding tax on payments with respect to the ordinary shares if the U.S. Holder fails to supply its correct taxpayer identification number in the manner required by applicable law, fails to certify that it is not subject to the backup withholding tax, or otherwise fails to comply with applicable backup withholding tax rules. Any amounts withheld from a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding provisions may be credited against the U.S. federal income tax liability of the U.S. Holder, and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Information Reporting Requirements. The Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment (HIRE) Act of 2010 (P.L. 111-147) added to the Code a provision which requires a United States person that owns stock in a PFIC to perform such information reporting relating to its ownership as the IRS shall require by regulation. Regulations relating to such information reporting were promulgated in December 2013. These regulations generally apply to United States persons that directly own shares (or options to acquire shares) of a PFIC and to certain United States persons that indirectly own shares (or options to acquire shares) of a PFIC. These regulations apply to taxable years of such United States persons that end on or after December 31, 2013. Any U.S. Holder that owns ordinary shares or warrants of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited is urged to consult its own tax advisor regarding the applicability of this information reporting requirement.

Additional Withholding Requirements. The HIRE Act also added Sections 1471 through 1474 to the Code. These provisions, known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, impose a withholding tax of 30% on (i) United States source interest, dividends and certain other types of income, and (ii) the gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of assets which produce such types of income, which are received by a foreign financial institution, unless such foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the IRS to obtain certain information as to the identity of the direct and indirect owners of accounts in such institution. In addition, a withholding tax may be imposed on payments to certain non-financial foreign entities which do not obtain and provide information as to their direct and indirect owners. Although these provisions became effective by statute on January 1, 2013, withholding on United States source interest, dividends and certain other types of income will not apply until July 1, 2014 and withholding on gross proceeds will not apply until January 1, 2017. In addition, the IRS recently released Regulations which would be used by the IRS in implementing the FATCA

 

89


Table of Contents

provisions and contain a number of phased-in dates for compliance with their various provisions. It is not possible to predict the effect that these rules could have on Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited or any of their shareholders. Although we believe that we may qualify for one or more exemptions to the FATCA provisions, we will be unable to determine whether and how the FATCA provisions will apply to each of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited or Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited and affect any of their shareholders until further guidance is promulgated.

 

90


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We have engaged Capitol Securities Management, Inc. (the “placement agent”) to conduct this offering on a “best efforts, minimum/maximum” basis to offer and sell on our behalf units, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share and one warrant. The offering is being made without a firm commitment by the placement agent, which has no obligation or commitment to purchase any of our units. Our officers, directors or affiliates may purchase units in this offering, and may do so for the explicit purpose of satisfying the minimum offering amount. Any such purchases will be made for investment purposes only, and not with a view toward redistribution.

Unless sooner withdrawn or canceled by either us or the placement agent, the offering will continue until the earlier of (i) a date mutually acceptable to us and our placement agent after which the minimum offering is sold or (ii)                 , 2014 (the “Offering Termination Date”). The placement agent has agreed in accordance with the provisions of SEC Rule 15c2-4 to cause all funds received by the placement agent for the sale of the units to be promptly deposited in an escrow account maintained by SunTrust Bank, N.A. (the “Escrow Agent”) as escrow agent for the investors in the offering. The Escrow Agent will exercise signature control on the escrow account and will act based on joint instructions from our company and the placement agent. On the closing date for the offering, the net proceeds in the escrow account maintained by the Escrow Agent will be delivered to our company. If we do not complete this offering before the Offering Termination Date, all amounts will be promptly returned as described below. In the event of any dispute between our company and the placement agent, including about whether the minimum offering has been sold and whether and how funds are to be reimbursed, the escrow agent is entitled to petition a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any such dispute.

Investors must pay in full for all units at the time of investment. Payment for the units may be made (i) by check, bank draft or money order made payable to “SunTrust Bank” and delivered to the placement agent no less than seven business days before the date of closing, or (ii) by authorization of withdrawal from securities accounts maintained with the placement agent. If payment is made by check, bank draft or money order delivered to the placement agent, the placement agent will transmit such check, bank draft or money order to the Escrow Agent by noon of the next business day following receipt. If payment is made by authorization of withdrawal from securities accounts, the funds authorized to be withdrawn from a securities account will continue to accrue interest, if any interest is to accrue on such amounts, at the contractual rates until closing or termination of the offering, but a hold will be placed on such funds, thereby making them unavailable to the purchaser until closing or termination of the offering. If a purchaser authorizes the placement agent to withdraw the amount of the purchase price from a securities account, the placement agent will do so as of the date of closing. The placement agents will inform prospective purchasers of the anticipated date of closing.

Proceeds deposited in escrow with the Escrow Agent may not be withdrawn by investors prior to the earlier of the closing of the offering or the Offering Termination Date. If the offering is withdrawn or canceled or if the minimum offering is not reached and proceeds therefrom are not received by us on or prior to the Offering Termination Date, all proceeds will be promptly returned by the Escrow Agent without interest or deduction to the persons from which they are received (within one business day) in accordance with applicable securities laws. All such proceeds will be placed in a non-interest bearing account pending such time.

Pursuant to that certain placement agreement by and between the placement agent and us, the obligations of the placement agent to solicit offers to purchase the units and of investors solicited by the placement agent to purchase our units are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel to the placement agent. The placement agent’s obligations under the placement agreement are subject to various conditions which are customary in transactions of this type. The placement agent reserves the right to reject orders in whole or in part for any reason or no reason.

We have agreed to indemnify the placement agent against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the placement agent may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

91


Table of Contents

The placement agent is offering the units, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by it, subject to conditions contained in the placement agreement, such as the receipt by the placement agent of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The placement agent reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part in the event (i) our representations or warranties are incorrect or misleading or we fail to fulfill our agreements with the placement agent; (ii) a material adverse change occurs affecting our business, management, property, assets, results of operations, condition or prospects; (iii) trading is suspended on any national securities exchange; (iv) war is declared; (v) a banking moratorium is declared in Virginia, New York or the U.S.; or (vi) any laws, regulations, court or administrative order or other governmental or agency act causes the placement agent to believe that our business or the U.S. securities markets will be materially adversely affected. The placement agent’s discretion in this regard is broad.

In connection with this offering, the placement agent or certain of the securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically. No forms of prospectus other than printed prospectuses and electronically distributed prospectuses that are printable in Adobe PDF format will be used in connection with this offering.

A managing director of the placement agent is a non-voting observer on the board of directors of HCI Group, Inc., which is our only customer in the current policy year.

Foreign Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of our Units

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the units outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. People outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering of our units and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Commissions and Discounts

The placement agent has advised us that it proposes to offer the units to the public at the initial public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus. The following table shows the public offering price, the placement agent fee to be paid by us to the placement agent and the proceeds, before expenses, to us.

 

     Per Unit (1)    Minimum Offering    Maximum Offering

Public Offering Price

        

Placement Fee

        

Proceeds to us, before expenses

        

 

(1) We have assumed a placement fee of 7% for all units, however, the placement agent has agreed to accept a placement fee of 2% with respect to investors introduced to the placement agent by our company.

We expect our total cash expenses for this offering to be approximately $            , exclusive of the above placement fee. In addition, we will pay the placement agent an accountable expense allowance of 1% of the amount of the offering, or $             (maximum offering, or $             (minimum offering)). We have paid $35,000 to the placement agent as an advance on such accountable expense allowance. We have agreed to pay an additional $35,000 advance upon the filing of the second amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Discretionary Units

The placement agent will not sell any units in this offering to accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority, without first receiving written consent from those accounts.

 

92


Table of Contents

Application for Listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market

We intend to file an application to list our units on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “OXBRU.” As this offering is a best-efforts offering, we expect that the NASDAQ Capital Market will be unable to admit our units for listing until the completion of the offering and, consequently, the satisfaction of NASDAQ Capital Market listing standards. If so admitted, we expect our units to begin trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market on the day following the closing of this offering. If our units are eventually listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, we will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In order to facilitate the offering of the units, the placement agent may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the units. In order to facilitate the offering, the placement agent may, but is not required to, bid for, and purchase, units in the open market to stabilize the price of the units. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the units above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the units. The placement agent is not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time. We and the placement agent have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

93


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters as to U.S. law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by the law firm of Foley & Lardner LLP, Tampa, Florida. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the placement agent by the law firm of LeClairRyan, a Professional Corporation, Richmond, Virginia. The validity of the units, ordinary shares, and warrants under Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by Hacker, Johnson & Smith, P.A., independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Attorneys with Foley & Lardner LLP representing Oxbridge with respect to this offering beneficially owned approximately 17,000 ordinary shares and 51,000 warrants to purchase 51,000 ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement (of which this prospectus is a part) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the securities we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all the information that is in the registration statement. Certain portions of the registration statement have been omitted as allowed by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Statements in this prospectus which summarize documents are not necessarily complete, and in each case you should refer to the copy of the document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. For further information regarding our company and our securities, please see the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. You may examine the registration statement free of charge (and make copies of the registration statement) at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the registration statement and other public filings and information can be obtained from the SEC’s Internet site at www.sec.gov .

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Commission. Such periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and Internet site referred to above. Our Internet site address is www.oxbridgere.com. Information on our Internet site does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

 

94


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheet

     F-3   

Consolidated Statement of Income

     F-4   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7-14   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Subsidiary (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group at December 31, 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

LOGO

HACKER, JOHNSON & SMITH PA

Tampa, Florida

January 20, 2014

500 North Westshore Boulevard, Post Office Box 20368, Tampa, Florida 33622-0368, (813) 286-2424

A Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(Expressed in United States dollars)

 

     December 31, 2013  

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents (Note 3)

   $ 695,215   

Restricted cash and cash equivalents (Note 3)

     10,117,500   

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     68,965   

Prepayments and other receivables

     64,578   

Prepaid offering costs

     416,540   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 11,362,798   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  

Liabilities:

  

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses (Note 4)

   $ —     

Loss experience refund payable

     1,367,100   

Unearned premiums reserve

     2,036,046   

Dividends payable (Note 6 and 11)

     267,684   

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     511,086   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,181,916   
  

 

 

 

Concentrations and commitments (Notes 8 and 9)

  

Shareholders’ equity:

  

Share capital (Note 6)

     1,115   

Additional paid-in capital (Note 6)

     6,594,520   

Retained earnings

     585,247   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     7,180,882   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 11,362,798   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

(Expressed in United States dollars)

 

     Period from April 4,
2013 (date of
incorporation) to
December 31, 2013
 

Assumed premiums (net of loss experience refund of $1,367,100)

   $ 3,519,413   

Change in unearned premiums reserve

     (2,036,046
  

 

 

 

Net premiums earned

     1,483,367   

Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred (Note 4)

     —     

Policy acquisition costs

     (96,551
  

 

 

 

Net underwriting profit

     1,386,816   
  

 

 

 

Other income and expenses:

  

Net investment income

     —     

Preopening expenses and organizational costs

     (145,228

Administrative expenses

     (388,657
  

 

 

 

Total other income and expenses

     (533,885
  

 

 

 

Net income for the period

   $ 852,931   
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.88   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

DECEMBER 31, 2013

(Expressed in United States dollars)

 

     Share
Capital
     Additional
paid-in Capital
     Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance at April 4, 2013

     —           —           —          —     

Receipt of Share capital

     1,115         —             1,115   

Additional paid-in capital, net of offering costs of $96,465, resulting from sale of:

          

Share capital

        3,114,628           3,114,628   

Share warrants

     —           3,479,892         —          3,479,892   

Net income for the period

     —           —           852,931        852,931   

Dividends declared

     —           —           (267,684     (267,684
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     1,115         6,594,520         585,247        7,180,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in United States dollars)

 

     Period from April 4,
2013 (date of
incorporation) to
December 31, 2013
 

Operating activities

  

Net income for the period

   $ 852,931   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     (10,117,500

Deferred policy acquisition costs

     (68,965

Prepayments and other receivables

     (64,578

Prepaid offering costs

     (416,540

Unearned premiums reserve

     2,036,046   

Loss experience refund payable

     1,367,100   

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     511,086   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (5,900,420
  

 

 

 

Financing activities

  

Proceeds on issuance of share capital

     1,115   

Additional paid-in capital proceeds, net of offering costs, resulting from:

  

Share capital

     3,114,628   

Share warrants

     3,479,892   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     6,595,635   
  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     695,215   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 695,215   
  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Noncash activities:

  

Dividends declared included in dividends payable

   $ 267,684   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013

(Expressed in United States dollars)

1. Organization

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated on April 4, 2013 and under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The Company owns 100% equity interest in Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited (the “Subsidiary”), an entity incorporated on April 23, 2013 under the laws of the Cayman Islands and for which a Class “C” Insurer’s licence has been granted on April 29, 2013 under the provisions of the Cayman Islands Insurance Law. The Company and the Subsidiary (hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Group”) has their registered offices at P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands. The Group’s fiscal year end is December 31.

The principal activity of the Group is the provision of approximately $10.1 million collateralized reinsurance to cover excess of loss catastrophe risks of Claddaugh Casualty Insurance Company, Ltd (“Claddaugh”), a related entity domiciled in Bermuda. The Group intends to increase its coverage to provide similar reinsurance arrangements to affiliated and nonaffiliated US Gulf Coast property insurers.

During the period ended December 31, 2013, the Group assumed risks under two reinsurance contracts, one of which includes retrospective provisions that adjust premiums or results in profit commissions in the event losses are minimal or zero. As a result, the Group expects to recognize liabilities payable to Claddaugh of approximately $2.3 million from June 1, 2013 through May 31, 2014 assuming no losses occur during that period. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Group will recognize a liability in the period in which the absence of loss experience obligates the Group to pay cash or other consideration under the contract. On the contrary, the Group will derecognize such liability in the period in which a loss experience arises. Such adjustments to the liability, which accrue throughout the contract term, will reduce our losses should a catastrophic loss event covered by the Group occur.

 

2. Significant accounting policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and are stated in United States dollars. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. A summary of the significant accounting and reporting policies used in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements is as follows:

Use of Estimates The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term are related to the reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses and loss experience refund payable.

Cash and cash equivalents : Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and short term investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Restricted cash and cash equivalents: Restricted cash and cash equivalents represent funds held in accordance with the Group’s trust agreements with the ceding reinsurer and a trustee, which requires the Group to maintain collateral in excess of the limit of liability, less unpaid premium.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013

(Expressed in United States dollars)

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) : Policy acquisition costs consists of brokerage fees, federal excise taxes and other costs related directly to the successful acquisition of new or renewal insurance contracts, and are deferred and amortized over the terms of the reinsurance agreements to which they relate. During the period ended December 31, 2013, the Group paid $116,651 to Advocate Reinsurance Partners LLC, in which a former director holds a senior partner position. The Group amortized $96,551 of policy acquisition costs during the period ended December 31, 2013, as recorded in the consolidated statement of income. The Group evaluates the recoverability of DAC by determining if the sum of future earned premiums and anticipated investment income is greater than the expected future claims and expenses. If a loss is probable on the unexpired portion of policies in force, a premium deficiency loss is recognized. At December 31, 2013, the DAC was considered fully recoverable and no premium deficiency loss was recorded.  

Allowance for uncollectible receivables : Management evaluates credit quality by evaluating the exposure to individual counterparties; where warranted management also considers the credit rating or financial position, operating results and/or payment history of the counterparty. Management establishes an allowance for amounts for which collection is considered doubtful. Adjustments to previous assessments are recognized as income in the year in which they are determined. At December 31, 2013, no receivables were determined to be overdue or impaired and, accordingly, no allowance for uncollectible receivables has been established.

Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses : The Group determines its reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses on the basis of the claims reported by the Group’s ceding insurers, and for losses incurred but not reported, if any, management uses the assistance of an independent actuary. The reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses represent management’s best estimate of the ultimate settlement costs of all losses and loss adjustment expenses. Management believes that the amounts are adequate; however, the inherent impossibility of predicting future events with precision, result in uncertainty as to the amount which will ultimately be required for the settlement of losses and loss expenses, and the differences could be material. Adjustments are reflected in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which they are determined.

Premiums assumed : The Group records premiums assumed, net of loss experience refunds (See Note 1 above), as earned pro-rata over the terms of the reinsurance agreements and the unearned portion at the balance sheet date is recorded as unearned premiums reserve. A reserve is made for estimated premium deficiencies to the extent that estimated losses and loss adjustment expenses exceed related unearned premiums. Investment income is not considered in determining whether or not a deficiency exists.

Preopening and Organizational Costs : Preopening and organizational costs incurred prior to the commencement of insurance operations totaled $145,228 and were expensed as incurred.

Prepaid offering costs: Prepaid offering costs relate to the Company’s Form S-1 and planned initial public offering and such costs will be netted out of the offering proceeds upon consummation of the offering. Included within Accounts payable and other liabilities is an amount of $416,540 with respect to accrued offering costs.

Uncertain income tax positions : The authoritative US GAAP guidance on accounting for, and disclosure of, uncertainty in income tax positions requires the Group to determine whether an income tax position of the Group is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the relevant tax authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For income tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements, if any, is

 

F-8


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013

(Expressed in United States dollars)

2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. The application of this authoritative guidance has had no effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements because the Group had no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2013.

Comprehensive income: There were no elements of comprehensive income as of December 31, 2013 or during the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) through December 31, 2013.

Earnings Per share . Basic earnings per share has been computed on the basis of the weighted-average number of shares of share capital outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is the same as basic earnings per share because the exercise price of the outstanding share capital warrants exceeded the fair value of the shares during the period. Weighted-average shares outstanding during the period ended December 31, 2013 were 972,540.

Recent accounting pronouncements : There have been no recent accounting pronouncements during the period ended December 31, 2013 that are of significance or potential significance to the Group.

 

3. Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents

 

     December 31, 2013  

Cash on deposit

   $ 695,215   

Restricted cash held in trust

     10,117,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,812,715   
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents are held by large and reputable counterparties in the United States of America and in the Cayman Islands. Restricted cash held in trust at December 31, 2013 are custodied with Bank of New York Mellon and are held in accordance with the Group’s trust agreement with the ceding reinsurer and a trustee, which requires that the Group provide collateral having a market value greater than or equal to the limit of liability less unpaid premium. At December 31, 2013, restricted cash held in trust equates to the Group’s limit of liability.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013


(Expressed in United States dollars)

4. Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expense

Activity in the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the period ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

     2013  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ —     

Incurred losses related to:

  

Current year

     —     

Prior years

     —     
  

 

 

 
     —     

Paid losses related to:

  

Current year

     —     

Prior years

     —     
  

 

 

 
     —     
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

There were no losses incurred during the period ended December 31, 2013.

 

5. Taxation

Under current Cayman Islands law, no corporate entity, including the Group, is obligated to pay taxes in the Cayman Islands on either income or capital gains. The Company and its Subsidiary have an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the provisions of the Tax Concessions Law, as amended, that, in the event that the Cayman Islands enacts any legislation that imposes tax on profits, income, gains or appreciations, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax will not be applicable to the Company and its Subsidiary or their operations, or to the ordinary shares or related obligations, until April 23, 2033 and May 17, 2033, respectively.

 

6. Share capital and additional paid-in capital

 

     December 31, 2013  

Authorised: 50,000,000 shares par value of $0.001 each

   $ 50,000   
  

 

 

 

Issued and fully paid: 1,115,350 shares

   $ 1,115   
  

 

 

 

Under Cayman Islands law, the use of the additional paid-in capital is restricted, and the Group will not be allowed to pay dividends out of additional paid-in capital if such payments results in breaches of the prescribed and minimum capital requirement. See also Note 7.

On May 31, 2013, the Company completed the sale of 1,115,350 units consisting of one of the Company’s ordinary shares and three warrants. One warrant may be exercised to acquire one ordinary share at an exercise price equal to $7.50 per share on or before May 31, 2018. At any time after November 30, 2013 and before the expiration of the warrants, the Company at its option may cancel the warrants in whole or in part, provided that the closing price per ordinary share has exceeded $9.38 for at least ten

 

F-10


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013

(Expressed in United States dollars)

6. Share capital and additional paid-in capital (continued)

 

trading days within any period of twenty consecutive trading days, including the last trading day of the period. The initial private placement offering resulted in aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of approximately $6.7 million, of which $3,479,892 related to the fair value proceeds on warrants issued. The fair value of the warrants of $1.04 was determined by the Black-Scholes pricing model using the following assumptions: volatility of 48%, an expected life of 5 years, expected dividend yield of 8% and a risk-free interest rate of 1.69%. There were 3,460,050 warrants outstanding at December 31, 2013. No warrants were exercised during the period ended December 31, 2013.

On January 19, 2014, the Company’s and Subsidiary’s Board of Directors declared dividends of 12 cents per share for the 3 rd and 4 th quarter of the period ended December 31, 2013, respectively. Such dividends were resolved to be payable to shareholders of record as of December 31, 2013, and as such, the Group has accrued for $267,684 dividends payable within the consolidated balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2013, none of the Company’s retained earnings were restricted from payment of dividends to the Company’s shareholders. However, since most of the Company’s capital and retained earnings are invested the Subsidiary, a dividend from the Subsidiary would likely be required in order to fund a dividend to the Company’s shareholders and would require the approval of the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority (“CIMA”).

As such, the Group has obtained CIMA’s approval, and expects to pay dividends in February 2014.

 

7. Net worth for regulatory purposes

The Subsidiary is subject to a minimum and prescribed capital requirement as established by CIMA. Under the terms of its license, the Subsidiary is required to maintain a minimum and prescribed capital requirement of $500 in accordance with the Subsidiary’s approved business plan with CIMA. At December 31, 2013, the Subsidiary’s net worth of $6.5 million exceeded the minimum and prescribed capital requirement. For the period ended December 31, 2013, the Subsidiary’s net income was $1.1 million.

The Subsidiary is not required to prepare separate statutory financial statements for filing with CIMA and, there were no material differences between the Subsidiary’s GAAP capital, surplus and net income, and its statutory capital, surplus and net income as of December 31, 2013 or for the period then ended.

 

8. Fair value and certain risks and uncertainties

Fair values

With the exception of balances in respect of insurance contracts (which are specifically excluded from fair value disclosures under US GAAP), the carrying amounts of all financial instruments, which consists of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The Group has no investments at December 31, 2013. The fair value of cash and restricted cash were based on level 1 inputs which consist of unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Concentration of underwriting risk

All of the Group’s insurance business ultimately relates to the risks of one entity domiciled in Florida in the United States that is under common directorship; accordingly the Group’s underwriting risks are not diversified.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013

(Expressed in United States dollars)

8. Fair value and certain risks and uncertainties (continued)

 

Credit risk

The Group’s cash balances are held in custody by two financial institutions in the Cayman Islands and United States of America. The Group is subject to credit risk to the extent that the financial institutions may be unable to fulfil their obligations to repay amounts owed. Management is satisfied that the Group will not suffer a material loss as a result of these concentrations.

 

9. Lease Commitments

The Group has an operating lease for office space located at Landmark Square, 64 Earth Close, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands. The term of the lease is three months commencing on June 1, 2013 and thereafter, on a monthly basis. Rent expense for the period ended December 31, 2013 was $7,000. There were no lease commitments at December 31, 2013 with respect to this lease.

The Group also has an operating lease for residential space at Britannia Villas #616, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands. The term of the lease is 13 months commencing on October 1, 2013. Rent expense for the period ended December 31, 2013 was $12,600 and lease commitments at December 31, 2013 were $42,000.

 

10. Condensed Financial Information of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Balance Sheet at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013  

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 691,960   

Investment in subsidiary

     6,505,295   

Receivables from subsidiary

     267,684   

Prepayments and other receivables

     29,198   

Prepaid Offering Costs

     416,540   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 7,910,677   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholder’s equity

  

Liabilities:

  

Dividend payable

     267,684   

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     462,111   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     729,795   
  

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

  

Share capital

     1,115   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,594,520   

Retained earnings

     585,247   
  

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     7,180,882   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 7,910,677   
  

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013

(Expressed in United States dollars)

10. Condensed Financial Information of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited (continued)

 

Statement of Income for the period ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

     Period from April 4,
2013 (date of
incorporation) to
December 31, 2013
 

Other expenses:

  

Preopening expenses

   $ (72,614

Administrative expenses

     (175,707
  

 

 

 

Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiary

   $ (248,321

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

   $ 1,101,252   
  

 

 

 

Net income for the period

   $ 852,931   
  

 

 

 

Statement of Cash Flows for the period ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

Operating activities

  

Net income for the period

   $ 852,931   

Equity in earnings of subsidiary

     (1,101,252

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepayments and other receivables

     (29,198

Prepaid Offering Costs

     (416,540

Accounts payable and other liabilities

     462,111   
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (231,948
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in Investing activity

  

Investment in subsidiary

     (5,671,727
  

 

 

 

Financing activities

  

Proceeds on issuance of share capital

     1,115   

Additional paid-in capital proceeds, net of offering costs, resulting from:

  

Share capital

     3,114,628   

Share warrants

     3,479,892   
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     6,595,635   
  

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     691,960   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —     
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 691,960   
  

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2013 and for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013


(Expressed in United States dollars)

11. Subsequent events

As disclosed on Note 6 of these consolidated financial statements, on January 19 2014, the Company’s and Subsidiary’s Board of Directors declared dividends of $267,684 payable to shareholders of record as of December 31, 2013.

Effective January 1, 2014, the Group entered into a property catastrophe excess reinsurance contract with an unrelated insurer domiciled in Dallas, Texas. The contract expires on March 1, 2015, and under the terms of the agreement, the Group undertakes to provide $250,000 of fully collateralized coverage, with a reinstatement of an additional $250,000 coverage.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND FINANCIAL TERMS

 

Broker

An intermediary who negotiates contracts of insurance or reinsurance, receiving a commission for placement and other services rendered, between (1) a policyholder and a primary insurer, on behalf of the insured party, (2) a primary insurer and reinsurer, on behalf of the primary insurer, or (3) a reinsurer and a retrocessionaire, on behalf of the reinsurer.

 

Capacity

The percentage of surplus, or the dollar amount of exposure, that an insurer or reinsurer is willing or able to place at risk. Capacity may apply to a single risk, a program, a line of business or an entire book of business. Capacity may be constrained by legal restrictions, corporate restrictions, or indirect financial restrictions such as capital adequacy requirements.

 

Case reserves

Loss reserves, established with respect to specific, individual reported claims.

 

Casualty reinsurance

Reinsurance that is primarily concerned with the losses caused by injuries to third persons and their property (in other words, persons other than the policyholder) and the legal liability imposed on the policyholder resulting therefrom. Also referred to as liability reinsurance. It includes, but is not limited to workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability.

 

Catastrophe

A severe loss, typically involving multiple claimants. Common perils include earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, hailstorms, severe winter weather, floods, fires, tornados, explosions, and other natural or man-made disasters. Catastrophe losses may also arise from acts of war, acts of terrorism and political instability.

 

Cede; cedant; ceding company

When a party reinsures some or all of its liability with another, it “cedes” business and is referred to as the “ceding company” or “cedant.”

 

Claim

Request by an insured or reinsured for indemnification by an insurance or reinsurance company for loss incurred from an insured peril or event.

 

Collateralized Reinsurance

Collateralized Reinsurance is a form of reinsurance in which the party assuming the risk is required to post collateral in order to cover any potential claim obligation. This allows non-traditional reinsurers, such as reinsurance funds, to participate in the reinsurance market.

 

DTC

The Depository Trust Company. DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under New York law, a member of the US Federal Reserve System and a clearing agency registered with the SEC. DTC will act as the securities depository for the units, ordinary shares, and warrants of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.

 

G-1


Table of Contents

Excess of loss reinsurance

Reinsurance which indemnifies the reinsured against that portion of losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred on the underlying policies in excess of a specified dollar or percentage loss ratio amount. Also known as non-proportional reinsurance.

 

Exclusions

A listing of specific types of coverage or loss that are not covered by a given treaty contract.

 

Financial strength rating

The opinions of rating agencies regarding the financial ability of an insurance or reinsurance company to meet its financial obligations under its policies.

 

Frequency

The number of claims occurring during a given coverage period.

 

Gross premiums written

Total premiums for assumed reinsurance during a given period.

 

Incurred but not reported (IBNR)

Reserves for estimated loss and loss adjustment expenses that have been incurred by insureds and reinsureds but not yet reported to the insurer or reinsurer, including unknown future developments on loss and loss adjustment expenses which are known to the insurer or reinsurer.

 

Lead

In an insurance market, the brokers find takers for insurance risks on the market and establish the policy terms with a leading underwriter, who also takes on a substantial share of the risk. The broker then looks for further cover providers, known as following underwriters, who accede to the terms established and accept a share of the risk. When a leading underwriter establishes the policy terms, it is called to “lead.”

 

Loss adjustment expenses

The expenses of settling claims, including legal and other fees and the portion of general expenses allocated to claim settlement costs. Also known as claim adjustment expenses.

 

Net premiums earned

The portion of net premiums written during or prior to a given period that was actually recognized as income during such period.

 

Premiums; written, earned and unearned

Premiums represent the cost of insurance that is paid by the cedant or insurer to the insurer or the reinsurer. Written represents the complete amount of premiums received, and earned represents the amount recognized as income. Unearned is the difference between written and earned premiums.

 

Property catastrophe reinsurance

Property catastrophe reinsurance contracts are typically “all risk” in nature, meaning that they protect against losses from earthquakes and hurricanes, as well as other natural and man-made catastrophes such as tornados, fires, winter storms, and floods (where the contract specifically provides for coverage). Losses on these contracts typically stem from direct property damage and business interruption.

 

Proportional reinsurance

Reinsurance whereby the reinsurer shares losses in the same proportion as its shares of premiums and policy amounts.

 

G-2


Table of Contents

Quota share reinsurance

Reinsurance arrangement in which the insurer, or cedant, automatically transfers, and the reinsurer accepts, a stated proportion of every risk within a defined type of business written by the insurer. For this, the reinsurer receives an equal proportion of the premiums. The ceding insurer receives a commission, based on the amount of the premiums ceded, which is intended to reimburse the insurer for the costs of writing and administering the business. The reinsurer is dependent on the ceding company’s ability in underwriting, pricing and claims administration.

 

Reinsurance

An arrangement in which an insurance company, the reinsurer, agrees to indemnify another insurance or reinsurance company, commonly referred to as the ceding company or cedant, for all or a portion of the insurance or reinsurance risks underwritten by the ceding company under one or more policies. Reinsurance does not legally discharge the primary insurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the insured.

 

Retention

Specific amount of loss that the ceding company retains above which the reinsurance limit applies.

 

Retrocession; retrocessional coverage

A transaction whereby a reinsurer cedes to another reinsurer, commonly referred to as the retrocessionaire, all or part of the reinsurance that the first reinsurer has assumed. Retrocessional reinsurance does not legally discharge the ceding reinsurer from its liability with respect to its obligations to the reinsured.

 

Short-tail

Insurance product where the ultimate losses are typically known and settled quickly, usually within a few years.

 

Submission

An unprocessed application for (i) reinsurance coverage forwarded to a reinsurer by a prospective ceding insurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding insurer or (ii) retrocessional coverage forwarded to a retrocessionaire by a prospective ceding reinsurer or by a broker or intermediary on behalf of such prospective ceding reinsurer.

 

Treaty reinsurance

The reinsurance of a specified type or category of risks defined in a reinsurance agreement (a “treaty”) between the primary insurer or other reinsured and a reinsurer. Typically, in treaty reinsurance, the primary insurer or reinsured is obligated to offer and the reinsurer is obligated to accept a specified portion of all of that type or category of risk originally written by the primary insurer or reinsured. A treaty is generally valid for a period of one year and contains common contract terms along with a specific risk definition, data on limit and retention, and provisions for premium and duration.

 

Underwriter

An employee of an insurance or reinsurance company who examines, accepts or rejects risks and classifies accepted risks in order to charge an appropriate premium for each accepted risk.

 

G-3


Table of Contents

Underwriting

The insurer’s or reinsurer’s process of reviewing applications submitted for insurance or reinsurance coverage, deciding whether to accept all or part of the coverage requested and determining the applicable premiums.

 

Unearned premium

The portion of premiums written that is allocable to the unexpired portion of the policy term.

 

G-4


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1   

RISK FACTORS

    10   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    29   

USE OF PROCEEDS

    31   

DIVIDEND POLICY

    32   

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

    33   

CAPITALIZATION

    34   

DILUTION

    35   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    36   

BUSINESS

    41   

REGULATION

    52   

MANAGEMENT

    54   

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    60   

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

    61   

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

    64   

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    75   

MATERIAL CAYMAN ISLANDS TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    77   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    78   

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    91   

LEGAL MATTERS

    94   

EXPERTS

    94   

INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

    94   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    94   

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1   

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND FINANCIAL TERMS

    G-1   

 

 

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Until                 , 2014, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

LOGO

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Maximum of             Units

Minimum of             Units

Each Unit Consisting of One Ordinary Share and One Warrant

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

Capitol Securities Management, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than placement agent fees and expenses, payable by the registrant in connection with this offering. All amounts are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. All of these costs and expenses will be borne by the registrant.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission filing fee

   $ 7,391 (1)  

FINRA filing fee

     4,325   

NASDAQ Capital Market

     5,000   

Transfer agent, warrant agent and Registrar expenses and fees

     10,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     25,000   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     5,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     530,000   

Miscellaneous

     13,284   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 600,000   

 

(1) Rounded up to nearest whole number.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our Articles provide that every director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former director and former officer of the Company (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or willful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or willful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or willful default under the Articles unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

In addition, pursuant to the Articles, the Company will advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any such advance of expenses, the Indemnified Person must execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification. If it is determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

The directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since our incorporation in April 2013, we have issued the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

1. In May 2013 and June 2013, we sold a total of $6,692,100 of investment units, with each investment unit consisting of one ordinary share and three warrants (each representing the right to purchase one additional ordinary share), to a group of accredited investors. The price of each investment unit was $6.00. As a result of our sale of such investment units, we issued 1,115,350 ordinary shares and 3,346,050 warrants to purchase 3,346,050 ordinary shares to such accredited investors. Of the 1,115,350 ordinary shares issued, an aggregate of 420,000 ordinary shares were issued to our directors and executive officers and their immediate family members and affiliates. In addition, of the 3,346,050 warrants issued, an aggregate of 1,260,000 warrants were issued to our directors and executive officers and their immediate family members and affiliates. The warrants are exercisable until May 31, 2018 at an exercise price of $7.50 per ordinary share.

We claimed exemption from registration under the Securities Act for the sales and issuances of securities in the transaction described in paragraph 1 by virtue of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and by virtue of Rule 506 of Regulation D. Such sales and issuances did not involve any public offering, were made without general solicitation or advertising and each purchaser was an accredited investor with access to all relevant information necessary to evaluate the investment and represented to us that the shares were being acquired for investment.

No underwriters were employed in the above transaction.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits . A list of the exhibits filed herewith is contained in the Exhibit Index below and is incorporated in this Item 16 by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules . No financial schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the placement agent at the closing specified in the sales agency agreement certificates (or book-entry receipts) in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the placement agent to permit prompt deliver to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedant, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in George Town, Cayman Islands, on January 27, 2014.

 

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:   /s/ Sanjay Madhu
 

Sanjay Madhu

Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Sanjay Madhu and Wrendon Timothy and each of them individually, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any Rule 462(b) registration statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or either of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Sanjay Madhu

Sanjay Madhu

  

President, Chief Executive Officer,

and Director (Principal Executive

Officer)

  January 27, 2014

/s/ Wrendon Timothy

Wrendon Timothy

  

Financial Controller and Secretary

(Principal Accounting Officer and

Principal Financial Officer)

  January 27, 2014

/s/ Paresh Patel

Paresh Patel

  

Director

  January 27, 2014

/s/ Mayur Patel

Mayur Patel

  

Director

  January 27, 2014

/s/ Krishna Persaud

Krishna Persaud

  

Director

  January 27, 2014

/s/ Allan Martin

Allan Martin

  

Director

  January 27, 2014

/s/ Ray Cabillot

Ray Cabillot

  

Director

  January 27, 2014

 

S-1


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
   Document Description
  1.1    Form of Sales Agency Agreement.
  3.1    Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.
  4.1    Form of Warrant Agreement between Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
  4.2    Form of Warrant Agreement issued to investors in May/June 2013 Private Placement.
  5.1*    Opinion of Maples and Calder.
10.1    Excess of Loss Retrocession Contract, effective on June 1, 2013, between Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited and Claddaugh Casualty Insurance Company, Ltd.
10.2    Excess of Loss Retrocession Contract, effective on June 1, 2013, between Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited and Claddaugh Casualty Insurance Company, Ltd.
10.3    Executive Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2013, by and between Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and Sanjay Madhu.
10.4    Offer of Employment from Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited to Wrendon Timothy, executed on August 1, 2013.
10.5    License Agreement, dated May 23, 2013, between IPH Limited and Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.
10.6    Underwriting Advisory Agreement, dated January 19, 2014, between Resonant Consultants, Ltd. and Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.
10.7    Form of Escrow Agreement among Capital Securities Management, Inc., Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited and SunTrust Bank, N. A.
10.8    Form of Lock – Up Agreement.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*    Consent of Maples and Calder (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Hacker, Johnson & Smith, PA.
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature pages hereto) .

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 1.1

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED

Public Offering of Units

Maximum:                  Units

Minimum:                  Units

SALES AGENCY AGREEMENT

                 , 2014

Capitol Securities Management, Inc., as representative

of the sales agents listed on Schedule I hereto (the “Sales Agents”)

100 Concourse Boulevard, Suite 101

Glen Allen, Virginia 23059

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement with you (unless otherwise defined herein, the term “you” shall collectively refer to the Sales Agents) as follows:

1. Introduction . This Agreement sets forth the understandings and agreements between the Company and you whereby, subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, you will offer to sell, on a “best efforts basis” on behalf of the Company (the “Offering”), a minimum of                  units and a maximum of                  units, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share, $0.0001 par value (the “Ordinary Shares”), and one warrant (the “Warrants”), of the Company (the “Units”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus prepared by the Company and dated                  , 2014 (the “Prospectus”).

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company makes the following representations and warranties to you:

(a) Registration Statement and Prospectus . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-00367) (as defined below, the “Registration Statement”) conforming to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the applicable rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) of the Commission. Such amendments to such Registration Statement as may have been required prior to the date hereof have been filed with the Commission, and such amendments have been similarly prepared. Copies of the Registration Statement, any and all amendments thereto prepared and filed with the Commission, and the exhibits, financial statements and schedules, as finally amended and revised, have been delivered to you for review. The term “Registration Statement” as used in this Agreement shall mean the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, including the Prospectus, any documents incorporated by reference therein, and all financial schedules and exhibits thereto, as amended on the date that the Registration Statement becomes effective, and any registration statement related to the Offering that is filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act. The term “Prospectus” as used in this


Agreement shall mean the prospectus relating to the Units in the form in which it was filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the 1933 Act or, if no filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the 1933 Act is required, shall mean the form of the final prospectus included in the Registration Statement when the Registration Statement becomes effective. The terms “effective date” and “effective” refer to the date the Commission declares the Registration Statement effective pursuant to Section 8 of the 1933 Act.

(b) Adequacy of Disclosure . When the Registration Statement shall become effective, when the Prospectus is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations, when any amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective, when any supplement to the Prospectus is filed with the Commission and on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), (i) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto will conform in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations, and (ii) neither the Registration Statement, the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by you expressly for use in the Registration Statement.

(c) No Stop Order . The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus with respect to the Units, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission or the state securities or blue sky authority of any jurisdiction.

(d) Company; Organization and Qualification . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as an exempted company under the laws of the Cayman Islands with all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to conduct its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to own and operate its properties, investments and assets, as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Company is not in violation of any provision of its Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (“Articles”) or Bylaws, as amended, or other governing documents and is not in default under or in breach of, and does not know of the occurrence of any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would constitute a default under or breach of, any term or condition of any material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its properties, investments or assets is bound, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus or except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in any material adverse effect on the business, financial position, shareholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company (a “Material Adverse Effect”). Except as noted in the Prospectus, the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any other exempted company, corporation, association, or other entity. The Company has furnished to you copies of its Articles and Bylaws, each as amended, and all such copies are true, correct and complete and contain all amendments thereto through the date of this Agreement.

 

2


(e) Validity of Securities . The Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants of the Company (collectively, the “Securities”) have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and upon issuance against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and will conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus. The preferences, rights and limitations of the Securities are set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Securities.” No party has any preemptive rights with respect to any of the Securities or any right of participation or first refusal with respect to the sale of the Securities by the Company. No person or entity holds a right to require or participate in the registration under the 1933 Act of the Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement. Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no person holds a right to require registration under the 1933 Act of any security of the Company at any other time. The form of certificates evidencing the Securities complies with all applicable requirements of Cayman Islands law.

(f) Capitalization . As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 50,000,000 Ordinary Shares, of which                  are issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus (including any public filing incorporated by reference into the Prospectus), there is no outstanding option, warrant or other right calling for the issuance of, and no commitment, plan or arrangement to issue, any capital stock of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company.

(g) Full Power; Company . The Company has full legal right, power, and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement among the Company, SunTrust Bank, N.A. (the “Escrow Agent”) and you (the “Escrow Agreement”), to issue and deliver the Units as provided herein and in the Prospectus and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and in the Prospectus. Each of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement have been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, liquidation, reorganization, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in equity or at law, (ii) general equity principles, and (iii) limitations imposed by federal and state securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws regarding the enforceability of indemnification or contribution provisions.

(h) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1933 Act.

 

3


(i) Disclosed Agreements . All agreements between or among the Company and third parties expressly referenced in the Prospectus are legal, valid, and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, liquidation, reorganization, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in equity or at law, (ii) general equity principles and (iii) limitations imposed by federal or state securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws regarding the enforceability of indemnification or contribution provisions.

(j) Consents . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, each consent, approval, authorization, order, license, certificate, permit, registration, designation or filing by or with any governmental agency or body or any other third party necessary for the valid authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement and Prospectus, except such as may be required under the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), or under state securities laws has been made or obtained and is in full force and effect.

(k) Litigation . There is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, or investigation before or by any court or any governmental authority or agency to which the Company may be a party, or to which any of the properties or rights of the Company may be subject, that is not described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and (i) that may reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) that may reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect any of the material properties of the Company or (iii) that may reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(l) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company together with related schedules and notes included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“US GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved. The financial schedules, if any, in the Registration Statement fairly present in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with the financial statements, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The unaudited financial information (including the related notes) in the Prospectus complies as to form in all material respects to the applicable accounting requirements of the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations, and management of the Company believes that the assumptions underlying any adjustments are reasonable. Such adjustments have been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of the information and such information fairly presents in all material respects with respect to the Company the financial position, results of operations and other information purported to be shown therein at the respective dates and for the respective periods specified.

(m) Independent Accountants . Hacker, Johnson & Smith, P.A., who have audited certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

4


(n) Disclosed Liabilities . The Company has not sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood, hurricane, accident, or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or arbitrators’ or court or governmental action, order, or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and except as otherwise stated in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, there has not been (i) any material change in the capital stock, long-term debt, obligations under capital leases, or short-term borrowings of the Company, (ii) any material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a prospective material adverse change in the business, properties, assets, results of operations or condition (financial or other) of the Company, (iii) any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, incurred or undertaken by the Company that is material to the business or condition (financial or other) of the Company, except for liabilities or obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution of any kind on or with respect to the capital stock of the Company, or (v) any transaction that is material to the Company, except transactions in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

(o) Required Licenses and Permits . Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company owns, possesses, has obtained or in the ordinary course of business will obtain, and has made available for your review, all material permits, licenses, franchises, certificates, consents, orders, approvals, and other authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities as are necessary to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted, or as contemplated in the Prospectus to be conducted (the “Permits”), except for such permits, licenses, franchises, certificates, consents, orders, approvals, and other authorizations, the failure of which to have or maintain would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to revocation or modification of any such Permits, except where such revocation or modification would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) Internal Accounting Measures . The Company maintains an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the 1934 Act) that complies with the requirements of the 1934 Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company under the 1934 Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company also maintains an effective system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the 1934 Act) that complies with the requirements of the 1934 Act and has been designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with US GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific

 

5


authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law). The Company’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will be in compliance in all material respects with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are effective and applicable to the Company as of such date as an “issuer” as defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(q) Taxes . The Company has properly filed all necessary federal, state, local, and foreign income tax returns required to be filed by it and has paid all taxes shown as due and payable thereon (or has obtained appropriate extensions), except for taxes that are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been established in the Company’s financial statements. No tax deficiency has been asserted or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to be asserted against the Company. The Company has made appropriate provisions in the financial statements included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus for all tax liabilities of the Company that have not been determined as of such date, except to the extent it would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) Compliance with Instruments . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, the compliance with the terms and provisions hereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, therein and in the Registration Statement and Prospectus by the Company, do not and will not violate or constitute a breach of, or default under: (i) the Articles or Bylaws of the Company, each as amended; (ii) any of the terms, provisions, or conditions of any material instrument, agreement, or indenture to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or by which its business, assets, investments or properties may be affected; or (iii) any order, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to the Company, or any of its business, investments, assets or properties, of any court or (to the knowledge of the Company) any governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction over the Company, or any of its business, investments, properties or assets; and to the knowledge of the Company do not and will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, claim, or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company.

(s) Insurance . The Company maintains insurance (issued by insurers of recognized financial responsibility) of the types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for its business and, to the knowledge of the Company, consistent with insurance coverage maintained by similar companies and similar businesses, all of which insurance is in full force and effect.

 

6


(t) Work Force . To the knowledge of the Company, no general labor problem exists or is imminent with the employees of the Company.

(u) Securities Matters . The Company and its officers, directors, or affiliates have not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or that might reasonably be expected to, cause or result in or constitute the stabilization or manipulation of any security of the Company or to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.

(v) Payment of Commissions and Fees . Except as stated in or contemplated by the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has paid or awarded, nor will any such person pay or award, directly or indirectly, any commission or other compensation to any person engaged to render investment advice to a potential purchaser of Units as an inducement to advise the purchase of Units.

(w) Company Intellectual Property . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus:

(i) the Company owns, possesses, licenses or has other rights to use the patents and patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, technology, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary rights) and other intellectual property (or could acquire such intellectual property upon commercially reasonable terms) necessary to conduct its business in the manner in which it is being conducted (collectively, the “Company Intellectual Property”);

(ii) to the Company’s knowledge, none of the patents owned or licensed by the Company, if any, is unenforceable or invalid, and, to the Company’s knowledge, none of the patent applications owned or licensed by the Company would be unenforceable or invalid if issued as patents;

(iii) the Company is not obligated to pay a royalty, grant a license, or provide other consideration to any third party in connection with the Company Intellectual Property other than as disclosed in the Prospectus and other than for in-bound “shrink-wrap” end-user licenses and similar generally available commercial end-user licenses;

(iv) the Company has not received any notice of violation or conflict with rights of others with respect to the Company Intellectual Property;

(v) there are no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened actions, suits, proceedings or claims by others that the Company is infringing any patent, trade secret, trade mark, service mark, copyright or other intellectual property or proprietary right; and

 

7


(vi) the products or processes of the Company referenced in the Prospectus do not, to the knowledge of the Company, violate or conflict with any intellectual property or proprietary right of any third person.

(x) Forward Looking Statement . No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the 1933 Act and Section 21E of the 1934 Act) contained in or incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(y) Industry and Market Statistics . The industry-related and market-related statistics obtained from independent industry publications and reports and included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus agree with the sources from which they are derived. The Company has provided copies of all such sources to you.

(z) Company/Director Relationships . No relationship exists between or among the Company and any director, officer, stockholder or affiliate of the Company which is required by the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which is not so described and described as required in material compliance with such requirement. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members.

(aa) Relationships with FINRA Members . The Company has not sold any securities to any person or entity nor is there any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities, that acquired said securities during the 180-day period immediately preceding the effective date, that has an association or affiliation with any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

3. Representations and Warranties of Sales Agent . Each of you represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a) FINRA Membership . You are a member, in good standing, of FINRA, and are duly registered as a broker-dealer under the 1934 Act, and under the laws of each state in which you propose to offer the Units, except where such registration would not be required by law.

(b) Full Power . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by you and is a valid and binding agreement of you, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, liquidation, reorganization, or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in equity or at law, (ii) general equity principles, and (iii) limitations imposed by federal and state securities laws or the public policy underlying such laws regarding the enforceability of indemnification or contribution provisions.

 

8


(c) Compliance with Instruments . The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Prospectus relating to the Offering will not violate or constitute a breach of, or default under, your articles of incorporation or bylaws, or any material instrument, agreement, or indenture to which you are a party, or violate any order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to you of any court, federal or state regulatory body or administrative agency having jurisdiction over you or your property.

(d) Offering . You have not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the time of purchase, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act. Assuming compliance by the Company with all relevant provisions of the 1933 Act in connection with the Prospectus, you will conduct all offers and sales of the Units in compliance with the relevant provisions of the 1933 Act and various state securities laws and regulations.

4. Sale of Units .

(a) Exclusive Agency . Upon the basis of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Sales Agents set forth in this Agreement, the Company engages you and you agree to act as the Company’s exclusive agents, on a best efforts basis, in connection with the offer and sale by the Company during the Offering Period (as defined in Section 4(c) below) of a minimum of                  Units and a maximum of                  Units. Subject to your commitment to sell the Units on a “best efforts basis” as provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from entering into an agency agreement, underwriting agreement, or other similar agreement governing the offer and sale of securities with any other issuer of securities, and nothing contained herein shall be construed in any way as precluding or restricting your right to sell or offer for sale securities issued by any other person, including securities similar to, or competing with, the Units. It is understood between the parties that there is no firm commitment by you to purchase any or all of the Units and you shall have no authority to bind the Company in respect of the sale of any Units. You may retain other brokers or dealers (“Selected Dealers”) who are members in good standing of FINRA and registered in any states in which the Offering is conducted to assist you and to act as subagents on your behalf in connection with the offering and sale of the Units and you may enter into agreements for the offer and sale of the Units adopting such provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Selected Dealers as you deem appropriate; provided, however, that the Company will only be obligated to pay you for services rendered hereunder. Each Selected Dealer will indemnify the Company on terms and conditions similar to those set forth in Section 8(b) of this Agreement for any statements, acts, or omissions by such Selected Dealer in connection with the offer or sale of the Units not expressly authorized by the Company or the Sales Agents and for any material misrepresentation or material breach of warranty or covenant or other breach by such Selected Dealer of its agreement with the Sales Agents, or any failure or alleged failure by such Selected Dealer to comply with applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

(b) Obligation to Offer Units . Your obligation to offer the Units is subject to receipt by you of written advice from the Commission that the Registration Statement is effective, is subject to the Units being qualified for offering under applicable laws in the states as may be reasonably designated by you, is subject to the absence of any prohibitory action by any governmental body, agency, or official, and is subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement.

 

9


(c) Offering Termination Date . The “Offering Period” shall commence on the day that the Prospectus is first made available to prospective investors in connection with the offering for sale of the Units and shall continue until the “Offering Termination Date,” which shall be the earliest of (i) the date on which the maximum number of Units (                  ) offered have been sold, (ii) the date on which the Company withdraws the Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which the Company files a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement deregistering any unsold Units, (iv)                   , 2014 or (v) such other date mutually agreeable to the parties hereto.

(d) Escrow Agent . Proceeds from the sale of the Units will be deposited into an escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, the form of which is attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, until a minimum of                  Units have been sold. All payments of, from or on account of such funds shall be made pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. The Company and you each shall have the option to accept or reject any offer to purchase Units from prospective purchasers, in whole or in part. The Company shall notify prospective purchasers as to whether their offers to purchase Units have been accepted. Any funds relating to an offer to purchase Units that is not accepted, in whole or in part, shall be promptly returned by the Escrow Agent. In the event the Company does not sell a minimum of                  Units by                  , 2014, escrowed funds will be promptly returned to investors without interest or deduction. In the event that a minimum of                  Units are sold by                  , 2014, the Company will close on those funds received and promptly issue the Units, all according to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

(e) Closing Date . As and when the closing of the Offering is effected, which shall be on or before the Offering Termination Date, and proceeds from the Units sold are received and accepted, on such date (the “Closing Date”) and at such time and place as determined by you (which determination shall be subject to the satisfaction on such date of the conditions contained herein), the funds received from purchasers will be delivered by the Escrow Agent to the Company, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, on the Closing Date.

(f) Selling Commissions . In consideration for your execution of this Agreement and for the performance of your obligations hereunder, the Company agrees to pay Capitol Securities Management, Inc., by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Closing Date, if any, a selling commission computed at the rate of (i) seven percent (7.0%) of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in the Offering to purchasers who were solicited by you and who are not Company Purchasers (as defined below), and (ii) two percent (2.0%) of the gross proceeds of Units sold in the Offering to purchasers referred to Capitol Securities Management, Inc. by the Company’s officers, directors or affiliates if such purchasers opened securities accounts with, and purchased such Units through, Capitol Securities Management, Inc. (“Company Purchasers”). The Company and you agree that all Units sold in the Offering will be sold at the public offering price. Capitol Securities Management, Inc. may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept orders for Units from Company Purchasers for any reason or no reason. Capitol Securities Management, Inc. will allocate commissions among the Sales Agents in accordance with the terms of the agreements among the Sales Agents.

 

10


(g) Finder’s Fees . Except as set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, neither you nor the Company, directly or indirectly, shall pay or award any finder’s fee, commission, or other compensation to any person engaged by a prospective purchaser for investment advice as an inducement to such advisor to advise the purchase of the Units or for any other purpose.

(h) Delivery of Units . Delivery of the Units shall be made at your offices or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Company and you, on such date as you may request (each a “Date of Delivery”). Such securities shall be issued in such denominations and registered in such names as you may request in writing at least three full business days before the Date of Delivery.

5. Covenants .

(a) Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with you as follows:

(i) Notices . Until the Offering Termination Date, the Company immediately will notify you, and confirm such notice in writing, (A) of any fact that would make inaccurate any representation or warranty by the Company, and (B) of any change in facts on which your obligation to perform under this Agreement is dependent.

(ii) Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective (if not yet effective at the date and time this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto). If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations or the filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations, and subject to the provisions of Section 5(a)(iii) of this Agreement, the Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will file the Prospectus, properly completed, pursuant to the applicable provisions of Rule 424(b) within the time prescribed. The Company will notify you immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (A) when the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, shall have become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus, or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (B) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (C) of any request by the Commission to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus or for additional information, and (D) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the suspension of the qualification of the Units for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution or threatening of any proceeding for any such purposes. The Company will use all reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or of any order preventing or suspending such use and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

11


(iii) Amendments to Registration Statement and Prospectus . The Company will not at any time file or make any amendment to the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement (A) to the Prospectus, if the Company has not elected to rely upon Rule 430A, or (B) if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A, to either the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective or to the Prospectus filed in accordance with Rule 424(b), in either case if you shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy thereof a reasonable time prior to the proposed filing, or if you or your counsel shall reasonably object to such amendment or supplement; provided, however, that if you shall have objected to such amendment or supplement, you shall cease your efforts to sell the Units until an amendment or supplement is filed.

(iv) Delivery of Registration Statement . The Company has delivered to you or will deliver to you, without expense to you, at such locations as you shall request, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amended Registration Statement is available, such number of signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of amended Registration Statements, if any, copies of all exhibits and documents filed therewith, and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, as you may reasonably request.

(v) Delivery of Prospectus . The Company will deliver to you at its expense, as soon as the Registration Statement shall have become effective and thereafter from time to time as requested during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as supplemented or amended) as you may reasonably request. Until the Offering Termination Date, the Company will comply, to the best of its ability, with the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Units as contemplated in this Agreement and in the prospectus. If the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Units and if at such time any events shall have occurred as result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered not misleading or, if for any reason it shall be necessary during the same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the 1933 Act, the Company will notify you and upon your request prepare and furnish without charge to you and to any dealer in securities as many copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus that will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance, and in case you are required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales of any of the Units, upon your request but at your expense, the Company will prepare and deliver to you as many copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the 1933 Act.

(vi) Blue Sky Qualification . The Company, in good faith and in cooperation with you, will use its best efforts to qualify the Units for offering and sale under (or obtain exemptions from the application of) the applicable “blue sky” or securities laws of such jurisdictions as you from time to time may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect until the date on which the Company ceases to be obligated to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to qualify as a foreign entity in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to

 

12


make any undertakings in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject or to take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not currently qualified or where it would be subject to taxation as a foreign entity where it is not now so subject. The Company will file such statements and reports as may be required by the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Units have been qualified as above provided.

(vii) Application of Net Proceeds . The Company will apply the net proceeds received from the sale of the Units in all material respects as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

(viii) Cooperation with Your Due Diligence . At all times prior to the Offering Termination Date, the Company will cooperate with you in such investigation as you may make or cause to be made of all the business and operations of the Company in connection with the sale of the Units, and will make available to you in connection therewith such information in its possession as you may reasonably request, all of which you agree to safeguard as the confidential information of the Company and to refrain from using for any purpose adverse to the interests of the Company.

(ix) Transfer Agent . The Company will act as or otherwise maintain a transfer agent and, if necessary under applicable jurisdictions, a registrar (which may be the same entity as the transfer agent) for the Units.

(x) NASDAQ . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts have the Units, the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

(xi) Actions of Company, Officers, Directors, and Affiliates . The Company will not and will use its best efforts to cause its officers, directors, and affiliates not to (i) take, directly or indirectly, prior to termination of the Offering contemplated by this Agreement, any action designed to stabilize or manipulate the price of any security of the Company, or that may cause or result in, or that might in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, (ii) other than under this Agreement, sell, bid for, purchase, or pay anyone any compensation for soliciting purchases of the Units or (iii) pay or agree to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting any order to purchase any other securities of the Company.

(b) Covenants of the Sales Agents . You covenant with the Company as follows:

(i) Information Provided . You have not provided and will not provide to the purchasers of Units any written or oral information regarding the business of the Company, including any representations regarding the Company’s financial condition or financial prospects, other than such information as is contained in the Prospectus. You further covenant that you will use your best efforts to comply in the offering of the Units with such purchaser suitability requirements as may be imposed by state securities or blue sky requirements.

 

13


(ii) Prospectus Supplements . Until the termination of this Agreement, if any event affecting the Prospectus, the Company or you shall occur which, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, should be set forth in a supplement to the Prospectus, you agree to distribute each supplement of the Prospectus to each person who has previously received a copy of the Prospectus from you and you further agree to include such supplement in all future deliveries of the Prospectus. You agree that following notice from the Company that a supplement to the Prospectus is necessary, you will cease further efforts to sell the Units until such a supplement is prepared and delivered to you.

(iii) Compliance with Laws, Etc . In connection with or in contemplation of your sale of the Units, you will comply in all material respects with applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations and the rules and regulations of applicable self- regulatory organizations (provided, however, that you shall be deemed not to have breached this covenant if your failure to so comply is based on a breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement and you shall have complied with Section 5(b)(ii) above).

6. Payment of Expenses . Except as is expressly provided to the contrary in Section 10 of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees that it will pay all fees and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (excluding fees and expenses of counsel for you, except as specifically set forth below), including (a)the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits), as originally filed and as amended, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, and the cost of furnishing copies thereof to you, (b) the preparation, printing, and distribution of this Agreement, the certificates representing the Securities, any Blue Sky Memoranda, and any instruments relating to any of the foregoing, (c) the issuance and delivery of the Units, including any transfer taxes payable thereon, (d) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel and accountants, (e) the qualification of the Units under applicable securities laws in accordance with Section 5(a)(vi) of this Agreement and any filing fee paid in connection with the review of the Offering by FINRA, including filing fees and fees and disbursements made in connection therewith and in connection with any Blue Sky Memoranda supplied to you by counsel for the Company, (f) all costs, fees, and expenses in connection with the application for qualifying the Units, Ordinary Shares and Warrants for quotation on the NASDAQ Capital Market, (g) the transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, if any, and all miscellaneous expenses referred to in the Registration Statement, (h) costs related to travel and lodging incurred by the Company and its representatives relating to meetings with and presentations to prospective purchasers of the Units reasonably determined by you to be necessary or desirable to effect the sale of the Units to the public, (i) any escrow arrangements in connection with the transactions described herein, including any compensation or reimbursement to the Escrow Agent for its services as such, and (j) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 6. In addition, on the Closing Date, the Company will pay Capitol Securities Management, Inc. an accountable expense allowance not to exceed one percent (1.0%) of the public offering price of the Units sold in the Offering, less any advances on such accountable expense allowance previously paid by the Company to you. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, no selling commissions will be paid to you and none of your expenses will be reimbursed in the event that the Offering does not close.

 

14


7. Conditions of Your Obligations . Your obligations hereunder shall be subject to, in your discretion, the following terms and conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:30 p.m. on the date of this Agreement or, at such later time or on such later date as you may agree to in writing; and as of the Closing Date no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or, to your knowledge or the knowledge of the Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of your counsel.

(b) Closing Date Matters . On the Closing Date, (i) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as they may then be amended or supplemented, in all material respects shall conform to the requirements of the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations; the Company shall have complied in all material respects with Rule 430A (if it shall have elected to rely thereon) and neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus, as they may then be amended or supplemented, shall contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) there shall not have been, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, any material adverse change in the business, prospects, properties, assets, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, (iii) no action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity shall be pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against the Company that would be required to be set forth in the Prospectus other than as set forth therein and no proceedings shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company before or by any federal, state or other commission, board or administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding could materially adversely affect the business, prospects, assets, results of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company other than as set forth in the Prospectus, (iv) the Company shall have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date, and (v) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement shall be accurate in all material respects as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date. On the Closing Date, you shall have received a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect and with respect to the following additional matters: (A) the Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to his knowledge, threatened under the 1933 Act; and (B) he has reviewed the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and, when the Registration Statement became effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to the delivery of such certificate, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto contained no untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

15


(c) Opinions of Foley & Lardner LLP and Maples and Calder . At the Closing Date, you shall receive the opinion of Foley & Lardner LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, to the effect of Exhibit A, and the opinion of Maples and Calder, special counsel for the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, to the effect of Exhibit B.

(d) Opinion of LeClairRyan, A Professional Corporation . At the Closing Date, you shall receive the opinion of LeClairRyan, A Professional Corporation, your counsel, with respect to such matters as you may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass on such matters.

(e) Comfort Letter . At the time that this Agreement is executed by the Company, you shall have received from Hacker Johnson & Smith, P.A., a letter, dated the date hereof and in form and substance satisfactory to you, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each Selected Dealer, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Company contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

(f) Updated Comfort Letter . At the Closing Date, you shall have received from Hacker Johnson & Smith, P.A., a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to you and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 7(e) above, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than five (5) days prior to the Closing Date.

(g) Post-Financial Developments . In the event that either of the letters to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7(e) and 7(f) above sets forth any changes, decreases or increases, it shall be a further condition to your obligations that you shall have reasonably determined, after discussions with officers of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and with Hacker Johnson & Smith, P.A., that such changes, decreases or increases as are set forth in such letter do not reflect a material adverse change in the capital stock, long-term debt, obligations under capital leases, total assets, net current assets, or shareholders’ equity of the Company as compared with the amounts shown in the latest balance sheet of the Company, or a material adverse change in the revenues or operating income before interest, depreciation and amortization for the Company.

(h) Additional Information . On the Closing Date, you shall have been furnished with all such documents, certificates and opinions as you may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling your counsel to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Units as contemplated in this Agreement and the matters referred to in Section 7(b), and in order to evidence the accuracy and completeness of, any of the representations, warranties or statements of the Company, the performance of any of the covenants of the Company, or the fulfillment of

 

16


any of the conditions herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the authorization, issuance and sale of the Units as contemplated in this Agreement, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to you and to your counsel. The Company will furnish you with such number of conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as you shall reasonably request. Any certificate signed by any officer, partner, or other official of the Company and delivered to you or your counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to you as to the statements made therein.

(i) Adverse Events . Subsequent to the date hereof, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the NASDAQ Capital Market, (ii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in the Commonwealth of Virginia, State of New York or United States, (iii) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war if the effect of any such event specified in this clause (iii) in your reasonable judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Units on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus, or (iv) such a material adverse change in general economic, political, financial or international conditions affecting financial markets in the United States having a material adverse impact on trading prices of securities in general, as, in your reasonable judgment, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering of the Units or the delivery of the Units on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(j) FINRA Review . FINRA, upon review of the terms of the Offering, shall not have objected to the Offering, the terms of the Offering or your participation in the Offering

(k) NASDAQ Quotation . The Units, Ordinary Shares and Warrants shall be approved for quotation on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 7 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by you on notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Date, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party, except as provided in Sections 6 and 10. Notwithstanding any such termination, the provisions of Section 8 shall remain in effect.

8. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification by the Company . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 8(a), the Company will indemnify and hold you harmless against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint or several, to which you may become subject under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of the Company herein contained or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse you for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by

 

17


you in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you expressly for use therein; provided further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(a) with respect to the Prospectus shall not inure to your benefit if you failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Units to such person in any case where such delivery is required by the 1933 Act or the Rules and Regulations and if the Prospectus would have cured any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, or liability. In addition to its other obligations under this Section 8(a), the Company agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry, or other proceeding arising out of or based upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, described in this Section 8(a), it will reimburse you on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry. or other proceeding (to the extent documented by reasonably itemized invoices therefor), notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of the Company’s obligation to reimburse you for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that any such interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, you shall promptly return it to the person(s) from whom it was received. Any such interim reimbursement payments that are not made to you within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the prime rate (or reference rate or other commercial lending rate for borrowers of the highest credit standing) published from time to time by The Wall Street Journal (the “Prime Rate”) from the date of such request. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have. For purposes of this Section 8, the information set forth in the second paragraph on the front cover page (insofar as such information relates to you) and under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus constitutes the only information furnished by you to the Company for inclusion in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement. The Company will not, without your prior written consent, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened action or claim or related cause of action or portion of such cause of action in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not you are a party to such action or claim), unless such settlement, compromise, or consent includes an unconditional release of you from all liability arising out of such action or claim (or related cause of action or portion thereof). The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(a) shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each person, if any, who controls you within the meaning of the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act to the same extent as such agreement applies to you.

(b) Indemnification by the Sales Agents . Subject to the limitations in this paragraph below, each of you, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any breach of any

 

18


warranty or covenant by you herein contained or any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that (i) such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by you expressly for use therein, or (ii) you failed to deliver an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus that the Company made available to you prior to the Closing Date and that corrected any statement or omission in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which forms the basis for a claim against the Company, and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action. In addition to its other obligations under this Section 8(b), you agree that, as an interim measure during the pendency of any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry, or other proceeding arising out of or based upon any statement or omission, or any alleged statement or omission, described in this Section 8(b), you will reimburse the Company on a monthly basis for all reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, action, investigation, inquiry, or other proceeding (to the extent documented by reasonably itemized invoices therefor), notwithstanding the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and enforceability of your obligation to reimburse the Company for such expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that any such interim reimbursement arrangement is so held to have been improper, the Company shall promptly return it to the person(s) from whom it was received. Any such interim reimbursement payments that are not made to the Company within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liabilities that you may otherwise have. You will not, without the Company’s prior written consent, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened action or claim or related cause of action or portion of such cause of action in respect of which indemnification may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Company is a party to such action or claim), unless such settlement, compromise, or consent includes an unconditional release of the Company from all liability arising out of such action or claim (or related cause of action or portion thereof). The indemnity agreement in this Section 8(b) shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to, and shall inure to the benefit of, each officer and director of the Company and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act to the same extent as such agreement applies to the Company.

(c) Notices of Claims; Employment of Counsel . Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 8 promptly shall notify in writing each party against which a claim is to be made under this Section 8 of the institution of such action but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party of any such action shall not relieve it from any liability it may have to any indemnified party except (i) to the extent that the omission to notify shall have caused or increased the indemnifying party’s liability or resulted in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights or defenses, and (ii) that the indemnifying party shall

 

19


be relieved of its indemnity obligation for expenses of the indemnified party incurred before the indemnifying party is notified. Such indemnifying party or parties shall assume the defense of such action, including the employment of counsel (reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party) and payment of fees and expenses. An indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties in connection with the defense of such action or the indemnifying party or parties shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action or such indemnified party or parties shall have been advised by counsel that there may be defenses available to it or them that are different from or additional to those available to such indemnifying party or parties (in which case such indemnifying party or parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by such indemnifying party or parties; provided that the indemnifying party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel. Anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, an indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such claim or action effected without its written consent.

(d) Arbitration . It is agreed that any controversy arising out of the operation of the interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in Sections 8(a) and 8(b) hereof, including the amounts of any requested reimbursement payments, the method of determining such amounts and the basis on which such amounts shall be apportioned among the indemnifying parties, shall be settled by arbitration conducted pursuant to the Code of Arbitration Procedure of FINRA. Any such arbitration must be commenced by service of a written demand for arbitration or a written notice of intention to arbitrate, therein electing the arbitration tribunal. In the event the party demanding arbitration does not make such designation of an arbitration tribunal in such demand or notice, then the party responding to said demand or notice is authorized to do so. Any such arbitration will be limited to the operation of the interim reimbursement provisions contained in Sections 8(a) and 8(b) hereof and will not resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability of the obligation to indemnify for expenses that is created by the provisions of Sections 8(a) and 8(b).

(e) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or 8(b) is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then the Company on the one hand and you on the other shall contribute to the amount paid or payable as a result of such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and you on the other from the offering of the Units. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then the Company and you shall contribute to such amount paid or payable in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and you on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and you on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering

 

20


(before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total selling commissions received by you in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or to information with respect to you and furnished by you respectively, in writing specifically for inclusion in the Prospectus on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission, The Company and you agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 8(e). The amount paid or payable as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 8(e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any such party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) with respect to the transactions giving rise to the right of contribution provided in this Section 8(e) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The obligations in this Section 8(e) for you to contribute are several in proportion to your respective underwriting obligations and not joint. For purposes of this Section 8(e), each person, if any, who controls you within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as you, and each director of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

9. Representations and Agreements to Survive . Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by you, or on your behalf, or by any controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Company, and shall survive until the fifth anniversary of the Offering Termination Date and the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

10. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination of Agreement . You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date if any of the conditions in Section 7(b) hereof have not been satisfied or otherwise waived by you, or if any of the events listed in Section 7(i) hereof occurs. If you elect to terminate the agreement as provided in this Section 10, you shall notify the Company promptly in writing. You shall have no liability to the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise as a result of any such termination.

 

21


(b) Result of Termination .

(i) If:

(A) you should terminate this Agreement upon the breach by the Company of any material term of this Agreement;

(B) the Offering fails to close by              , 2014, for reasons within the control of the Company (it being understood that to the extent the Company used reasonable good faith efforts to respond to comments on the Registration Statement from the Commission and any other applicable regulatory body, then the Offering shall not be deemed in accordance with this Agreement to have failed for reasons within the control of the Company);

(C) the Offering fails to close by              , 2014 due to reasons beyond the control of the Company or you (other than your inability to sell the Units due to adverse market conditions or as a result of any factor referenced in Section 7(i) of this Agreement); or

(D) the Company abandons the Offering,

then in addition to its obligations with respect to expenses as set forth in Section 6, the Company will reimburse you on demand for all your reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements (including the fees and expenses of your counsel) actually incurred by you in reviewing the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and in investigating and making preparations for the marketing of the Units up to a maximum of [$              ]. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount reimbursable shall not exceed the amount of out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred by you in compliance with applicable FINRA rules.

(ii) If the sale of the Units provided for herein is not consummated for any other reason, the Company shall pay expenses as required by Section 6, and neither party shall have any additional liability to the other except for such liabilities, if any, as may exist or thereafter arise under Section 8.

(iii) For purposes of clarification, if the closing of the Offering is not completed by              , 2014, this Agreement will expire and the Company will have no further obligation or liability hereunder except as set forth in Sections 6, 8, and 10 hereof and you will have no further obligation or liability hereunder except as set forth in Section 8 hereof.

11. Notices .

(a) Method and Location of Notices . All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be sent by overnight courier, hand-delivery, facsimile or electronic mail and confirmed as follows:

To the Company:

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Landmark Square, 1 st Floor

64 Earth Close

Grand Cayman, KY1-9006

 

22


Cayman Islands

Attention: Mr. Sanjay Madhu

Facsimile:

Email: jmadhu@oxbridgere.com

with a copy to:

Foley & Lardner LLP

100 North Tampa Street, Suite 2700

Tampa, Florida 33602

Attention: Curt P. Creely, Esq.

Facsimile: (813) 221-4210

Email: ccreely@foley.com

To the Sales Agents:

Capitol Securities Management, Inc.

100 Concourse Boulevard, Suite 101

Glen Allen, Virginia 23059

Attention: Mr. L. McCarthy Downs, III

Facsimile: (804) 648-3404

Email: mdowns@capitolsecurities.com

with a copy to:

LeClairRyan, A Professional Corporation

Riverfront Plaza, East Town

951 East Byrd Street, Eighth Floor

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Attention: Christopher J. Lange, Esq.

Facsimile: (804) 783-7689

Email: christopher.lange@leclairryan.com

(b) Time of Notices . Notice shall be deemed to be given by you to the Company or by the Company to you when it is sent by overnight courier, hand-delivery, facsimile or electronic mail as provided in Section 11(a).

12. Parties . This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon you, the Company and the controlling persons referred to in Section 8, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns. No other person shall have or be construed to have a legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained, time of day refers to United States Eastern Time. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

13. Governing Law, Construction, and Time . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

23


14. Description Headings . The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall together constitute a single instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

24


If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between you and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,
OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:    
Name:   Sanjay Madhu
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
On behalf of the Sales Agents:
CAPITOL SECURITIES MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:    
Name:   L. McCarthy Downs, III
Title:   Managing Director

 

25


SCHEDULE I

List of Sales Agents

Capitol Securities Management, Inc.


EXHIBIT A

Form of Foley & Lardner LLP Opinion

             , 2014

Capitol Securities Management, Inc.

100 Concourse Boulevard, Suite 101

Glen Allen, Virginia 23059

Attention: Mr. L. McCarthy Downs, III

Re: Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 7(c) of the Sales Agency Agreement (the “Sales Agency Agreement”), dated              , 2014, by and between Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, and each of the sales agents listed on Schedule I thereto, relating to the sale of a minimum of              units and a maximum of              units, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share, $0.0001 par value, and one warrant, of the Company. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Sales Agency Agreement.

We have acted as counsel to the Company in connection with the Sales Agency Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby. We have examined (a) the Sales Agency Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, (b) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (c) the Articles, as amended, and the Bylaws, as amended, of the Company, (d) the proceedings of and actions taken by the Board of Directors of the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Units, and (e) such other records, certificates and documents as we have considered necessary or appropriate to render the opinions set forth below. We have, among other things, relied upon the representations and warranties contained in, and made pursuant to the Sales Agency Agreement. As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon certificates of public officials and upon certificates of officers of the Company and have not sought to independently verify such matters.

In expressing the opinions set forth below, we have assumed and relied upon the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals from which any such copies were made, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all persons executing such documents and the due execution and delivery (other than by the Company) where due execution and delivery are prerequisites to the effectiveness thereof.

With regard to our opinion in paragraph 4 as to the absence of any stop order proceedings with respect the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act, we have relied solely upon our telephone call to the Commission, made as of the date of this opinion, that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and that no proceedings for that purpose have been initiated or threatened by the Commission. We have made no further investigation.


The opinions set forth in this letter are limited solely to the laws of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States of America, and we do not express any opinion regarding the laws of any other jurisdiction.

As used in this letter, the words “know,” “to our knowledge” and words of similar import, when referring to this firm, mean the actual knowledge of any lawyer in this firm who has given substantive attention to matters related to the Company on a regular basis over the past six months.

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations, and qualifications stated in this letter, we are of the opinion that:

1. The statements under the heading “Plan of Distribution” included in the Prospectus, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects.

2. The Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act. To our knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened and the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (other than consolidated financial statements and related schedules and other financial information contained therein, as to which we do not express an opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules thereunder.

3. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Units and the application of their proceeds as described in the Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”, will not be required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

4. Neither the issuance and sale of the Units, nor the compliance by the Company with the provisions of the Sales Agency Agreement nor the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder will, to our knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any (i) U.S. federal or New York statute, law, rule, or regulation, or (ii) judgment, order or decree known to us applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority in the United States having jurisdiction over the Company or its subsidiaries or any of its or their properties or assets.

5. To our knowledge, no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of, or with, any court or governmental agency or body of the State of New York or the United States (other than as required by any state securities or Blue Sky laws) is required for the issue and sale of the Units or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Sales Agency Agreement except such as have been obtained under the 1933 Act.


In addition to the opinions provided above, we confirm to you as follows: we have participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and in communications with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent accountants for the Company, counsel for the Sales Agent and representatives of the Sales Agent pursuant to which the contents of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and related matters were discussed and although we have not independently verified, and (except as to those matters and to the extent set forth in the opinions referred to in paragraph 2 above) are not passing upon and do not assume any responsibility for, the factual accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, on the basis of such participation, no facts have come to our attention which have caused us to believe that (i) at the time it became effective and as of the time the Sales Agency Agreement was entered into, the Registration Statement (other than the financial statements and other financial data, and the information of each such person as an “expert” within the meaning of the 1933 Act, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, as to which we do not express a belief), contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

This opinion letter is provided to you for your exclusive use solely in connection with the transactions described above and may not be relied upon by any other person for any other purpose without our prior written consent.

This opinion letter may not be used, quoted, referred to, copied, published, relied upon or furnished to any other person without our prior written consent. This opinion letter speaks only as of the date hereof and to its addressee and we have no responsibility or obligation to update this opinion, to consider its applicability or correctness to other than its addressee, or to take into account changes in law, facts or any other developments of which we may later become aware.

 

Very truly yours,
Foley & Lardner LLP


EXHIBIT B

Form of Maples and Calder Opinion

1. The Company has been duly organized and is an existing exempted company in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

2. When the Securities are issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Registration Statement, the Securities covered by the Registration Statement will then be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the Sales Agency Agreement by the Company under New York law, the Sales Agency Agreement (to the extent execution and delivery are governed the laws of New York) has been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (2013 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

(Adopted by Special Resolutions passed on                  and effective immediately upon the

closing of the Company’s initial public offering of Units representing one Ordinary Share and one

Warrant)


THE COMPANIES LAW (2013 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

(Adopted by Special Resolutions passed on                      and effective immediately upon the

closing of the Company’s initial public offering of Units representing one Ordinary Share and one

Warrant)

 

1 The name of the Company is Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.

 

2 The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3 The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5 The share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 50,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.001 each.

 

6 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7 Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Second Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Company adopted by Special Resolutions passed on                      and effective immediately upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of Units representing one Ordinary Share and one Warrant.


THE COMPANIES LAW (2013 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

(Adopted by Special Resolutions passed on                      and effective immediately upon the

closing of the Company’s initial public offering of Units representing one Ordinary Share and one

Warrant)

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

“Affiliate”

   means (i) in the case of a natural person, such person’s parents, parents-in-law, spouse, children or grandchildren, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by such person or any of the foregoing, (ii) in the case of an entity, a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity. The term “control” shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation, or the partnership or other entity (other than, in the case of corporation, share having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency), or having the power to control the management or elect a majority of members to the board of directors or equivalent decision-making body of such corporation, partnership or other entity.

“Articles”

   means these articles of association of the Company.

“Auditor”

   means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).

“Code”

   means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any federal statute from time to time in effect that has replaced such statute, and any reference in these Articles to a provision of the Code or a rule or regulation promulgated thereunder means such provision, rule or regulation as amended from time to time or any provision of a federal law, or any federal rule or regulation, from time to time in effect that has replaced such provision, rule or regulation.


“Company”

   means the above named company.

“Controlled Shares”

   means in reference to any Person means all Shares directly, indirectly or constructively owned by such Person as determined pursuant to Section 958 of the Code.

“Designated Stock Exchange”

   means the NASDAQ Stock Market or any other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which, any or all of, the Company’s Units, Warrants and Ordinary Shares are then traded.

“Directors”

   means the directors for the time being of the Company.

“Dividend”

   means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.

“Electronic Record”

   has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law.

“Electronic Transactions Law”

   means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.

“Eligible Investor”

   means a person eligible to hold Shares, as determined from time to time by the Directors.

“Member”

   has the same meaning as in the Statute.

“Memorandum”

   means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time.

“Ordinary Resolution”

   means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.

“Ordinary Share”

   has the same meaning as a Share.

“Oxbridge Reinsurance”

   means Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands which is the holder of a ‘Class C’ insurance licence issued by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority.

“Person”

   means any individual, company, corporation, firm, partnership, trust or any other business, enterprise, entity or person, whether or not recognised as constituting a separate legal entity.

 

2


“Register of Members”

   means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.

“Registered Office”

   means the registered office for the time being of the Company.

“Seal”

   means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.

“Share”

   means a share in the Company and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.

“Special Resolution”

   has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution.

“Statute”

   means the Companies Law (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.

“Subscriber”

   means the subscriber to the Memorandum.

“Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member”

   means a Person that, but for adjustments to the voting rights of shares pursuant to Article 22 would be a 9.9% U.S. Member.

“Transfer”

   means, in respect of any Share, any sale, assignment, exchange, transfer, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of that Share, and “ Transferred ” shall be construed accordingly.

“Treasury Share”

   means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.

“U.S. Person”

   means a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Unit”

   means an investment unit consisting of one Ordinary Share and one Warrant.

“Warrant”

   means a warrant representing a right to purchase one Ordinary Share exercisable at any time until 31 May 2018 at an exercise price of US$7.50.

“9.9% U.S. Member”

   means a U.S. Person whose Controlled Shares constitutes nine and nine-tenths per cent. (9.9%) or more of the voting power of the Shares and who would be generally required to recognise income with respect to the Company under Section 951(a)(1) of the Code if the Company were a controlled foreign corporation as defined in Section 957 of the Code and if the ownership threshold under Section 951(b) of the Code were 9.9%.

 

3


1.2 In the Articles:

 

  (a) words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

  (c) words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

  (d) “written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  (e) “shall” shall be construed as imperative and “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

  (f) references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

  (g) any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

  (h) the term “and/or” is used herein to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

  (i) headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

  (j) any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  (k) any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law;

 

  (l) sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply;

 

  (m) the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; and

 

  (n) the term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

2 Commencement of Business

 

2.1 The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

4


2.2 The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3 Issue of Shares

 

3.1 Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend or other distribution, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subscriber shall have the power to:

 

  (a) issue one Share to itself;

 

  (b) transfer that Share by an instrument of transfer to any person; and

 

  (c) update the Register of Members in respect of the issue and transfer of that Share.

 

3.2 The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

3.3 Unless determined by the Directors, the Company shall not issue any Shares in a manner that would by reason of such issuance cause the total Shares held by any Member to equal or equal or exceed nine and nine-tenths per cent. (9.9%) of the total Shares then issued and outstanding.

 

4 Register of Members

 

4.1 The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

4.2 The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

5 Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

5.1 For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days.

 

5.2 In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

5


5.3 If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

6 Certificates for Shares

 

6.1 A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to the Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6.2 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

6.3 If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

6.4 Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

7 Transfer of Shares

 

7.1 Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in any other form approved by the board of Directors and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or it nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the board of Directors may approve from time to time.

 

7.2 The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor. Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the board of Directors may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by the transferor or transferee to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered into the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the board of Directors from recognizing a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allotee in favour of some other person.

 

6


7.3 (a) The board of Directors may, in its absolute discretion (except with respect to a transfer from a Member to its Affiliates(s)), and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a transfer complies with the holder’s transfer obligations and restrictions set forth under the applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange (including, but not limited to U.S. securities law provisions related to insider trading) and these Articles, the Directors shall promptly register such transfer.

(b) The board of Directors in so far as permitted by any applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register of Members to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register of Members or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effective such transfer unless the board of Directors otherwise determines.

(c) Unless the board of Directors otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the board of Directors in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the board of Directors shall, without giving any reason therefore, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register of Members shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register of Members or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant registration office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register of Members, at the Office or such other place at which the Register of Members is kept in accordance with the Statute.

(d) Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the board of Directors may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:

 

  (i) a fee of such maximum sum as the board of Directors may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

  (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

  (iii) the instrument of transfer is lodged at the registration office or such other place as the Register of Members is kept in accordance with the Statute accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) or such other evidence as the board of Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

  (iv) the instrument of transfer is duly and properly signed.

(e) If the board of Directors refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

7


7.4 The registration of transfers may be suspended at such time and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine, provided always that such registration shall not be suspended for more than thirty (30) days in any year.

 

8 Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

8.1 Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Articles, the Memorandum, applicable law, including the Statute, and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company may:

 

  (a) issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may, before the issue of such shares, determine;

 

  (b) purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares) provided that the manner of purchase is in accordance with the following provisions (this authorization is in accordance with sections 37(2) and 37(3)(d) of the Statute or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force):

 

  (i) the Company is authorised to purchase any Share listed on a Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase: (1) the maximum number of shares that may be repurchased shall be equal to the number of issued and outstanding shares less one share, and (2) at such time, at not less than the Market Price, and on such other terms as determined and agreed by the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that (x) such repurchase transaction shall be in accordance with the relevant code, rules and regulations applicable to the listing of the shares on the Designated Stock Exchange; and (y) that the Company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business and be solvent immediately before and after the date on which the payment in respect of the repurchase transaction is proposed to be made; provided, further, that, in the case of a purchase of shares intended to comply with Rule 10b-18 promulgated under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the purchase price shall equal the prevailing market price at the time of such purchase as determined by independent bids or transaction prices, rather than the Market Price;

 

  (ii) the Company is authorised to purchase any Share not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange in accordance with the following manner of purchase: (1) the Company shall serve a repurchase notice in a form approved by the Board on the Member from whom the Shares are to be repurchased at least two (2) days prior to the date specified in the notice as being the repurchase date, (2) the price for the Shares being repurchased shall be such price agreed between the Board and the applicable Member, (3) the date of repurchase shall be the date specified in the repurchase notice, (4) the repurchase shall be on such other terms as specified in the repurchase notice as determined and agreed by the Board and the applicable Member in their sole discretion, and (5) the Company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business and be solvent immediately before and after the date on which the payment in respect of the repurchase transaction is proposed to be made; and

 

  (c) make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out of profits or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares

 

8


8.2 Any share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption

 

8.3 The redemption or purchase of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption or purchase of any other share.

 

8.4 The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such shares, make such payment in any form of consideration permitted by the Statute.

 

8.5 The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

9 Treasury Shares

 

9.1 The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

9.2 The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

10 Variation of Rights of Shares

 

10.1 If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis , except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

10.2 For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

10.3 The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

9


11 Commission on Sale of Shares

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12 Non Recognition of Trusts

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

13 Lien on Shares

 

13.1 The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon. The Company’s lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

13.2 The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

13.3 To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under the Articles.

 

13.4 The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

14 Call on Shares

 

14.1

Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the

 

10


  amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

14.2 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

14.3 The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

14.4 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

14.5 An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

14.6 The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

14.7 The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

14.8 No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

15 Forfeiture of Shares

 

15.1 If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

15.2 If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

15.3 A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

11


15.4 A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

15.5 A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

15.6 The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

16 Transmission of Shares

 

16.1 If a Member dies the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder) or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his Shares. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

16.2 Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such Share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such Share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

16.3

A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days of

 

12


  being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles) the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

17 Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

17.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a) increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

  (b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (c) convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

  (d) by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

  (e) cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

17.2 All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

17.3 Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

  (a) change its name;

 

  (b) alter or add to the Articles;

 

  (c) alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

  (d) reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

18 Offices and Places of Business

 

     Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

13


19 General Meetings

 

19.1 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

19.2 The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

19.3 Further to a resolution of the Directors, the Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members’ requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

19.4 A Members’ requisition is a requisition of Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than sixty-six point six-six (66.66%) per cent. in par value of the issued Shares which as at that date carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

19.5 The Members’ requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

19.6 If there are no Directors as at the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition or if the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of the requisitionists, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall be held no later than the day which falls three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one day period.

 

19.7 A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

20 Notice of General Meetings

 

20.1 At least seven (7) calendar days’ notice (but not more than sixty (60) calendar days’ notice) shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than ninety five per cent. in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

14


20.2 The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

21 Proceedings at General Meetings

 

21.1 No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. Two Members holding a majority in par value of the total issued Shares, as at the relevant record date pursuant to Article 5, being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.

 

21.2 A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

21.3 A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all of the Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations or other non-natural persons, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

21.4 If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members’ requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

21.5 The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairman of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman at such general meeting. If there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.6 If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.7 The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

21.8 When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

15


21.9 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands, the chairman demands a poll, or any other Member or Members collectively present in person or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy) and holding at least ten per cent. in par value of the Shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting demand a poll.

 

21.10 Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost or not carried by a particular majority, an entry to that effect in the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

21.11 The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

21.12 Except on a poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment, a poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

21.13 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

21.14 In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

22 Votes of Members

 

22.1 Subject to Articles 22.8-22.10 and subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, on a show of hands every Member who (being an individual) is present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person is present by its duly authorised representative or by proxy, shall have one (1) vote and on a poll every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder. No cumulative voting shall be allowed.

 

22.2 In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

22.3 A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

22.4 No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

16


22.5 No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

22.6 On a poll or on a show of hands votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall state which proxy is entitled to vote on a show of hands and shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

22.7 On a poll, a Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed.

 

22.8 No Member shall be permitted to vote any Shares for or against the appointment or removal of Directors or directors of any subsidiary of the Company that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal tax purposes if the holding of the power to vote such shares would cause any Person to be a 9.9% U.S. Member of the Company or any such subsidiary.

 

22.9 The voting power of each Share is hereby adjusted (and shall be automatically adjusted in the future) to the extent necessary so that no U.S. Person is a 9.9% U.S. Member. This Article 22.9 shall be applied prior to the application of Article 22.8. The board of Directors shall implement the foregoing in the manner provided below:

 

  (a) The board of Directors shall from time to time, including prior to any time at which a vote of Members is taken, take all reasonable steps to ascertain through communication with Members or otherwise, whether there exists, or will exist at the time any vote of Members is taken, a Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member.

 

  (b)

In the event that a Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member exists, the aggregate votes conferred by Shares held by a Member which are treated as Controlled Shares of that Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member shall be reduced to the extent necessary such that the Controlled Shares of that Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member will constitute less than 9.9% of the voting power of all Shares. In applying the previous sentence where Shares held by more than one Member are treated as Controlled Shares of such Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member, the reduction in votes shall apply to such Members in descending order according to their respective Attribution Percentages, provided that, in the event of a tie, the reduction shall apply first to the Member whose Shares are Controlled Shares of the Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member by virtue of the Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member’s economic interest in (as opposed to voting control with respect to) such Shares. The votes attributable to Shares of Members owning no Shares treated as Controlled Shares of any Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member shall, in the aggregate, be increased by the same number of votes subject to reduction as described above. Such increase shall apply to all such Members in proportion to their voting power at that time, provided that such increase shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid causing any person to be a 9.9% U.S. Member.

 

17


  The adjustments of voting power described in this Article shall apply repeatedly until there would be no 9.9% U.S. Member. The board of Directors may deviate from any of the principles described in this Article and determine that Shares held by a Member shall carry different voting rights as it determines appropriate (1) to avoid the existence of any 9.9% U.S. Member or (2) to avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any other Member or its affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, in applying the provisions of this Article 22, each Share may carry a fraction of a vote.

 

22.10 Any Member that acquires actual knowledge that it is a Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member or that the Shares that it owns are Controlled Shares of a Tentative 9.9% U.S. Member shall give notice to the Company within fifteen (15) days following the date of acquisition of such actual knowledge. The board of Directors shall have the authority to request from any Member, and such Member shall provide, such information as the board of Directors may request for the purpose of determining whether any Member’s voting rights are to be adjusted pursuant to this Article 22. If such Member fails to respond to such a request, or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to such a request, the board of Directors may in its sole and absolute discretion determine that such Member’s Shares shall carry no voting rights, in which case such Shares shall not carry any voting rights until otherwise determined by the board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

23 Proxies

 

23.1 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

23.2 The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

23.3 The chairman may in any event at his discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairman, shall be invalid.

 

23.4 The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

18


23.5 Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

24 Corporate Members and Clearing Houses

 

24.1 Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

24.2 If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorize such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorization shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person so authorised pursuant to this provision shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company holding the number and class of shares specified in such authorization

 

25 Shares that May Not be Voted

 

     Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

26 Directors

 

     There shall be a board of Directors consisting of six (6) Directors (exclusive of alternate Directors) provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors.

 

27 Powers of Directors

 

27.1 Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

27.2 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

19


27.3 The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

27.4 The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

27.5 The board of Directors may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the board of Directors on various corporate governance related matters, as the board of Directors shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

28 Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

28.1 The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.

 

28.2 The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

29 Vacation of Office of Director

 

     The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

  (a) the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

  (b) the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

  (c) the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

30 Proceedings of Directors

 

30.1 The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be a majority of the Directors. A person who holds office as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director who also acts as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, count twice towards the quorum.

 

30.2 Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

20


30.3 A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is located at the start of the meeting.

 

30.4 A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointor and if such alternate Director is also a Director, being entitled to sign such resolution both on behalf of his appointer and in his capacity as a Director) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

30.5 A Director or alternate Director may, or other officer of the Company on the direction of a Director or alternate Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis .

 

30.6 The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

30.7 The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

30.8 All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director or alternate Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

30.9 A Director but not an alternate Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

21


31 Presumption of Assent

 

     A Director or alternate Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director or alternate Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

32 Directors’ Interests

 

32.1 A Director or alternate Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

32.2 A Director or alternate Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

32.3 A Director or alternate Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

32.4 No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director or alternate Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

32.5 A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

33 Minutes

 

     The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

 

22


34 Delegation of Directors’ Powers

 

34.1 The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any Director holding any other executive office such of their powers, authorities and discretions as they consider desirable to be exercised by him provided that an alternate Director may not act as managing director and the appointment of a managing director shall be revoked forthwith if he ceases to be a Director. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.2 The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.3 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

34.4 The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

34.5 The Directors may appoint such officers of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any secretary) as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer of the Company may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An officer of the Company may vacate his office at any time if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns his office.

 

35 Alternate Directors

 

35.1 Any Director (but not an alternate Director) may by writing appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and by writing may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

23


35.2 An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, to sign any written resolution of the Directors, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

35.3 An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

35.4 Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by notice to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

35.5 Subject to the provisions of the Articles, an alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

36 No Minimum Shareholding

 

     The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

37 Remuneration of Directors

 

37.1 The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

37.2 The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

38 Seal

 

38.1 The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

38.2 The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

24


38.3 A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

39 Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

39.1 Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute.

 

39.2 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

39.3 The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

39.4 The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

39.5 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

39.6 The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

39.7 Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

25


39.8 No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

39.9 Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

40 Capitalisation

 

     The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

41 Books of Account

 

41.1 The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

41.2 The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

41.3 The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

26


42 Audit

 

42.1 The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

42.2 Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

42.3 Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

43 Notices

 

43.1 Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent by airmail.

 

43.2 Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

43.3 A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

43.4

Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice (which shall include his voting entitlement) on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice

 

27


  shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

44 Winding Up

 

44.1 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

  (a) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

  (b) if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

44.2 If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

45 Indemnity and Insurance

 

45.1 Every Director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

28


45.2 The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

45.3 Notwithstanding the last proceeding Article, the Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

46 Financial Year

 

     Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

47 Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

     If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

48 Mergers and Consolidations

 

     The Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Statute), upon such terms as the Directors may determine.

 

29

Exhibit 4.1

WARRANT AGREEMENT

This Warrant Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                  , 2014 (the “ Issuance Date ”) between Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, with offices at Landmark Square, Suite 1A, 64 Earth Close, P.O. Box 469, Grand Cayman, KY1-9006, Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, with offices at 1717 Arch Street, Suite 1300, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 (the “ Warrant Agent ”).

WHEREAS , the Company is engaged in a public offering of units (the “ Units ”) and, in connection therewith, has determined to issue and deliver up to                  warrants (the “ Warrants ”) to the public investors, with each such Warrant evidencing the right of the holder thereof to purchase one ordinary share of the Company, $0.001 (USD) par value per share (“ Ordinary Share ”), subject to adjustment as described herein;

WHEREAS , the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-                  (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Registration Statement ”) for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) of, among other securities, the Units, the Warrants and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants (the “ Warrant Shares ”);

WHEREAS , the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, cancellation and exercise of the Warrants;

WHEREAS , the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

WHEREAS , all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent as provided herein, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment of Warrant Agent . The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.


2. Warrants .

2.1 Form of Warrant . Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein, and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the President or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or such other officer(s) of the Company designated by its board of directors. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, such Warrant may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be in such capacity at the date of issuance. All of the Warrants shall initially be represented by one or more book-entry certificates (each, a “ Book-Entry Warrant Certificate ”).

2.2 Effect of Countersignature . Unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

2.3 Registration .

2.3.1 Warrant Register . The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (the “ Warrant Register ”) for the registration of the original issuance and the registration of any transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company. To the extent the Warrants are “DTC Eligible” as of the Issuance Date, all of the Warrants shall be represented by one or more Book-Entry Warrant Certificates deposited with the Depository Trust Company (the “ Depository ”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of the Depository. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Book-Entry Warrant Certificates shall be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership shall be effected through, records maintained (i) by the Depository or its nominee for each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate; (ii) by institutions that have accounts with the Depository (such institution, with respect to a Warrant in its account, a “ Participant ”); or (iii) directly on the book-entry records of the Warrant Agent with respect only to owners of beneficial interests that represent such direct registration.

If the Warrants are not “DTC Eligible” as of the Issuance Date or the Depository subsequently ceases to make its book-entry settlement system available for the Warrants, the Company may instruct the Warrant Agent to make other arrangements for book-entry settlement within ten (10) days after the Depository ceases to make its book-entry settlement available. In the event that the Company does not make alternative arrangements for book-entry settlement within ten (10) days or the Warrants are not eligible for, or it is no longer necessary to have the Warrants available in, book-entry form, the Depository shall deliver to the Warrant Agent for cancellation each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, and the Company shall instruct the Warrant Agent to deliver to the Depository definitive Warrant Certificates in physical form evidencing such Warrants. Such definitive Warrant Certificates shall be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

2.3.2 Beneficial Owners; Registered Holder . Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant shall be registered upon the Warrant Register (the “ registered holder ”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant made by

 

2


anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent) for the purpose of any exercise thereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Any person in whose name ownership of a beneficial interest in the Warrants evidenced by a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate is recorded in the records maintained by the Depository or its nominee shall be deemed the “beneficial owner” thereof.

2.4 Detachability of Warrants . The securities comprising the Units will be separately transferable immediately upon the commencement of trading of the Ordinary Shares and the Warrants on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

2.5 Uncertificated Warrants . Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything else herein to the contrary, the Warrants may be issued in uncertificated form.

3. Terms and Exercise of Warrants .

3.1 Warrant Price . Each Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company one Ordinary Share, at the price of $              per share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1. The term “ Warrant Price ” as used in this Agreement refers to the price per share at which Ordinary Shares may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date and will provide written notification of any Warrant Price modification to the Warrant Agent.

3.2 Duration of Warrants . A Warrant may be exercised only during the period (the “ Exercise Period ”) commencing on                  , 20      and terminating at 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time on the earlier to occur of (i)                   , 20      and (ii) the day prior to the date fixed for cancellation of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of this Agreement (“ Expiration Date ”). Each Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become null and void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at the close of business on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date and will provide written notification of the delayed Expiration Date to the Warrant Agent.

3.3 Exercise of Warrants .

3.3.1 Exercise and Payment . A registered holder may exercise a Warrant by delivering, not later than 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on any business day during the Exercise Period (the “ Exercise Date ”) to the Warrant Agent at its corporate department (i) the Warrant Certificate evidencing the Warrants to be exercised, or, in the case of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, the Warrants to be exercised shown on the records of the Depository (the “ Book-Entry Warrants ”) (ii) an election to purchase the Warrant Shares underlying the Warrants to be exercised (“ Election to Purchase ”), properly completed and executed by the registered holder on the reverse of the Warrant Certificate or, in the case of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, properly delivered by the Participant in accordance with the Depository’s procedures, and (iii) the Warrant Price for each Warrant to be exercised in lawful money of the United States of America by certified or official bank check or by bank wire transfer in immediately available funds, in each case payable to the order of the Company.

 

3


If any of (A) the Warrant Certificate or the Book-Entry Warrants, (B) the Election to Purchase, or (C) the Warrant Price therefor, is received by the Warrant Agent after 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on the specified Exercise Date, the Warrants shall be deemed to be received and exercised on the business day next succeeding the Exercise Date. If the date specified as the Exercise Date is not a business day, the Warrants shall be deemed to be received and exercised on the next succeeding day that is a business day. If the Warrants are received or deemed to be received after the Expiration Date, the exercise thereof shall be null and void and any funds delivered to the Warrant Agent will be returned to the registered holder or the Participant, as the case may be, as soon as practicable. In no event will interest accrue on funds deposited with the Warrant Agent in respect of an exercise or attempted exercise of Warrants. The validity of any exercise of Warrants shall be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, and such determination shall be final and binding upon the registered holder or the Participant, as applicable, and the Warrant Agent. Neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall have any obligation to inform a registered holder or the Participant, as applicable, of the invalidity of any exercise of Warrants.

The Warrant Agent shall deposit all funds received by it in payment of the Warrant Price in the account of the Company maintained with the Warrant Agent for such purpose and shall advise the Company either via telephone or via email within twenty-four hours following receipt of such funds for the exercise of the Warrants and the amount so deposited to its account.

3.3.2 Issuance of Shares . The Warrant Agent shall, by 11:00 a.m. Philadelphia time, on the business day following the Exercise Date of any Warrant, advise the Company or the transfer agent and registrar in respect of (a) the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) the instructions of each registered holder or Participant, as the case may be, with respect to delivery of the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, and the delivery of definitive Warrant Certificates, as appropriate, evidencing the balance, if any, of the Warrants remaining after such exercise, (c) in case of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, the notation that shall be made to the records maintained by the Depository, its nominee for each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, or a Participant, as appropriate, evidencing the balance, if any, of the Warrants remaining after such exercise and (d) such other information as the Company or such transfer agent and registrar shall reasonably require.

The Company shall, by 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on the third business day next succeeding the Exercise Date of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, execute, issue and deliver to the Warrant Agent, the Warrant Shares to which such registered holder or Participant, as the case may be, is entitled, in fully registered form, registered in such name or names as may be directed by such registered holder or Participant, as the case may be. Upon receipt of such Warrant Shares, the Warrant Agent shall, by 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on the fifth Business Day next succeeding such Exercise Date, transmit such Warrant Shares to or upon the order of the registered holder or Participant, as the case may be.

 

4


In lieu of delivering physical certificates representing the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of any Warrants, provided the Company’s transfer agent is participating in the Depository’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer program, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause its transfer agent to electronically transmit the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise to the Depository by crediting the account of the Depository or of the Participant, as the case may be, through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission system. The time periods for delivery described in the immediately preceding paragraph shall apply to the electronic transmittals described herein.

3.3.3 Valid Issuance . All Ordinary Shares issued upon the proper exercise of any Warrants in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3.3.4 No Fractional Exercise . Warrants may be exercised only into whole numbers of Warrant Shares. No fractional Warrant Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of a Warrant, but rather the number of Warrant Shares to be issued shall be rounded up or down, as applicable, to the nearest whole number. If fewer than all of the Warrants evidenced by a Warrant Certificate are exercised, a new Warrant Certificate for the number of unexercised Warrants remaining shall be executed by the Company and countersigned by the Warrant Agent as provided in Section 2 of this Agreement, and delivered to the holder of the Warrant Certificate at the address specified on the books of the Warrant Agent or as otherwise specified by such registered holder. If fewer than all the Warrants evidenced by a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate are exercised, a notation shall be made to the records evidencing the balance of the Warrants remaining after such exercise.

3.3.5 No Transfer Taxes . The Company shall not be required to pay any stamp or other tax or governmental charge required to be paid in connection with any transfer involved in the issue of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of Warrants; and in the event that any such transfer is involved, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any Warrant Shares until such tax or other charge shall have been paid or it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that no such tax or other charge is due.

3.3.6 Date of Issuance . Each person in whose name any such certificate for Ordinary Shares is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on the date on which the applicable Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

4. Adjustments .

4.1 Stock Dividends — Split-Ups . If after the Issuance Date, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Ordinary Shares, or by a split-up of Ordinary Shares, or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Ordinary Shares upon the delivery of written direction to the Warrant Agent.

 

5


4.2 Aggregation of Shares . If after the Issuance Date, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Ordinary Shares upon the delivery of written direction to the Warrant Agent.

4.3 Adjustments in Exercise Price . Whenever the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter. No adjustment will be made on the records of the Warrant Agent without written confirmation of the change from the Company.

4.4 Replacement of Securities Upon Reorganization, Etc . In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than a change covered by Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Ordinary Shares of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Ordinary Shares covered by Section 4.1 or Section 4.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and this Section 4.4. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

4.5 Notices of Changes in Warrant . Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail

 

6


the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the Warrant Register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

4.6 No Fractional Ordinary Shares . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional Ordinary Shares upon exercise of Warrants and no payment will be made with respect to any fractional Ordinary Share to which any holder of Warrants might otherwise be entitled upon exercise of Warrants.

4.7 Form of Warrant . The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

5. Transfer and Exchange of Warrants .

5.1 Registration of Transfer . The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. The Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

5.2 Procedure for Surrender of Warrants . Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer reasonably acceptable to the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the registered holder thereof, or by a duly authorized attorney, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein or in any Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate may be transferred only in whole and only to the Depository, to another nominee of the Depository, to a successor depository, or to a nominee of a successor depository; and provided, further, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend. Upon any such registration of transfer, the Company shall execute, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of any authorized denomination evidencing in the aggregate a like number of unexercised Warrants.

 

7


5.3 Fractional Warrants . The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a Warrant Certificate for a fraction of a Warrant.

5.4 Service Charges . No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

5.5 Warrant Execution and Countersignature . The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

6. Cancellation of Warrants .

6.1 Cancellation . Subject to Section 6.4 hereof, the outstanding Warrants may be cancelled at the option of the Company, at any time before the expiration of the Warrants and after                  , 20      , upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, provided that the closing price per Ordinary Share has exceeded $              for at least ten (10) trading days within any period of twenty (20) consecutive trading days, including the last trading day of the period.

6.2 Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Cancellation . In the event that the Company shall elect to cancel all or a portion of the Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the cancellation. The date of cancellation shall be a date which is more than 30 calendar days, but less than 60 calendar days after a notice of cancellation is mailed by the Company by first class mail to the holders of the Warrants at their last addresses as they shall appear in the Company’s Warrant Register. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder receives such notice.

6.3 Exercise After Notice of Cancellation . The Warrants may be exercised at any time after notice of cancellation has been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the close of business on the business day that is one day prior to the date fixed for cancellation. On and after the cancellation date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights under the Warrants.

6.4 Outstanding Warrants Only . The Company understands that the cancellation rights provided for by this Section 6 apply only to outstanding Warrants.

7. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants .

7.1 No Rights As Shareholder . A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends or other distributions, to exercise any preemptive rights, or to vote or to consent or to receive notice as a shareholder in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

 

8


7.2 Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants . If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity (including obtaining an open penalty bond protecting the Warrant Agent) or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

7.3 Reservation of Ordinary Shares . The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

7.4 Registration of Ordinary Shares . The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement for the registration, under the Act, of, and it shall take such action as is necessary to qualify for sale, in those states in which the Warrants were initially offered by the Company, the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such Registration Statement until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

8. Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters .

8.1 Obligations of the Warrant Agent . The Warrant Agent:

8.1.1 shall have no duties or obligations other than those set forth herein and no duties or obligations shall be inferred or implied;

8.1.2 may rely on and shall be held harmless by the Company in acting upon any certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, facsimile transmission, telegram or other document, or any security delivered to it, and reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been made or signed by the proper party or parties;

8.1.3 may rely on and shall be held harmless by the Company in acting upon written or oral instructions or statements from the Company with respect to any matter relating to its acting as the Warrant Agent;

8.1.4 may consult with counsel satisfactory to it (including counsel for the Company) and shall be held harmless by the Company in relying on the advice or opinion of such counsel in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion of such counsel;

 

9


8.1.5 solely shall make the final determination as to whether or not a Warrant received by the Warrant Agent is duly, completely and correctly executed, and the Warrant Agent shall be held harmless by the Company in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Warrant Agent hereunder in good faith and in accordance with its determination;

8.1.6 shall not be obligated to take any legal or other action hereunder which might, in its judgment subject or expose it to any expense or liability unless it shall have been furnished with an indemnity satisfactory to it; and

8.1.7 shall not be liable or responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of its obligations relating to this Agreement, including without limitation obligations under applicable regulation or law.

8.2 Payment of Taxes . The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in connection with the issuance or delivery of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the Warrants or such Warrant Shares. The Warrant Agent shall not register any transfer or issue or deliver any Warrant Certificate(s) or Warrant Shares unless or until the persons requesting such registration or issuance shall have paid to the Warrant Agent, for the account of the Company, the amount of such tax, if any, or shall have established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company that such tax, if any, has been paid.

8.3 Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent .

8.3.1 Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent . The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of a Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent (but not the initial Warrant Agent), whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as the Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent, the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

 

10


8.3.2 Notice of Successor Warrant Agent . In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

8.3.3 Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent . Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

8.4 Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent .

8.4.1 Remuneration . The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration, in an amount separately agreed to between the Company and the Warrant Agent, for its services as the Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder. One half of the total Warrant Agent fees (not including postage) must be paid upon execution of this Agreement. The remaining half must be paid within fifteen (15) business days thereafter. An invoice for any out-of-pocket and/or per item fees incurred will be rendered to and payable by the Company within fifteen (15) days of the date of said invoice. It is understood and agreed that all services to be performed by the Warrant Agent shall cease if full payment for its services has not been received in accordance with the above schedule, and said services will not commence thereafter until all payment due has been received by the Warrant Agent.

8.4.2 Further Assurances . The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

8.5 Liability of Warrant Agent .

8.5.1 Reliance on Company Statement . Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

8.5.2 Indemnity . The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, claims, losses, damages, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

 

11


8.5.3 Limitation of Liability . Other than directly as a result of the Warrant Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, the Warrant Agent’s aggregate liability, if any, during the term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or from all services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the amounts paid or payable hereunder by the Company to the Warrant Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses.

8.5.4 Disputes . In the event any question or dispute arises with respect to the proper interpretation of this Agreement or the Warrant Agent’s duties hereunder or the rights of the Company or of any holder of a Warrant, the Warrant Agent shall not be required to act and shall not be held liable or responsible for refusing to act until the question or dispute has been judicially settled (and the Warrant Agent may, if it deems it advisable, but shall not be obligated to, file a suit in interpleader or for a declaratory judgment for such purpose) by final judgment rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction, binding on all parties interested in the matter which is no longer subject to review or appeal, or settled by a written document in form and substance satisfactory to the Warrant Agent and executed by the Company and each other interested party.

8.5.5 Exclusions . The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Warrant Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any Warrant Shares will, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

8.6 Acceptance of Agency . The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and, among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all moneys received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Warrant Shares through the exercise of Warrants.

 

12


9. Miscellaneous Provisions .

9.1 Successors . All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

9.2 Notices . Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

10 Market Street

Suite 469, Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9006

Cayman Islands

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

1717 Arch Street

Suite 1300

Philadelphia, PA 19103

Attn: Compliance Department

with a copy in each case to:

Foley & Lardner LLP

100 North Tampa Street, Suite 2700

Tampa, Florida 33602

Attn: Curt P. Creely, Esq.

and

Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.

2 Journal Square Plaza

Jersey City, New Jersey 07306

Attn: General Counsel

 

13


9.3 Applicable Law . The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The Company and the Warrant Agent hereby agree that any action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Warrant Agent hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Warrant Agent may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Warrant Agent in any action, proceeding or claim.

9.4 Persons Having Rights Under This Agreement . Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement herein. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.

9.5 Examination of the Warrant Agreement . A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

9.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of original, facsimile or .pdf counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

9.7 Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

9.8 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders.

9.9 Severability . This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.

 

14


9.10 Force Majeure . In the event either party is unable to perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement because of acts of God, strikes, failure of carrier or utilities, equipment or transmission failure or damage that is reasonably beyond its control, or any other cause that is reasonably beyond its control, such party shall not be liable for damages to the other for any damages resulting from such failure to perform or otherwise from such causes. Performance under this Agreement shall resume when the affected party or parties are able to perform substantially that party’s duties.

9.11 Consequential Damages . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for any consequential, indirect, special or incidental damages under any provision of this Agreement or for any consequential, indirect, punitive, special or incidental damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder even if that party has been advised of or has foreseen the possibility of such damages.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:

    OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED
      By:    
    Name:    
    Title:    

 

Attest:

   

BROADRIDGE CORPORATE ISSUER

SOLUTIONS, INC.

      By:    
    Name:    
    Title:    


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF WARRANT CERTIFICATE

THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE CANNOT BE TRANSFERRED OR EXCHANGED UNTIL THE DATE (THE “DETACHMENT DATE”) ESTABLISHED FOR SEPARATION FROM THE ORDINARY SHARES TO WHICH THIS WARRANT IS ATTACHED EXCEPT AS PART OF A UNIT OF OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED.

EXERCISABLE ONLY IF COUNTERSIGNED BY THE WARRANT

AGENT AS PROVIDED HEREIN

Warrant Certificate evidencing Warrants to Purchase

Ordinary Shares, $0.001 (USD) par value per share, as described herein

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

 

No.                                                  CUSIP No.                                         

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., PHILADELPHIA TIME,

ON                  , 20      , OR UPON EARLIER CANCELLATION

This certifies that                      is the registered holder of the above indicated number of warrants to purchase certain securities (each a “ Warrant ”). Each Warrant entitles the holder thereof, subject to the provisions contained herein and in the Warrant Agreement (as defined below), to purchase from Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), one of the Company’s Ordinary Shares (each, a “ Share ”) at the Exercise Price set forth below. The exercise price of each Warrant (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be $              initially, subject to adjustments as set forth in the Warrant Agreement (as defined below).

Subject to the terms of the Warrant Agreement, each Warrant evidenced hereby may be exercised at any time, as specified herein, on any Business Day (as defined below) occurring during the period (the “ Exercise Period ”) commencing on                  , 20      and ending at 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on the earlier to occur of (i)                   , 20      and (ii) the day prior to the date fixed for cancellation of the Warrants as provided in Section 6 of the Warrant Agreement (the “ Expiration Date ”). Each Warrant remaining unexercised after 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time on the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights of the holder of this Warrant Certificate evidencing such Warrant shall cease.

The holder of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate may exercise any Warrant by delivering, not later than 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on any Business Day during the Exercise Period (the “ Exercise Date ”) to Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc. (the “ Warrant Agent ,” which term includes any successor warrant agent under the Warrant Agreement described below) at its corporate trust department (i) this Warrant Certificate evidencing the Warrants to be exercised, or, in the case of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate (as


defined in the Warrant Agreement), the Warrants to be exercised (the “ Book-Entry Warrants ”) as shown on the records of The Depository Trust Company (the “ Depository ”) to an account of the Warrant Agent at the Depository designated for such purpose in writing by the Warrant Agent to the Depository, (ii) an election to purchase (“ Election to Purchase ”), properly completed and executed (A) by the holder hereof on the reverse of this Warrant Certificate or (B) in the case of a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, by the institution in whose account the Warrant is recorded on the records of the Depository (the “ Participant ”) substantially in the form included on the reverse hereof, as applicable and (iii) the Exercise Price for each Warrant to be exercised in lawful money of the United States of America by certified or official bank check or by bank wire transfer in immediately available funds, in each case payable to the order of the Company.

If any of (a) the Warrant Certificate or the Book-Entry Warrants, (b) the Election to Purchase, or (c) the Exercise Price therefor, is received by the Warrant Agent after 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on the specified Exercise Date, the Warrants shall be deemed to be received and exercised on the Business Day next succeeding the Exercise Date. If the date specified as the Exercise Date is not a Business Day, the Warrants shall be deemed to be received and exercised on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day. If the Warrants are received or deemed to be received after the Expiration Date, the exercise thereof shall be null and void and any funds delivered to the Warrant Agent will be returned to the registered holder or the Participant, as the case may be, as soon as practicable. In no event will interest accrue on funds deposited with the Warrant Agent in respect of an exercise or attempted exercise of Warrants. The validity of any exercise of Warrants shall be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, and such determination shall be final and binding upon the registered holder or the Participant, as applicable, and the Warrant Agent. Neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall have any obligation to inform a registered holder or the Participant, as applicable, of the invalidity of any exercise of Warrants.

As used herein, the term “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday or Sunday and is not a United States federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions generally are authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close in New York City.

No fractional Ordinary Shares are to be issued upon the exercise of any Warrant and no payment will be made with respect to any fractional Ordinary Shares to which any holder of Warrants might otherwise be entitled upon exercise of Warrants.

If fewer than all of the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are exercised, a new Warrant Certificate for the number of unexercised Warrants remaining shall be executed by the Company and countersigned by the Warrant Agent as provided in Section 2 of the Warrant Agreement, and delivered to the holder of the Warrant Certificate at the address specified on the books of the Warrant Agent or as otherwise specified by such registered holder. If fewer than all the Warrants evidenced by a Book-Entry Warrant Certificate are exercised, a notation shall be made to the records evidencing the balance of the Warrants remaining after such exercise.


This Warrant Certificate is issued under and in accordance with the Warrant Agreement, dated as of                  , 20      (the “ Warrant Agreement ”), between the Company and the Warrant Agent and is subject to the terms and provisions contained in the Warrant Agreement, to all of which terms and provisions the holder of this Warrant Certificate and the beneficial owners of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate consent by acceptance hereof. Copies of the Warrant Agreement are on file and can be inspected at the above-mentioned office of the Warrant Agent and at the office of the Company at Landmark Square, Suite 1A, 64 Earth Close, P.O. Box 469, Grand Cayman, KY1-9006, Cayman Islands.

After                  , 20      , the Company may, at its option, cancel the then outstanding Warrants upon giving notice in accordance with the terms of the Warrant Agreement (the “ Cancellation Notice ”), provided , that the closing price per share of the Company’s Ordinary Shares has exceeded $              for at least ten (10) trading days within any period of twenty (20) consecutive trading days, including the last trading day of the period. In the event that the Company shall elect to cancel all or a portion of the then outstanding Warrants, the Company shall fix a date for the cancellation (the “ Cancellation Date ”). The Warrants may be exercised in accordance with the terms of this Agreement at any time after a Cancellation Notice shall have been given by the Company; provided , however , that no Warrants may be exercised subsequent to the expiration of the Exercise Period; provided , further , that all rights whatsoever with respect to the Warrants shall cease on the Cancellation Date.

The accrual of dividends, if any, on the Shares issued upon the valid exercise of any Warrant will be governed by the terms generally applicable to such Shares. From and after the issuance of such Shares, the former holder of the Warrants exercised will be entitled to the benefits generally available to other holders of Shares and such former holder’s right to receive payments of dividends and any other amounts payable in respect of the Shares shall be governed by, and shall be subject to, the terms and provisions generally applicable to such Shares.

The Exercise Price and the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be subject to adjustment as provided pursuant to Section 4 of the Warrant Agreement.

Prior to the Detachment Date, the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate may be exchanged or transferred only together with the Shares to which such Warrant is attached (together, a “ Unit ”), and only for the purpose of effecting, or in conjunction with, an exchange or transfer of such Unit. Additionally, prior to the Detachment Date, each transfer of such Unit on the register of the Units shall operate also to transfer the Warrants included in such Units. From and after the Detachment Date, the two immediately preceding sentences shall be of no further force and effect.

Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer reasonably acceptable to the Warrant Agent, duly executed by the registered holder thereof, or by a duly authorized attorney, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein or in any Book-Entry Warrant Certificate, each Book-Entry Warrant Certificate may be transferred only in whole and only to the Depository, to another nominee of the Depository, to a successor depository, or to a nominee of a


successor depository; and provided, further, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend. Upon any such registration of transfer, the Company shall execute, and the Warrant Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of any authorized denomination evidencing in the aggregate a like number of unexercised Warrants.

Neither this Warrant Certificate nor the Warrants evidenced hereby shall entitle the holder hereof or thereof to any of the rights of a holder of the Shares, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, if any, or payments upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or to exercise voting rights, if any.

The Warrant Agreement and this Warrant Certificate may be amended as provided in the Warrant Agreement including, under certain circumstances described therein, without the consent of the holder of this Warrant Certificate or the Warrants evidenced thereby.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE AND ALL RIGHTS HEREUNDER AND UNDER THE WARRANT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF -                      APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS FORMED AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN                      , WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF TO THE EXTENT SUCH PRINCIPLES OR RULES WOULD REQUIRE OR PERMIT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

This Warrant Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Warrant Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, and no Warrant evidenced hereby may be exercised, unless this Warrant Certificate has been countersigned by the manual signature of the Warrant Agent.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated as of                         

 

    OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED
    By:    
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

BROADRIDGE CORPORATE ISSUER

SOLUTIONS, INC., AS WARRANT AGENT

By:    
Name:    

Title:

   


[REVERSE]

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Instructions for Exercise of Warrant

To exercise the Warrants evidenced hereby, the holder or Participant must, by 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on the specified Exercise Date, deliver to the Warrant Agent at its stock transfer division, a certified or official bank check or a wire transfer in immediately available funds, in each case payable to the Company, in an amount equal to the Exercise Price in full for the Warrants exercised. In addition, the Warrant holder or Participant must provide the information required below and deliver this Warrant Certificate to the Warrant Agent at the address set forth below and the Book-Entry Warrants to the Warrant Agent in its account with the Depository designated for such purpose. The Warrant Certificate and this Election to Purchase must be received by the Warrant Agent by 5:00 p.m., Philadelphia time, on the specified Exercise Date.

ELECTION TO PURCHASE

TO BE EXECUTED IF WARRANT HOLDER DESIRES

TO EXERCISE THE WARRANTS EVIDENCED HEREBY

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise, on                      ,              (the “ Exercise Date ”),                  Warrants, evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase,                      Ordinary Shares (each a “ Share ”) of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “ Company ”), and represents that, on or before the Exercise Date, such holder has tendered payment for such Shares by certified or official bank check or bank wire transfer in immediately available funds to the order of the Company c/o Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc., in the amount of $                      in accordance with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that said number of Shares be in fully registered form, registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below.

If said number of Shares is less than all of the Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate evidencing the remaining balance of the Warrants evidenced hereby be issued and delivered to the holder of the Warrant Certificate unless otherwise specified in the instructions below.


Dated:                      ,         

 

 

Name:                                                                                               

   (Please Print)
      
 

(Insert Social Security or Other Identifying

  
 

Number of Holder)

  
 

Address:                                                                                             

  
      
      
 

Signature:                                                                                            

  

This Warrant may only be exercised by presentation to the Warrant Agent.

The method of delivery of this Warrant Certificate is at the option and risk of the exercising holder and the delivery of this Warrant Certificate will be deemed to be made only when actually received by the Warrant Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery.

(Instructions as to form and delivery of Shares and/or Warrant Certificates)

 

Name in which Shares are to be registered if other than in the name of the registered holder of this Warrant Certificate:        
     
Address to which Shares are to be mailed if other than to the address of the registered holder of this Warrant Certificate as shown on the books of the Warrant Agent:        
      (Street Address)
       
      (City and State) (Zip Code)
Name in which Warrant Certificate evidencing unexercised Warrants, if any, are to be registered if other than in the name of the registered holder of this Warrant Certificate:        


Address to which certificate representing unexercised Warrants, if any, are to be mailed if other than to the address of the registered holder of this Warrant Certificate as shown on the books of the Warrant Agent:       
     (Street Address)
      
     (City and State) (Zip Code)
    
    
  Dated:   
    
        
  Signature   
    
 

Signature must conform in all respects to the name of the holder as specified on the face of this Warrant Certificate. If Shares, or a Warrant Certificate evidencing unexercised Warrants, are to be issued in a name other than that of the registered holder hereof or are to be delivered to an address other than the address of such holder as shown on the books of the Warrant Agent, the above signature must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions with membership in an approved Signature Guarantee Medallion Program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.


SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Name of Firm:                                                                     

Address:                                                                                

Area Code and Number:                                                     

Authorized Signature:                                                         

Name:                                                                                    

Title:                                                                                      

Dated:                                                                                   


ASSIGNMENT

(FORM OF ASSIGNMENT TO BE EXECUTED IF WARRANT

HOLDER DESIRES TO TRANSFER WARRANTS EVIDENCED HEREBY)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                  HEREBY SELL(S), ASSIGN(S) AND TRANSFER(S) UNTO:

 

       

(Please print name and address

including zip code of assignee)

   

(Please insert social security or

other identifying number of assignee)

the rights represented by the within Warrant Certificate and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                  Attorney to transfer said Warrant Certificate on the books of the Warrant Agent with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                                                                              
   Signature
  
   (Signature must conform in all respects to the name of the holder as specified on the face of this Warrant Certificate and must bear a signature guarantee by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions with membership in an approved Signature Guarantee Medallion Program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Name of Firm:                                                                     

Address:                                                                               

Area Code and Number:                                                    

Authorized Signature:                                                        

Name:                                                                                    

Title:                                                                                      

Dated:                                                                                   

 

Exhibit 4.2

WARRANT AGREEMENT

THE WARRANTS AND THE SECURITIES THAT MAY BE ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE WARRANTS HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THE WARRANTS NOR THE SECURITIES THAT MAY BE ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE WARRANTS MAY BE SOLD, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UPON DELIVERY TO THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW IS NOT REQUIRED.

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED

WARRANTS TO PURCHASE ORDINARY SHARES

This is to certify that, for value received, [                      ] (the “ Holder ”), or his, her or its successor, is the registered holder of [                      ] ([              ]) warrants (“ Warrants ”), and is entitled, upon the due exercise hereof, at any time during the period commencing on the Commencement Date and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the Termination Date (each as defined herein) to purchase, per Warrant, one (1) Ordinary Share of $0.001 (USD) par value (each share, a “ Warrant Share ” and collectively, the “ Warrant Shares ”) of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares (the “ Company ”), subject to adjustment as provided herein, at a price per share as specified in Section 2 of this Warrant Agreement and to exercise the other rights, powers and privileges hereinafter provided, all on the terms and subject to the conditions specified herein.

Section 1. Certain Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms as used in this Warrant Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, it being understood for purposes of this definition that “control” of a Person means the power directly or indirectly either to vote 10% or more of the stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

(b) “ Commencement Date ” shall mean May 31, 2013.

(c) “ Company ” shall mean Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares, and its successors and assigns.

(d) “ Exercise Date ” shall mean the date on which the Company shall have received from the Holder all deliveries required by Section 3 of this Warrant Agreement.


(e) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the price per ordinary share specified in Section 2 hereof, as the same shall be adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant Agreement.

(f) “ Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the ordinary shares of $0.001 (USD) par value of the Company, any security into which such ordinary shares shall have been changed or any security resulting from reclassification of such ordinary shares.

(g) “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity and a government or any department or agency thereof.

(h) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(i) “ Termination Date ” means May 31, 2018.

(j) “ Warrant Agreement ” means this Warrant Certificate, including any amendment or replacement hereof.

Section 2. Exercise Price . Subject to the adjustments provided for in this Warrant Agreement, the exercise price per share shall be equal to $7.50 per share.

Section 3. Exercise of Warrants .

(a) Subject to the terms of this Warrant Agreement, following the Commencement Date, the Warrants shall be exercisable, in the manner described under Section 3(b) below, with respect to all or part of the Warrant Shares, and it shall remain exercisable at any time and from time to time prior to the Termination Date as described herein. Each Warrant not exercised on or before the Termination Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the Termination Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Termination Date.

(b) The Warrants may be exercised by the Holder delivering to the Company (i) a written notice of exercise signed by the Holder in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (a “ Notice of Exercise ”) and which shall specify the number of Warrant Shares as to which the Warrants are being exercised and be accompanied by this original Warrant Agreement, and (ii) a check or wire transfer payable to the Company in the amount of the total Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares to be purchased pursuant to the Notice of Exercise. To be an effective exercise, the Holder’s Notice of Exercise and payment must be actually received by the Company prior to the time the Warrants terminate or are exchanged for Exchange Warrants, in each case as described herein.

Within 10 business days after the exercise of a Warrant as provided in this Section 3(b) , the Company shall deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates for the total Warrant Shares being purchased, in such names and denominations as are requested by the Holder. In the event the Warrants are not exercised in full, the Warrant Shares shall be reduced by the number of Warrant Shares subject to such partial exercise, and the Company, at its expense, shall forthwith issue and deliver to the Holder a new original copy of this Warrant Agreement signed by the Company reflecting the adjusted number of Warrants and/or Warrant Shares as to which the Warrants remain exercisable.

 

2


(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Warrant Agreement, the Company shall not effect the exercise of the Warrants pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement and any such exercise shall be null and void and treated as if never made, and the Holder shall not have the right to exercise the Warrants, to the extent that giving effect to such exercise would be inconsistent with the Company’s memorandum and articles of association.

Section 4. Warrant Registration . At all times while any of the Warrants remain outstanding and exercisable, the Company shall keep and maintain at its principal offices a register in which the ownership and any exchange of the Warrants shall be recorded. The Company shall not at any time, except upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, close such register so as to result in the prevention or delay of the proper exercise of a Warrant.

Section 5. Exchange . This Warrant Agreement and the Warrants are exchangeable, upon the surrender of the Warrant Agreement by the Holder at the offices of the Company, for a new warrant agreement or warrants, in such denominations as the Holder shall designate at the time of surrender for exchange, of like tenor and date, representing in the aggregate the right to subscribe for and purchase the number of shares which may be subscribed for and purchased hereunder.

Section 6. Representations and Covenants of the Company .

(a) The Company hereby represents to the Holder as follows:

(i) The Company was incorporated on April 4, 2013 and is in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

(ii) The Company has the corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Warrant Agreement and to perform the terms hereof, including the issuance of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise hereof. The Company has taken all action necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Warrant Agreement and the issuance of the Warrants and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise hereof. This Warrant Agreement has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws or equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

(b) The Company covenants and agrees that all Ordinary Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance, be fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issuance).

 

3


(c) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants under this Warrant Agreement.

Section 7. Representations and Covenants of the Holder . By accepting this Warrant Agreement and the Warrants described herein, the Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) The Warrants and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of the Warrants by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act. If the Holder is an entity, the Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Warrants or the Warrant Shares.

(b) The Holder is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D, promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, as presently in effect.

(c) The Holder understands that the Warrants and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that the Warrants and the Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

Section 8. Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Shares Purchasable . The Exercise Price and number of Ordinary Shares which may be purchased pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(a) In the event the Company shall at any time exchange, as a whole, by subdivision or combination in any manner or by the making of a stock dividend, the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding into a different number of shares, then thereafter the number of Ordinary Shares which the Holder shall be entitled to purchase pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, in direct proportion to the increase or decrease in the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the Company by reason of such change, and the Exercise Price after such change shall, in the event of an increase in the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding, be proportionately reduced, and, in the event of a decrease in the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding, be proportionately increased.

(b) In the event of any reclassification or change of outstanding Ordinary Shares (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination or stock dividend as provided for in Section 8(a) ), or in the event of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, another corporation, or in the event of any sale of all or substantially all of the property, assets, business and goodwill of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall provide that the Holder of the Warrants shall thereafter be

 

4


entitled to purchase, by exercise of the Warrants, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger or sale by a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares which this Warrant Agreement entitles the Holder to purchase immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger or sale. Any such successor corporation thereafter shall be substituted for the Company for purposes of this Warrant Agreement.

(c) The Company will not, by amendment of its memorandum and articles of association or other governing documents or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 8 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder of the Warrants against impairment, provided that , the Company may amend its memorandum and articles of association in connection with an IPO (as defined below).

Section 9. Exchange of Warrants in Connection with IPO .

(a) If, following the Commencement Date, the Company sells, in an initial public offering of securities for cash (“ IPO ”), warrants to purchase Ordinary Shares for an exercise price per share (“ New Exercise Price ”) that is less than the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the closing of such IPO, then, during the period beginning on the date on which separate trading of the warrants issued in the IPO (i.e., trading separate from any units, ordinary shares or other securities issued in the IPO) commences on a national securities exchange and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after such trading commencement date (the “ Exchange Period ”), the Holder may exchange all the Warrants then held by the Holder for warrants to purchase, at an exercise price per share equal to the New Exercise Price, an aggregate number of Ordinary Shares equivalent to the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable by the Holder upon the exercise of the Warrants then held by the Holder (the “ Exchange Warrants ”), with each Exchange Warrant representing the right to purchase one Ordinary Share.

(b) In order to exercise the exchange rights described in Section 9(a) , the Holder must deliver to the Company: (i) a written notice signed by the Holder specifying the number of Warrants that are being exchanged (i.e., the number of Warrants then held by the Holder) and the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable by the Holder upon the exercise of such Warrants, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , and (ii) the Holder’s original Warrant Agreement (or any amendment(s) or replacement(s) therefor) (collectively, the “ Exchange Notice ”). To be valid and effective, the Exchange Notice must be actually received by the Company prior to the end of the Exchange Period. Upon the Company’s receipt of a valid and effective Exchange Notice, the Holder’s original Warrant Agreement and the Warrants that are being exchanged by the Holder shall be deemed to be surrendered, cancelled, and terminated, and the rights thereunder to be exchanged for the rights under the Exchange Warrants (and the related warrant agreement between the Company and its transfer agent to the extent applicable to the Holder).

 

5


(c) Within ten (10) business days after the Company’s receipt of a valid and effective Exchange Notice from the Holder, the Company shall issue the Exchange Warrants to the Holder, provided that such Exchange Warrants shall be issued in registered or book-entry form only.

(d) The Exchange Warrants issued to the Holder shall be in the same form as, and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as, the warrants sold in the IPO (which terms and conditions shall be set forth in a warrant agreement between the Company and the Company’s transfer agent and in the form of warrant certificate held by the transfer agent and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the IPO); provided, however , that the Exchange Warrants shall bear the following legend or such other restrictive legend as shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s legal counsel, be required by applicable law:

“THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS WARRANT CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN, AND THE WARRANTS MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED BY THE HOLDER THEREOF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

(e) The Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Exchange Warrants may be subject to different terms and conditions than the Warrants, including, but not limited to, different cancellation, redemption, and exchange provisions, and, upon delivery of a valid and effective Exchange Notice in accordance with Section 9(b) , the Holder accepts such terms and conditions.

(f) The Company and the Holder acknowledge and agree that, if Exchange Warrants are issued to the Holder pursuant to this Section 9 , such Exchange Warrants shall be issued solely in exchange for other securities of the Company for purposes of Rule 144(d)(3)(ii) under the Securities Act.

Section 10. Lock-Up . In connection with the IPO and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing the IPO, the Holder agrees not to register, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for securities of the Company, or any warrants to purchase securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters) from the effective date of the IPO registration statement or the closing of the IPO as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as requested by the underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO. Each certificate or other instrument for Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall bear a legend substantially to the foregoing effect.

 

6


Section 11. Holder’s Rights . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Warrant Agreement shall not entitle the Holder to any rights of a shareholder of the Company, except that if the Company, during the period in which the Warrants are exercisable, declares a dividend upon its Ordinary Shares payable other than in cash out of earnings or earned surplus (computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) or other than in Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into Ordinary Shares, then the Holder, upon exercise of a Warrant, shall receive the number of Ordinary Shares purchasable upon such exercise and, in addition and without further payment, the stock or other securities or property which the Holder would have received by way of dividend or other distribution if, continuously since the date hereof, such Holder: (a) had been the record holder of the number of Ordinary Shares then being purchased, and (b) had retained all such stock and other securities (other than Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into Ordinary Shares) and/or other property payable in respect of such Ordinary Shares or in respect of any stock or securities paid as dividends and originating directly or indirectly from such Ordinary Shares.

Section 12. Notices . If there shall be any adjustment to the shares, or if securities or property other than Ordinary Shares of the Company shall become purchasable in lieu of Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Warrants, then the Company shall forthwith cause written notice thereof to be sent to the registered Holder of the Warrants at the address of such Holder shown on the books of the Company, which notice shall be accompanied by an explanation setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the Holder’s becoming entitled to purchase such shares and the number of shares which may be purchased and the exercise price thereof, or the facts requiring any such adjustment and the exercise price and number of shares purchasable subsequent to such adjustment, or the kind and amount of any such securities or property so purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants. At the request of the Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant Agreement, the Company shall reissue the Warrants in a form conforming to such adjustments. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

Section 13. No Fractional Shares . Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Warrant Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exercise of the Warrants and no payment will be made with respect to any fractional Ordinary Share to which the Holder might otherwise be entitled upon exercise of the Warrants.

Section 14. Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants . If this Warrant Agreement shall become lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company shall, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may in its reasonable discretion impose upon the registered Holder hereof (as shown on the register of Warrants maintained by the Company), issue a new warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant Agreement so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed.

Section 15. Limitation of Liability . No provision hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder hereof to purchase Ordinary Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of such Holder for the purchase price of the shares or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

7


Section 16. Applicable Law . The laws of the State of Florida (USA) shall govern the validity, interpretation, and performance of this Warrant Agreement.

Section 17. Successors and Assigns . This Warrant Agreement, the Warrants and the rights evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any successor of the Company and any transferees of the Warrants, including any creditors of the Holder.

Section 18. Headings . Headings of the paragraphs in this Warrant Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant Agreement.

Section 19. Legend . Neither the Warrants nor the shares issued on exercise of the Warrants have been registered under the Securities Act, or under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction. Each certificate representing Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of a Warrant, if required by law, shall bear the following legend or such other restrictive legend as shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s legal counsel, be required by applicable law:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN, AND THE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED BY THE HOLDER THEREOF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Agreement to be executed this          day of                  , 2013, by its duly authorized officer.

 

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:    
Name: Jay Madhu
Title: Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

[DATE]

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Re:     Exercise Warrant for Cash

Dear                      :

The undersigned, pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated                      , 2013, by Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited (the “ Agreement ”), hereby exercises the Warrants granted under the Agreement to purchase for cash the following number of Warrant Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement:

 

Number of Warrant Shares Being Purchased

       

Total Exercise Price and Amount Remitted

       

 

Very truly yours,
By:    
 


EXHIBIT B

EXCHANGE NOTICE

[DATE]

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Re:     Exchange of Warrants

Dear                      :

The undersigned, pursuant to that certain Warrant Agreement, dated                      , 2013, by Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited (the “ Agreement ”), hereby exercises his, her or its right to exchange all of the Warrants held by the undersigned for Exchange Warrants, subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement:

 

Number of Warrants Being Exchanged        
Number of Ordinary Shares Purchasable Upon Exercise of Such Warrants        

In addition, the undersigned has enclosed herewith the originally executed Agreement (or any amendment(s) or replacement(s) therefor).

 

Very truly yours,
By:    
 

Exhibit 10.1

 

LOGO

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

EFFECTIVE: JUNE 1, 2013

ISSUED TO

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

Including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

  

BUSINESS COVERED

     1   

ARTICLE 2

  

TERM

     1   

ARTICLE 3

  

TERRITORY

     2   

ARTICLE 4

  

CONCURRENCY OF CONDITIONS

     2   

ARTICLE 5

  

LIMIT AND RETENTION

     2   

ARTICLE 6

  

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

     3   

ARTICLE 7

  

LIMITED RECOURSE AND CAYMAN ISLANDS REGULATIONS

     3   

ARTICLE 8

  

ACCESS TO RECORDS

     3   

ARTICLE 9

  

AGENCY

     4   

ARTICLE 10

  

ARBITRATION

     4   

ARTICLE 11

  

COLLATERAL

     5   

ARTICLE 12

  

COLLATERAL RELEASE

     6   

ARTICLE 13

  

CONFIDENTIALITY

     6   

ARTICLE 14

  

CURRENCY

     7   

ARTICLE 15

  

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     8   

ARTICLE 16

  

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

     8   

ARTICLE 17

  

FEDERAL EXCISE TAX

     8   

ARTICLE 18

  

GOVERNING LAW

     8   

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 19

  

INSOLVENCY

     9   

ARTICLE 20

  

LATE PAYMENTS

     10   

ARTICLE 21

  

NON WAIVER

     12   

ARTICLE 22

  

NOTICES AND AGREEMENT EXECUTION

     12   

ARTICLE 23

  

OFFSET

     12   

ARTICLE 24

  

SERVICE OF SUIT

     13   

ARTICLE 25

  

SEVERABILITY

     14   

ARTICLE 26

  

TAXES

     14   

ARTICLE 27

  

INTERMEDIARY

     14   

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

(hereinafter called the “Contract”)

EFFECTIVE: JUNE 1, 2013

issued to

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

Including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

(hereinafter called the “Reinsured”)

by

THE SUBSCRIBING REINSURER(S) SPECIFIED IN THE INTERESTS AND LIABLITIES AGREEMENT

ATTACHED TO THIS CONTRACT

(hereinafter called, with other participants, the “Reinsurers”)

ARTICLE 1

BUSINESS COVERED

By this Contract the Reinsurer agrees to reimburse the Reinsured for the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences commencing during the Term of this Contract in respect of the Reinsured’s liability under the provisions of the Homeowners Choice Property & Casualty Insurance Company Working Layer Catastrophe Excess of Loss Contract, effective June 1, 2013 (hereinafter referred to as the “Original Contract”).

The liability of the Reinsurer shall follow that of the Reinsured in every case and shall be subject in all respects to all the general and specific stipulations, clauses, waivers, extensions, modifications and endorsements of the Original Contract subject to the exclusions set forth in the Exclusions Article, and the other terms and conditions of this Contract as set forth herein.

ARTICLE 2

TERM

 

1. This Contract shall become effective at 12:00:01 a.m., Local Standard Time June 1, 2013, with respect to the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences payable by the Reinsured under the provisions of the Original Contract, and shall remain in force until 11:59:59 p.m., Local Standard Time, May 31, 2018. “Local Standard Time” as used herein shall mean local standard time at the location where the Loss Occurrence commences.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

2. The obligations of the Reinsurer under this Contract shall continue for Loss Occurrences commencing during the Term of this Contract until the Reinsured has no further liability under the Original Contract.

ARTICLE 3

TERRITORY

The territorial limits of this Contract shall be identical with those of the Reinsured’s Policies of the Original Contract issued in the State of Florida.

ARTICLE 4

CONCURRENCY OF CONDITIONS

 

1. It is agreed that this Contract will follow those terms, conditions, exclusions, definitions, warranties and settlements of the Reinsured under the Original Contract, including any addenda thereto, which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Contract.

 

2. The Reinsured shall advise the Reinsurer of any material changes in the Original Contract which may affect the liability of the Reinsurer under this Contract.

ARTICLE 5

LIMIT AND RETENTION

 

1. The Reinsurer shall be liable for the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences deemed payable under the Original Contract.

 

2. As promptly as possible after calculation of the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences due from the Reinsured under the Original Contract as a result of a loss thereunder, or any subsequent recalculation thereof, the Reinsured shall report the amount due from the Reinsurer hereunder. The amount, if any, shown to be due from the Reinsurer shall be paid by the Reinsurer as promptly as possible following receipt and verification of the Reinsured’s request for payment.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 6

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

The annual deposit premium shall follow the payment schedule of the Original Contract including any endorsements. If this Contract is terminated, no deposit premium shall be due after the effective date of termination.

ARTICLE 7

LIMITED RECOURSE AND CAYMAN ISLANDS REGULATIONS

The liability of the Reinsurer for the performance and discharge of all of its obligations, however they may arise, in relation to this Contract (together “Obligations” for purposes of this Article), shall be limited to and payable solely from the proceeds of realization of the assets of the Reinsurance Trust and accordingly there shall be no recourse to any other assets of the Reinsurer, whether or not allocated to any other segregated portfolio or the general account of the Reinsurer. In the event that the proceeds of realization of the assets of the Reinsurance Trust are insufficient to meet all Obligations, any Obligations remaining after the application of such proceeds shall be extinguished, and the Reinsured undertakes in such circumstances to take no further action against the Reinsurer in respect of any such Obligations. In particular, neither the Reinsured nor any party acting on its behalf shall petition or take any steps for the winding up or receivership of the Reinsurer.

Notwithstanding any matter referred to herein, the Reinsured understands and accepts that all corporate matters relating to the creation of the Reinsurer, capacity of the Reinsurer, operation and liquidation of the Reinsurer and any matters relating to the Reinsurer thereof shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands. The Reinsurer has had the opportunity to take advice and to obtain all such additional information that it considers necessary to evaluate the terms, conditions and risks of entering into this Contract with the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE 8

ACCESS TO RECORDS

The Reinsurer or its designated representatives shall have access to the books and records of the Reinsured on matters relating to this reinsurance at all reasonable times, and at the location where such books and records are maintained in the ordinary course of business, for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Contract or the subject matter thereof. Notification of a request for inspection of records shall be sent to the Reinsured by the

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Reinsurer in written form, and shall normally be given four weeks in advance. Notwithstanding the above, the Reinsurer shall not have any right of access to the records of the Reinsured if it is not current in all undisputed payments due the Reinsured. “Undisputed” as used herein shall mean any amount that the Reinsurer has not contested in writing to the Reinsured specifying the reason(s) why the payments are disputed.

ARTICLE 9

AGENCY

If more than one reinsured company is named as a party to this Contract, the first named company shall be deemed the agent of the other reinsured companies for purposes of sending or receiving notices required by the terms and conditions of this Contract, and for purposes of remitting or receiving any monies due any party.

ARTICLE 10

ARBITRATION

 

1. As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, in the event of any dispute or difference of opinion hereafter arising with respect to this Contract, it is hereby mutually agreed that such dispute or difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration. One Arbiter shall be chosen by the Reinsured, the other by the Reinsurer, and an Umpire shall be chosen by the two Arbiters before they enter upon arbitration, all of whom shall be active or retired disinterested executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Lloyd’s London Underwriters. In the event that either party should fail to choose an Arbiter within 30 days following a written request by the other party to do so, the requesting party may choose two Arbiters who shall in turn choose an Umpire before entering upon arbitration. If the two Arbiters fail to agree upon the selection of an Umpire within 30 days following their appointment, each Arbiter shall nominate three candidates within 10 days thereafter, two of whom the other shall decline, and the decision shall be made by drawing lots. Notwithstanding the above, in the event the dispute or difference of opinion involves a Runoff Reinsurer, the Reinsured may, at its option, choose to forego arbitration and may bring action in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

2. Each party shall present its case to the Arbiters within 30 days following the date of appointment of the Umpire. The Arbiters shall consider this Contract as an honorable engagement rather than merely as a legal obligation and they are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of law. The decision of the Arbiters shall be final and binding on both parties; but failing to agree, they shall call in the Umpire and the decision of the majority shall be final and binding upon both parties. Judgment upon the final decision of the Arbiters may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

3. If more than one reinsurer is involved in the same dispute, all such reinsurers shall, at the option of the Reinsured, constitute and act as one party for purposes of this Article and communications shall be made by the Reinsured to each of the reinsurers constituting one party, provided, however, that nothing herein shall impair the rights of such reinsurers to assert several, rather than joint, defenses or claims, nor be construed as changing the liability of the reinsurers participating under the terms of this Contract from several to joint.

 

4. Each party shall bear the expense of its own Arbiter, and shall jointly and equally bear with the other the expense of the Umpire and of the arbitration. In the event that the two Arbiters are chosen by one party, as above provided, the expense of the Arbiters, the Umpire and the arbitration shall be equally divided between the two parties.

 

5. Any arbitration proceedings shall take place at a location mutually agreed upon by the parties to this Contract. Notwithstanding the location of the arbitration, all proceedings pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of the State of Florida.

ARTICLE 11

COLLATERAL

 

1. As promptly as possible following execution of this Contract, the Reinsurer (as Grantor) shall enter into a Trust Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) with the Reinsured (as Beneficiary) and the trustee, pursuant to which the Reinsurer shall provide collateral in the form of eligible Assets deposited and held in a Trust Account, with such Assets having a market value greater than or equal to the total annual limit of liability as detailed in the Retention and Limit Article of the Original Contract (the “Collateral”) less unpaid premium (net of brokerage and applicable Federal Excise Tax). It is understood that deposit premium paid in accordance with the Rate and Premium Article shall be deposited into the Trust Account.

 

2. The Reinsured agrees that if the Reinsurer makes payment(s) to the Reinsured under this Contract, the Reinsurer may withdraw Assets from the Trust Account, reducing the market value of Assets in the Trust Account to an amount at least equal to the unused Reinsurance Limit, in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

3. The Trust Fund may be drawn upon by the Reinsured at any time and the Assets may be used at the Reinsured’s option in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

4. At any time prior to expiration or termination of this Contract, if the value of the Assets in the Trust Account is less than the Reinsurer’s Obligations hereunder, the Reinsurer shall promptly deposit the difference into the Trust Account.

 

5. Except as provided in the Collateral Release Article, the Reinsured agrees to release the Assets in the Trust Account required under this Article as promptly as provided in the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE 12

COLLATERAL RELEASE

 

1. At the expiration or termination of this Contract, if the Trust has not yet been terminated, the Reinsured shall calculate on a monthly basis, how much, if any, of the collateral shall be released from the Trust.

 

2. Thirty-six months following the expiration of this Contract, the Reinsurer shall have the option to commute this Contract by sending the Reinsured written notice thereof. In such event, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Reinsured an amount equal to the reinstatement premium reserves hereunder, as estimated by the Reinsured, which would be recoverable hereunder. Upon the Reinsurer’s payment of such amount, both parties shall be completely released from all liability under this Contract, whether known or unknown.

ARTICLE 13

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

1. The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Reinsured, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this Contract (hereinafter referred to as “Confidential Information”) are proprietary and confidential to the Reinsured. Confidential Information shall not include documents, information or data that the Reinsurer can show:

 

  a. Are publicly available or have become publicly available through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurer;

 

  b. Have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

  c. Were known by the Reinsurer prior to the placement of this Contract without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

2. Absent the written consent of the Reinsured, the Reinsurer shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, including any affiliated companies (except to the extent necessary to enable affiliated companies or third parties engaged by the Reinsurer to perform services related to this Contract on behalf of the Reinsurer), except:

 

  a. When required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurer’s records and/or financial condition;

 

  b. When required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurer’s records in the normal course of business;

 

  c. When required by attorneys in connection with an actual or potential dispute hereunder; or

 

  d. When required for the Reinsurer’s internal operations directly related to carrying out the terms and conditions of this Contract.

Further, the Reinsurer agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of its obligations or enforcement of its rights under this Contract.

 

3. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the Reinsurer is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurer agrees to provide the Reinsured with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure and to use its best efforts to assist the Reinsured in maintaining the confidentiality provided in this Article.

 

4. The provisions of this Article shall extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Reinsurer and its affiliates, and shall be binding upon their successors and assigns.

ARTICLE 14

CURRENCY

 

1. Whenever the word “Dollars” or the “$” sign appears in this Contract, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars and all transactions under this Contract shall be in United States Dollars.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

2. Amounts paid or received by the Reinsured in any other currency shall be converted to United States Dollars at the rate of exchange at the date such transaction is entered on the books of the Reinsured.

ARTICLE 15

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Contract shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the business being reinsured hereunder, and there are no understandings between the parties hereto other than as expressed in this Contract. Any change or modification to this Contract shall be null and void unless made by amendment to this Contract and signed by the parties hereto.

ARTICLE 16

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Contract or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

ARTICLE 17

FEDERAL EXCISE TAX

 

1. The Reinsurer has agreed to allow for the purpose of paying the Federal Excise Tax the applicable percentage of the premium payable hereon (as imposed under Section 4371 of the Internal Revenue Code) to the extent such premium is subject to the Federal Excise Tax.

 

2. In the event of any return of premium becoming due hereunder, the Reinsurer will deduct the applicable percentage from the return premium payable hereon and the Reinsured or its agent should take steps to recover the tax from the United States Government.

ARTICLE 18

GOVERNING LAW

This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 19

INSOLVENCY

 

1. If more than one reinsured company is included within the definition of “Reinsured” hereunder, this Article shall apply individually to each such company.

 

2. In the event of the insolvency of one or more of the Reinsured’s companies, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Reinsured or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the Reinsured or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Reinsured indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Reinsured or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Reinsured as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Reinsured solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

3. Where two or more reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of this Contract as though such expense had been incurred by the Reinsured.

 

4. It is further understood and agreed that, in the event of the insolvency of one or more of the Reinsured’s companies, the reinsurance under this Contract shall be payable directly by the Reinsurer to the Reinsured or to its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor, except as provided by Section 4118(a) of the New York Insurance Law or except (1) where this Contract specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Reinsured or (2) where the Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has assumed such policy obligations of the Reinsured as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Reinsured to such payees. However, the exceptions provided in (1) and (2) above shall apply only to the extent that applicable statutes or regulations specifically permit such exceptions.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 20

LATE PAYMENTS

 

1. The provisions of this Article shall not be implemented unless specifically invoked, in writing, by one of the parties to this Contract.

 

2. In the event any premium, loss or other payment due either party is not received by the intermediary named in the Intermediary Article (hereinafter referred to as the “Intermediary”) by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, by notifying the Intermediary in writing, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:

 

  a. The number of full days which have expired since the due date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times

 

  b. 1/365ths of the sum of 1.0% and the U.S. prime rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made; times

 

  c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.

It is agreed that interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the Intermediary.

Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (b) above and the immediately preceding sentence, the interest rate for a Runoff Reinsurer will increase by 1.0% for every month that payment of the claim is past due, subject to a maximum annual interest rate of 12.0%.

 

3. If the interest rate provided under this Article exceeds the maximum interest rate allowed by any applicable law or is held unenforceable by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction, such interest rate shall be modified to the highest rate permitted by the applicable law, and all remaining provisions of this Article and Contract shall remain in full force and effect without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

4. The establishment of the due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:

 

  a. As respects the payment of routine deposits and premiums due the Reinsurer, the due date shall be as provided for in the applicable section of this Contract. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, it shall be deemed due 30 days after the date of transmittal by the Intermediary of the initial billing for each such payment.

 

  b. Any claim or loss payment due the Reinsured hereunder shall be deemed due 30 days after the proof of loss or demand for payment is transmitted to the Reinsurer. If such loss or claim payment is not received within the 30 days, interest will accrue on the payment amount overdue in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3) above, from the date the proof of loss or demand for payment was transmitted to the Reinsurer.

 

  c. As respects any payment, adjustment or return due either party not otherwise provided for in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, the due date shall be as provided for in the applicable section of this Contract. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, it shall be deemed due 30 days following transmittal of written notification that the provisions of this Article have been invoked.

For purposes of interest calculations only, amounts due hereunder shall be deemed paid upon receipt by the Intermediary.

 

5. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting or prohibiting a Reinsurer from contesting the validity of any claim, or from participating in the defense of any claim or suit, or prohibiting either party from contesting the validity of any payment or from initiating any arbitration or other proceeding in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. If the debtor party prevails in an arbitration or other proceeding, then any interest penalties due hereunder on the amount in dispute shall be null and void. If the debtor party loses in such proceeding, then the interest penalty on the amount determined to be due hereunder shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions set forth above unless otherwise determined by such proceedings. If a debtor party advances payment of any amount it is contesting, and proves to be correct in its contestation, either in whole or in part, the other party shall reimburse the debtor party for any such excess payment made plus interest on the excess amount calculated in accordance with this Article.

 

6. Interest penalties arising out of the application of this Article that are $1,000 or less from any party shall be waived unless there is a pattern of late payments consisting of three or more items over the course of any 12-month period.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 21

NON WAIVER

The failure of the Reinsured or the Reinsurer to insist on compliance with this Contract or to exercise any right or remedy hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any rights contained herein nor prevent either party from thereafter demanding full and complete compliance nor prevent either party from exercising such remedy in the future.

ARTICLE 22

NOTICES AND AGREEMENT EXECUTION

 

1. Whenever a notice, statement, report or any other written communication is required by this Contract, unless otherwise specified, such notice, statement, report or other written communication may be transmitted by certified or registered mail, nationally or internationally recognized express delivery service, personal delivery, electronic mail, or facsimile. With the exception of notices of termination, first class mail is also acceptable

 

2. The use of any of the following shall constitute a valid execution of this Contract or any amendments thereto:

 

  a. Paper documents with an original;

 

  b. Facsimile or electronic copies of paper documents showing an original ink signature; and/or

 

  c. Electronic records with an electronic signature made via an electronic agent. For the purposes of this Contract, the terms “electronic record”, “electronic signature” and “electronic agent” shall have the meanings set forth in the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000 or any amendments thereto.

 

3. This Contract may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when duly executed, shall be deemed an original.

ARTICLE 23

OFFSET

 

1. The Reinsured and the Reinsurer shall have the right to offset any balance or amounts due from one party to the other under the terms of this Contract. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right any time whether the balances due are on account of premiums or losses or otherwise.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) above, a Runoff Reinsurer shall not offset balances as outlined above without the prior consent of the Reinsured.

ARTICLE 24

SERVICE OF SUIT

(Applicable if the Reinsurer is not domiciled in the United States of America, and/or is not authorized in any State, Territory or District of the United States where authorization is required by insurance regulatory authorities.)

 

1. This Article will not be read to conflict with or override the obligations of the parties to arbitrate their disputes as provided for in the Arbitration Article. This Article is intended as an aid to compelling arbitration or enforcing such arbitration or arbitral award, not as an alternative to the Arbitration Article for resolving disputes arising out of this Contract.

 

2. In the event the Reinsurer fails to pay any amount claimed to be due hereunder or fails to otherwise perform its obligations hereunder, the Reinsurer, at the request of the Reinsured, will submit to the jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction within the United States. Nothing in this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurer’s rights to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, to remove an action to a United States District Court, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the laws of the United States or of any state in the United States. The Reinsurer, once the appropriate court is accepted by the Reinsurer or is determined by removal, transfer, or otherwise, as provided for above, will comply with all requirements necessary to give said court jurisdiction and, in any suit instituted against any of the Reinsurers upon this Contract, will abide by the final decision of such court or of any Appellate Court in the event of an appeal.

 

3. Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States that makes provision therefore, the Reinsurer hereby designates the party named in its Interests and Liabilities Agreement, or if no party is named therein, the Superintendent, Commissioner or Director of Insurance, or other officer specified for that purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in office, as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Reinsured or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Contract.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 25

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Contract shall be rendered illegal or unenforceable by the laws, regulations or public policy of any state, such provision shall be considered void in such state, but this shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Contract or the enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 26

TAXES

In consideration of the terms under which this Contract is issued, the Reinsured will not claim a deduction in respect of the premium hereon when making tax returns, other than income or profits tax returns, to any state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

ARTICLE 27

INTERMEDIARY

Advocate Reinsurance Partners, LLC, is hereby recognized as the Intermediary negotiating this Contract for all business hereunder. All communications (including but not limited to notices, statements, premium, return premium, commissions, taxes, losses, Loss Adjustment Expense, salvages and loss settlements) relating to this Contract will be transmitted to the Reinsured or the Reinsurer through Advocate Reinsurance Partners, LLC, 2501 North Harwood Street, Suite 1250, Dallas, Texas 75201. Payments by the Reinsured to the Intermediary will be deemed payment to the Reinsurers. Payments by the Reinsurers to the Intermediary will be deemed payment to the Reinsured only to the extent that such payments are actually received by the Reinsured.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

INTERESTS AND LIABILITIES AGREEMENT

attaching to, and forming part of, the

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

(hereinafter called the “Contract”)

EFFECTIVE: JUNE 1, 2013

issued to

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

(hereinafter called the “Reinsured”)

by

OXBRIDGE REINSURANCE LIMITED

(hereinafter called, with other participants, the “Reinsurers”)

Under the terms of this Contract the above Reinsurer agrees to assume severally and not jointly with other participants

Participants

100%

of the liability in the layer(s) described in the attached Contract including the same corresponding proportional participation of the Reinsurers’ additional obligations set forth within the layer(s) upon which the Reinsurer participates described above.

Signed in CAYMAN ISLANDS on this 28 day of June, 2013

 

OXBRIDGE REINSURANCE LIMITED
BY:   LOGO SANJAY MADHU
TITLE:   CFO Director

Signed in Tampa, on this 19 day of June , 2013

 

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

BY:   Richard R Allen
TITLE:   CFO Director

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.2

 

LOGO

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

EFFECTIVE: JUNE 1, 2013

ISSUED TO

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

Including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

  

BUSINESS COVERED

     1   

ARTICLE 2

  

TERM

     2   

ARTICLE 3

  

TERRITORY

     2   

ARTICLE 4

  

CONCURRENCY OF CONDITIONS

     2   

ARTICLE 5

  

LIMIT AND RETENTION

     2   

ARTICLE 6

  

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

     3   

ARTICLE 7

  

LIMITED RECOURSE AND CAYMAN ISLANDS REGULATIONS

     3   

ARTICLE 8

  

ACCESS TO RECORDS

     3   

ARTICLE 9

  

AGENCY

     4   

ARTICLE 10

  

ARBITRATION

     4   

ARTICLE 11

  

COLLATERAL

     5   

ARTICLE 12

  

COLLATERAL RELEASE

     6   

ARTICLE 13

  

CONFIDENTIALITY

     6   

ARTICLE 14

  

CURRENCY

     8   

ARTICLE 15

  

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     8   

ARTICLE 16

  

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

     8   

ARTICLE 17

  

FEDERAL EXCISE TAX

     8   

ARTICLE 18

  

GOVERNING LAW

     9   

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 19

  

INSOLVENCY

     9   

ARTICLE 20

  

LATE PAYMENTS

     10   

ARTICLE 21

  

NON WAIVER

     12   

ARTICLE 22

  

NOTICES AND AGREEMENT EXECUTION

     12   

ARTICLE 23

  

OFFSET

     13   

ARTICLE 24

  

SERVICE OF SUIT

     13   

ARTICLE 25

  

SEVERABILITY

     14   

ARTICLE 26

  

TAXES

     14   

ARTICLE 27

  

INTERMEDIARY

     14   

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

(hereinafter called the “Contract”)

EFFECTIVE: JUNE 1, 2013

issued to

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

Including any and/or all companies that are or may hereafter become affiliated therewith

(hereinafter called the “Reinsured”)

by

THE SUBSCRIBING REINSURER(S) SPECIFIED IN THE INTERESTS AND LIABLITIES AGREEMENT

ATTACHED TO THIS CONTRACT

(hereinafter called, with other participants, the “Reinsurers”)

ARTICLE 1

BUSINESS COVERED

By this Contract the Reinsurer agrees to reimburse the Reinsured for the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences commencing during the Term of this Contract in respect of the Reinsured’s liability under the provisions of the Homeowners Choice Property & Casualty Insurance Company Catastrophe Excess of Loss and Catastrophe Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contracts, effective June 1, 2013 (hereinafter referred to as the “Original Contracts”) as follows:

 

  a. 22.0779% (4.25% part of 19.25%) of the Catastrophe Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract

 

  b. 18.1818% (4.00% part of 22.00%) of the Catastrophe Aggregate Excess of Loss Reinsurance Contract

The liability of the Reinsurer shall follow that of the Reinsured in every case and shall be subject in all respects to all the general and specific stipulations, clauses, waivers, extensions, modifications and endorsements of the Original Contracts subject to the exclusions set forth in the Exclusions Article, and the other terms and conditions of this Contract as set forth herein.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 2

TERM

 

1. This Contract shall become effective at 12:00:01 a.m., Local Standard Time June 1, 2013, with respect to the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences payable by the Reinsured under the provisions of the Original Contracts, and shall remain in force until 12:00:01 a.m., Local Standard Time, June 1, 2014. “Local Standard Time” as used herein shall mean local standard time at the location where the Loss Occurrence commences.

 

2. The obligations of the Reinsurer under this Contract shall continue for Loss Occurrences commencing during the Term of this Contract until the Reinsured has no further liability under the Original Contracts.

ARTICLE 3

TERRITORY

The territorial limits of this Contract shall be identical with those of the Reinsured’s Policies of the Original Contracts issued in the State of Florida.

ARTICLE 4

CONCURRENCY OF CONDITIONS

 

1. It is agreed that this Contract will follow those terms, conditions, exclusions, definitions, warranties and settlements of the Reinsured under the Original Contracts, including any addenda thereto, which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Contract.

 

2. The Reinsured shall advise the Reinsurer of any material changes in the Original Contracts which may affect the liability of the Reinsurer under this Contract.

ARTICLE 5

LIMIT AND RETENTION

 

1. The Reinsurer shall be liable for the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences deemed payable under the Original Contracts.

 

2. As promptly as possible after calculation of the Ultimate Net Loss arising from Loss Occurrences due from the Reinsured under the Original Contracts as a result of a loss thereunder, or any subsequent recalculation thereof, the Reinsured shall report the amount due from the Reinsurer hereunder. The amount, if any, shown to be due from the Reinsurer shall be paid by the Reinsurer as promptly as possible following receipt and verification of the Reinsured’s request for payment.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 6

REINSURANCE PREMIUM

The Reinsured shall pay the Reinsurer a flat premium of $1,166,513. The annual deposit premium shall follow the payment schedule of the Original Contracts. If this Contract is terminated, no deposit premium shall be due after the effective date of termination.

ARTICLE 7

LIMITED RECOURSE AND CAYMAN ISLANDS REGULATIONS

The liability of the Reinsurer for the performance and discharge of all of its obligations, however they may arise, in relation to this Contract (together “Obligations” for purposes of this Article), shall be limited to and payable solely from the proceeds of realization of the assets of the Reinsurance Trust and accordingly there shall be no recourse to any other assets of the Reinsurer, whether or not allocated to any other segregated portfolio or the general account of the Reinsurer. In the event that the proceeds of realization of the assets of the Reinsurance Trust are insufficient to meet all Obligations, any Obligations remaining after the application of such proceeds shall be extinguished, and the Reinsured undertakes in such circumstances to take no further action against the Reinsurer in respect of any such Obligations. In particular, neither the Reinsured nor any party acting on its behalf shall petition or take any steps for the winding up or receivership of the Reinsurer.

Notwithstanding any matter referred to herein, the Reinsured understands and accepts that all corporate matters relating to the creation of the Reinsurer, capacity of the Reinsurer, operation and liquidation of the Reinsurer and any matters relating to the Reinsurer thereof shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands. The Reinsurer has had the opportunity to take advice and to obtain all such additional information that it considers necessary to evaluate the terms, conditions and risks of entering into this Contract with the Reinsurer.

ARTICLE 8

ACCESS TO RECORDS

The Reinsurer or its designated representatives shall have access to the books and records of the Reinsured on matters relating to this reinsurance at all reasonable times, and at the location where such books and records are maintained in the ordinary course of business, for the purpose of obtaining information concerning this Contract or the subject matter thereof. Notification of a request for inspection of records shall be sent to the Reinsured by the

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

Reinsurer in written form, and shall normally be given four weeks in advance. Notwithstanding the above, the Reinsurer shall not have any right of access to the records of the Reinsured if it is not current in all undisputed payments due the Reinsured. “Undisputed” as used herein shall mean any amount that the Reinsurer has not contested in writing to the Reinsured specifying the reason(s) why the payments are disputed.

ARTICLE 9

AGENCY

If more than one reinsured company is named as a party to this Contract, the first named company shall be deemed the agent of the other reinsured companies for purposes of sending or receiving notices required by the terms and conditions of this Contract, and for purposes of remitting or receiving any monies due any party.

ARTICLE 10

ARBITRATION

 

1. As a condition precedent to any right of action hereunder, in the event of any dispute or difference of opinion hereafter arising with respect to this Contract, it is hereby mutually agreed that such dispute or difference of opinion shall be submitted to arbitration. One Arbiter shall be chosen by the Reinsured, the other by the Reinsurer, and an Umpire shall be chosen by the two Arbiters before they enter upon arbitration, all of whom shall be active or retired disinterested executive officers of insurance or reinsurance companies or Lloyd’s London Underwriters. In the event that either party should fail to choose an Arbiter within 30 days following a written request by the other party to do so, the requesting party may choose two Arbiters who shall in turn choose an Umpire before entering upon arbitration. If the two Arbiters fail to agree upon the selection of an Umpire within 30 days following their appointment, each Arbiter shall nominate three candidates within 10 days thereafter, two of whom the other shall decline, and the decision shall be made by drawing lots. Notwithstanding the above, in the event the dispute or difference of opinion involves a Runoff Reinsurer, the Reinsured may, at its option, choose to forego arbitration and may bring action in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

2. Each party shall present its case to the Arbiters within 30 days following the date of appointment of the Umpire. The Arbiters shall consider this Contract as an honorable engagement rather than merely as a legal obligation and they are relieved of all judicial formalities and may abstain from following the strict rules of law. The decision of the Arbiters shall be final and binding on both parties; but failing to agree, they shall call in the Umpire and the decision of the majority shall be final and binding upon both parties. Judgment upon the final decision of the Arbiters may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

3. If more than one reinsurer is involved in the same dispute, all such reinsurers shall, at the option of the Reinsured, constitute and act as one party for purposes of this Article and communications shall be made by the Reinsured to each of the reinsurers constituting one party, provided, however, that nothing herein shall impair the rights of such reinsurers to assert several, rather than joint, defenses or claims, nor be construed as changing the liability of the reinsurers participating under the terms of this Contract from several to joint.

 

4. Each party shall bear the expense of its own Arbiter, and shall jointly and equally bear with the other the expense of the Umpire and of the arbitration. In the event that the two Arbiters are chosen by one party, as above provided, the expense of the Arbiters, the Umpire and the arbitration shall be equally divided between the two parties.

 

5. Any arbitration proceedings shall take place at a location mutually agreed upon by the parties to this Contract. Notwithstanding the location of the arbitration, all proceedings pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of the State of Florida.

ARTICLE 11

COLLATERAL

 

1. As promptly as possible following execution of this Contract, the Reinsurer (as Grantor) shall enter into a Trust Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) with the Reinsured (as Beneficiary) and the trustee, pursuant to which the Reinsurer shall provide collateral in the form of eligible Assets deposited and held in a Trust Account, with such Assets having a market value greater than or equal to the limit of liability (the “Collateral”) less unpaid premium (net of brokerage and applicable Federal Excise Tax). It is understood that deposit premium paid in accordance with the Rate and Premium Article shall be deposited into the Trust Account.

 

2. The Reinsured agrees that if the Reinsurer makes payment(s) to the Reinsured under this Contract, the Reinsurer may withdraw Assets from the Trust Account, reducing the market value of Assets in the Trust Account to an amount at least equal to the unused Reinsurance Limit, in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

3. The Trust Fund may be drawn upon by the Reinsured at any time and the Assets may be used at the Reinsured’s option in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

4. At any time prior to expiration or termination of this Contract, if the value of the Assets in the Trust Account is less than the Reinsurer’s Obligations hereunder, the Reinsurer shall promptly deposit the difference into the Trust Account.

 

5. Except as provided in the Collateral Release Article, the Reinsured agrees to release the Assets in the Trust Account required under this Article as promptly as provided in the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE 12

COLLATERAL RELEASE

 

1. At the expiration or termination of this Contract, if the Trust has not yet been terminated, the Reinsured shall calculate on a monthly basis, how much, if any, of the collateral shall be released from the Trust.

 

2. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, at December 31, 2014, the parties agree to consider the release of collateral. The intention is to release collateral for all limits for which there is essentially no possibility of reinstatement premium protection from past or future events before the expiration of this Contract. All collateral securing what the parties agree are unreachable limits will be released within three business days.

 

3. Thirty-six months following the expiration of this Contract, the Reinsurer shall have the option to commute this Contract by sending the Reinsured written notice thereof. In such event, the Reinsurer shall pay to the Reinsured an amount equal to the reinstatement premium reserves hereunder, as estimated by the Reinsured, which would be recoverable hereunder. Upon the Reinsurer’s payment of such amount, both parties shall be completely released from all liability under this Contract, whether known or unknown.

ARTICLE 13

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

1. The Reinsurer hereby acknowledges that the documents, information and data provided to it by the Reinsured, whether directly or through an authorized agent, in connection with the placement and execution of this Contract (hereinafter referred to as “Confidential Information”) are proprietary and confidential to the Reinsured. Confidential Information shall not include documents, information or data that the Reinsurer can show:

 

  a. Are publicly available or have become publicly available through no unauthorized act of the Reinsurer;

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

  b. Have been rightfully received from a third person without obligation of confidentiality; or

 

  c. Were known by the Reinsurer prior to the placement of this Contract without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

2. Absent the written consent of the Reinsured, the Reinsurer shall not disclose any Confidential Information to any third parties, including any affiliated companies (except to the extent necessary to enable affiliated companies or third parties engaged by the Reinsurer to perform services related to this Contract on behalf of the Reinsurer), except:

 

  a. When required by regulators performing an audit of the Reinsurer’s records and/or financial condition;

 

  b. When required by external auditors performing an audit of the Reinsurer’s records in the normal course of business;

 

  c. When required by attorneys in connection with an actual or potential dispute hereunder; or

 

  d. When required for the Reinsurer’s internal operations directly related to carrying out the terms and conditions of this Contract.

Further, the Reinsurer agrees not to use any Confidential Information for any purpose not related to the performance of its obligations or enforcement of its rights under this Contract.

 

3. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the Reinsurer is required by court order, other legal process or any regulatory authority to release or disclose any or all of the Confidential Information, the Reinsurer agrees to provide the Reinsured with written notice of same at least 10 days prior to such release or disclosure and to use its best efforts to assist the Reinsured in maintaining the confidentiality provided in this Article.

 

4. The provisions of this Article shall extend to the officers, directors, shareholders and employees of the Reinsurer and its affiliates, and shall be binding upon their successors and assigns.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 14

CURRENCY

 

1. Whenever the word “Dollars” or the “$” sign appears in this Contract, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars and all transactions under this Contract shall be in United States Dollars.

 

2. Amounts paid or received by the Reinsured in any other currency shall be converted to United States Dollars at the rate of exchange at the date such transaction is entered on the books of the Reinsured.

ARTICLE 15

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Contract shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the business being reinsured hereunder, and there are no understandings between the parties hereto other than as expressed in this Contract. Any change or modification to this Contract shall be null and void unless made by amendment to this Contract and signed by the parties hereto.

ARTICLE 16

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

Inadvertent delays, errors or omissions made in connection with this Contract or any transaction hereunder shall not relieve either party from any liability which would have attached had such delay, error or omission not occurred, provided always that such error or omission is rectified as soon as possible after discovery.

ARTICLE 17

FEDERAL EXCISE TAX

 

1. The Reinsurer has agreed to allow for the purpose of paying the Federal Excise Tax the applicable percentage of the premium payable hereon (as imposed under Section 4371 of the Internal Revenue Code) to the extent such premium is subject to the Federal Excise Tax.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

2. In the event of any return of premium becoming due hereunder, the Reinsurer will deduct the applicable percentage from the return premium payable hereon and the Reinsured or its agent should take steps to recover the tax from the United States Government.

ARTICLE 18

GOVERNING LAW

This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

ARTICLE 19

INSOLVENCY

 

1. If more than one reinsured company is included within the definition of “Reinsured” hereunder, this Article shall apply individually to each such company.

 

2. In the event of the insolvency of one or more of the Reinsured’s companies, this reinsurance shall be payable directly to the Reinsured or to its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor on the basis of the liability of the Reinsured without diminution because of the insolvency of the Reinsured or because the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured has failed to pay all or a portion of any claim. It is agreed, however, that the liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor of the Reinsured shall give written notice to the Reinsurer of the pendency of a claim against the Reinsured indicating the policy or bond reinsured which claim would involve a possible liability on the part of the Reinsurer within a reasonable time after such claim is filed in the conservation or liquidation proceeding or in the receivership, and that during the pendency of such claim, the Reinsurer may investigate such claim and interpose, at its own expense, in the proceeding where such claim is to be adjudicated, any defense or defenses that it may deem available to the Reinsured or its liquidator, receiver, conservator or statutory successor. The expense thus incurred by the Reinsurer shall be chargeable, subject to the approval of the court, against the Reinsured as part of the expense of conservation or liquidation to the extent of a pro rata share of the benefit which may accrue to the Reinsured solely as a result of the defense undertaken by the Reinsurer.

 

3. Where two or more reinsurers are involved in the same claim and a majority in interest elect to interpose defense to such claim, the expense shall be apportioned in accordance with the terms of this Contract as though such expense had been incurred by the Reinsured.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

4. It is further understood and agreed that, in the event of the insolvency of one or more of the Reinsured’s companies, the reinsurance under this Contract shall be payable directly by the Reinsurer to the Reinsured or to its liquidator, receiver or statutory successor, except as provided by Section 4118(a) of the New York Insurance Law or except (1) where this Contract specifically provides another payee of such reinsurance in the event of the insolvency of the Reinsured or (2) where the Reinsurer with the consent of the direct insured or insureds has assumed such policy obligations of the Reinsured as direct obligations of the Reinsurer to the payees under such policies and in substitution for the obligations of the Reinsured to such payees. However, the exceptions provided in (1) and (2) above shall apply only to the extent that applicable statutes or regulations specifically permit such exceptions.

ARTICLE 20

LATE PAYMENTS

 

1. The provisions of this Article shall not be implemented unless specifically invoked, in writing, by one of the parties to this Contract.

 

2. In the event any premium, loss or other payment due either party is not received by the intermediary named in the Intermediary Article (hereinafter referred to as the “Intermediary”) by the payment due date, the party to whom payment is due may, by notifying the Intermediary in writing, require the debtor party to pay, and the debtor party agrees to pay, an interest penalty on the amount past due calculated for each such payment on the last business day of each month as follows:

 

  a. The number of full days which have expired since the due date or the last monthly calculation, whichever the lesser; times

 

  b. 1/365ths of the sum of 1.0% and the U.S. prime rate as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the month for which the calculation is made; times

 

  c. The amount past due, including accrued interest.

It is agreed that interest shall accumulate until payment of the original amount due plus interest penalties have been received by the Intermediary.

Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (b) above and the immediately preceding sentence, the interest rate for a Runoff Reinsurer will increase by 1.0% for every month that payment of the claim is past due, subject to a maximum annual interest rate of 12.0%.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

3. If the interest rate provided under this Article exceeds the maximum interest rate allowed by any applicable law or is held unenforceable by an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction, such interest rate shall be modified to the highest rate permitted by the applicable law, and all remaining provisions of this Article and Contract shall remain in full force and effect without being impaired or invalidated in any way.

 

4. The establishment of the due date shall, for purposes of this Article, be determined as follows:

 

  a. As respects the payment of routine deposits and premiums due the Reinsurer, the due date shall be as provided for in the applicable section of this Contract. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, it shall be deemed due 30 days after the date of transmittal by the Intermediary of the initial billing for each such payment.

 

  b. Any claim or loss payment due the Reinsured hereunder shall be deemed due 30 days after the proof of loss or demand for payment is transmitted to the Reinsurer. If such loss or claim payment is not received within the 30 days, interest will accrue on the payment amount overdue in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3) above, from the date the proof of loss or demand for payment was transmitted to the Reinsurer.

 

  c. As respects any payment, adjustment or return due either party not otherwise provided for in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, the due date shall be as provided for in the applicable section of this Contract. In the event a due date is not specifically stated for a given payment, it shall be deemed due 30 days following transmittal of written notification that the provisions of this Article have been invoked.

For purposes of interest calculations only, amounts due hereunder shall be deemed paid upon receipt by the Intermediary.

 

5. Nothing herein shall be construed as limiting or prohibiting a Reinsurer from contesting the validity of any claim, or from participating in the defense of any claim or suit, or prohibiting either party from contesting the validity of any payment or from initiating any arbitration or other proceeding in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. If the debtor party prevails in an arbitration or other proceeding, then any interest penalties due hereunder on the amount in dispute shall be null and void. If the debtor party loses in such proceeding, then the interest penalty on the amount determined to be due hereunder shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions set forth above unless otherwise determined by such proceedings. If a debtor party advances payment of any amount it is contesting, and proves to be correct in its contestation, either in whole or in part, the other party shall reimburse the debtor party for any such excess payment made plus interest on the excess amount calculated in accordance with this Article.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

6. Interest penalties arising out of the application of this Article that are $1,000 or less from any party shall be waived unless there is a pattern of late payments consisting of three or more items over the course of any 12-month period.

ARTICLE 21

NON WAIVER

The failure of the Reinsured or the Reinsurer to insist on compliance with this Contract or to exercise any right or remedy hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any rights contained herein nor prevent either party from thereafter demanding full and complete compliance nor prevent either party from exercising such remedy in the future.

ARTICLE 22

NOTICES AND AGREEMENT EXECUTION

 

1. Whenever a notice, statement, report or any other written communication is required by this Contract, unless otherwise specified, such notice, statement, report or other written communication may be transmitted by certified or registered mail, nationally or internationally recognized express delivery service, personal delivery, electronic mail, or facsimile. With the exception of notices of termination, first class mail is also acceptable

 

2. The use of any of the following shall constitute a valid execution of this Contract or any amendments thereto:

 

  a. Paper documents with an original;

 

  b. Facsimile or electronic copies of paper documents showing an original ink signature; and/or

 

  c. Electronic records with an electronic signature made via an electronic agent. For the purposes of this Contract, the terms “electronic record”, “electronic signature” and “electronic agent” shall have the meanings set forth in the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000 or any amendments thereto.

 

3. This Contract may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when duly executed, shall be deemed an original.

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

ARTICLE 23

OFFSET

 

1. The Reinsured and the Reinsurer shall have the right to offset any balance or amounts due from one party to the other under the terms of this Contract. The party asserting the right of offset may exercise such right any time whether the balances due are on account of premiums or losses or otherwise.

 

2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) above, a Runoff Reinsurer shall not offset balances as outlined above without the prior consent of the Reinsured.

ARTICLE 24

SERVICE OF SUIT

(Applicable if the Reinsurer is not domiciled in the United States of America, and/or is not authorized in any State, Territory or District of the United States where authorization is required by insurance regulatory authorities.)

 

1. This Article will not be read to conflict with or override the obligations of the parties to arbitrate their disputes as provided for in the Arbitration Article. This Article is intended as an aid to compelling arbitration or enforcing such arbitration or arbitral award, not as an alternative to the Arbitration Article for resolving disputes arising out of this Contract.

 

2. In the event the Reinsurer fails to pay any amount claimed to be due hereunder or fails to otherwise perform its obligations hereunder, the Reinsurer, at the request of the Reinsured, will submit to the jurisdiction of a court of competent jurisdiction within the United States. Nothing in this Article constitutes or should be understood to constitute a waiver of the Reinsurer’s rights to commence an action in any court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, to remove an action to a United States District Court, or to seek a transfer of a case to another court as permitted by the laws of the United States or of any state in the United States. The Reinsurer, once the appropriate court is accepted by the Reinsurer or is determined by removal, transfer, or otherwise, as provided for above, will comply with all requirements necessary to give said court jurisdiction and, in any suit instituted against any of the Reinsurers upon this Contract, will abide by the final decision of such court or of any Appellate Court in the event of an appeal.

 

3.

Further, pursuant to any statute of any state, territory or district of the United States that makes provision therefore, the Reinsurer hereby designates the party named in its Interests and Liabilities Agreement, or if no party is named therein, the Superintendent,

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

  Commissioner or Director of Insurance, or other officer specified for that purpose in the statute, or his successor or successors in office, as its true and lawful attorney upon whom may be served any lawful process in any action, suit or proceeding instituted by or on behalf of the Reinsured or any beneficiary hereunder arising out of this Contract.

ARTICLE 25

SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Contract shall be rendered illegal or unenforceable by the laws, regulations or public policy of any state, such provision shall be considered void in such state, but this shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Contract or the enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

ARTICLE 26

TAXES

In consideration of the terms under which this Contract is issued, the Reinsured will not claim a deduction in respect of the premium hereon when making tax returns, other than income or profits tax returns, to any state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia.

ARTICLE 27

INTERMEDIARY

Advocate Reinsurance Partners, LLC, is hereby recognized as the Intermediary negotiating this Contract for all business hereunder. All communications (including but not limited to notices, statements, premium, return premium, commissions, taxes, losses, Loss Adjustment Expense, salvages and loss settlements) relating to this Contract will be transmitted to the Reinsured or the Reinsurer through Advocate Reinsurance Partners, LLC, 2501 North Harwood Street, Suite 1250, Dallas, Texas 75201. Payments by the Reinsured to the Intermediary will be deemed payment to the Reinsurers. Payments by the Reinsurers to the Intermediary will be deemed payment to the Reinsured only to the extent that such payments are actually received by the Reinsured.

 

LOGO


LOGO

INTERESTS AND LIABILITIES AGREEMENT

attaching to, and forming part of, the

EXCESS OF LOSS RETROCESSION CONTRACT

(hereinafter called the “Contract”)

EFFECTIVE: JUNE 1, 2013

issued to

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

(hereinafter called the “Reinsured”)

by

OXBRIDGE REINSURANCE LIMITED

(hereinafter called, with other participants, the “Reinsurers”)

Under the terms of this Contract the above Reinsurer agrees to assume severally and not jointly with other participants

Participation

100%

of the liability in the layer(s) described in the attached Contract including the same corresponding proportional participation of the Reinsurers’ additional obligations set forth within the layer(s) upon which the Reinsurer participates described above.

Brokerage

10.00% of Ceded Reinsurance Premium

Signed in CAYMAN ISLANDS, on this 28 day of June 2013

 

OXBRIDGE REINSURANCE LIMITED
BY:   LOGO SANJAY MADHU
TITLE:   CFO Director

Signed in Tampa FI ,on this 19 th day of June, 2013

 

CLADDAUGH CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, LTD.

BERMUDA

BY:   Richard R Allen
TITLE:   CFO Director

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.3

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT, dated July 18, 2013, is by and between Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited (the “Company”), a Cayman corporation having its principal place of business at Landmark Sq, 1st Floor, 64 Earth Close, Grand Cayman, KY1-9006, and Sanjay Madhu (the “Executive”).

BACKGROUND STATEMENT

The Company, through its Affiliates (as defined in this Agreement), is principally engaged in the business of providing homeowners insurance. An integral part of its insurance business is the investment of surplus and reserve funds. The Company contemplates that it may engage in other insurance lines of business and other business activities as well. (All such business and investment activities, present and future, whether engaged in by the Company or an Affiliate are referred to in this Agreement as the “ Business ”). The Company has developed and expects to develop trade secrets, methods of doing business, business plans, computer software and other items, all of which are worthy of protection. The Company considers it to be in its best interests to have the benefit of the Executive’s services as provided in this Agreement and the Executive is willing to render such services to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of and reliance upon the foregoing background statement and the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, the Company and the Executive agree to the following terms and conditions:

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Employment and Title . Commencing July 18, 2013, the Company agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to serve, as the Company’s president and chief executive officer, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. Duties, Responsibilities and Authority . During the term of his employment under this Agreement, the Executive will have the duties, responsibilities and authorities assigned to him by the Company’s board of directors, which duties, responsibilities and authorities will not be inconsistent with the Executive’s role as the Company’s president and chief executive officer. The Executive will report solely to the Company’s board of directors. The Executive agrees to devote his best efforts and substantially all of his full business time, energies and abilities, diligently and in good faith, to perform his duties, fulfill his responsibilities, and exercise his authority hereunder for the exclusive benefit of the Company. This provision will not be construed as preventing the Executive from participating in charitable and community affairs, managing his investment, investing in or engaging in other ventures, or maintaining a directorship related to First Home Bank, provided such activities do not interfere with the


performance of his duties under this Agreement and are not inconsistent with his role as the Company’s president and chief executive officer. The Executive agrees to serve on the Company’s board of directors, if elected. In promoting the interests of the Company and without additional compensation, the Executive will serve any of the Company’s Affiliates , including subsidiary corporations, partnerships, limited liability corporations and joint ventures, in such capacities as the Company’s board of directors may from time to time direct. The Executive will read and abide by any policy, code or practice the Company has or may hereafter adopt that is applicable to executives or executive officers in general, including policies and rules contained in the Company’s employee handbook and code of conduct.

3. Board Elections . During the Executive’s term of employment under this Agreement, the Company will use its best efforts to cause the Executive to be elected to the Board of Directors of Company (or its successor in interest), and to nominate the Executive as a member of the management slate at each annual meeting of shareholders at which the Executive’s director class comes up for election.

4. Location . The Executive’s principal place of employment will be: Landmark Sq, 1st Floor, 64 Earth Close, Grand Cayman, KY1-9006 or such other place to which the parties agree.

5. Term . The initial term of the Executive’s employment hereunder will commence on July 18, 2013 and continue for a period of three years, unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Executive’s employment hereunder will continue and automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless either party delivers written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days before expiration of the initial term or any renewal term. The initial term and any renewal term are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Term .”

6. Compensation .

6.1. Base Salary . As compensation for the services to be rendered by the Executive hereunder, the Company will pay the Executive, during the Term, an annual base salary of $200,000, which base salary will accrue and be paid in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices.

6.2. Bonus Compensation . The Executive will be entitled to any additional compensation provided for by resolution of the Company’s board of directors or applicable committee of the board of directors.

6.3. Benefits . During the Term, the Executive will be entitled to (i) medical, dental, life, disability and retirement benefits, if any, upon substantially the same terms and conditions generally applicable to all of the Company’s executives; and (ii) three weeks paid vacation plus other paid time generally available to the other executive officers of the Company.

 

2


6.4. Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company will reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, subject to, and in accordance with, any expense reimbursement policies and expense documentation requirements of the Company that may be in effect from time to time.

7. Working Facilities . The Company will provide the Executive with an office at the Executive’s principal work location or at such other location as agreed to by the Executive and the Company, and other working facilities and secretarial and other assistance suitable to his position and reasonably required for the performance of his duties hereunder.

8. Incapacity .

8.1 Right to Terminate . Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, except as provided by this Section 8 the Company will have no right to terminate the Executive’s employment while the Executive suffers Incapacity (as defined below). If the Executive suffers Incapacity for a period exceeding six consecutive months then the Company will have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder 30 days after delivery of written notice of termination. A termination of employment under this Section 8 will be deemed a termination without “ Good Cause ” as described in Section 9.4 hereof.

8.2 Right to Replace . If the Executive suffers Incapacity for 30 or more consecutive days, the Company will have the right to designate a person to temporarily perform the Executive’s duties.

8.3 Rights Prior to Termination . During a period of Incapacity the Executive will be entitled to his full base salary under Section 6.1 hereof and full benefits under Section 6.3 hereof until employment is terminated as described in Section 8.1 . The Executive will be entitled to reasonable accommodations from the Company so that the Executive is not prevented from performing his duties by illness or injury.

8.4 Incapacity Defined . For purposes of this Section 8 , the term “ Incapacity ” means the Executive’s inability to perform his duties hereunder substantially on a full-time basis because of physical or mental illness or physical injury as determined by the Company’s board of directors, in its reasonable discretion, based upon competent medical evidence. Upon the Company’s written request, the Executive will submit to reasonable medical and other examinations to provide the evidence required hereunder.

9. Termination of Employment .

9.1 Termination by the Company . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement without Good Cause anytime not fewer than 30 days nor more than 45 days after delivering written notice of termination to the Executive. The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Good Cause anytime by delivery of written notice of termination. Termination will be effective upon the date set forth in the notice of termination. Good Cause will be limited to any of the following circumstances:

 

3


(i) The Executive commits any fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or similar act against the Company or others;

(ii) The Executive materially defaults in the performance of his obligations, services or duties hereunder;

(iii) The Executive commits any public or private act that the Company’s board of directors finds, in good faith, to be materially inimical to the best interests of the Company or would tend to discredit, dishonor, embarrass, reflect adversely upon or in any manner injure the reputation of the Company, an Affiliate or the products or services of the Company or an Affiliate , or subject the Company or an Affiliate to potential material liability;

(iv) The Executive is grossly negligent or commits willful misconduct in the performance of his duties hereunder; or

(v) The Executive has been adjudicated guilty by, or enters a plea of guilty or no contest before, a court of competent jurisdiction of illegal activities or found by a court of competent jurisdiction to have engaged in other wrongful conduct and such illegal activities or wrongful conduct, individually or in the aggregate, has (or could be reasonably expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company, its prospects, earnings or financial condition.

9.2 Effect of Termination for Good Cause . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Good Cause

(i) the Executive will be entitled to accrued base salary under Section 6.1 and accrued vacation pay and other paid time off, each through the date of termination; and

(ii) the Executive will be entitled to reimbursement for expenses accrued through the date of termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4 hereof.

9.3 Effect of Termination without Good Cause . If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Good Cause

 

4


(i) the Executive will be entitled to accrued base salary under Section 6.1 and accrued vacation pay and other time off, each through the date of termination;

(ii) the Executive will be entitled to reimbursement for expenses accrued through the date of termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4 hereof;

(iii) the Executive will be entitled to receive all amounts of base salary that would have been payable under Section 6.1 (provided that the Executive will receive not less than 12 months of base salary) through the Term (excluding future automatic renewals) if employment had not been terminated, which amounts will be paid, subject to Section 15(b), following the Executive’s Separation from Service as and when such base salary would have been paid;

(iv) if the termination is within three years following a Change of Control (as defined herein), then the Executive will be entitled to receive, in lieu of the amount described in clause (iii), an amount equal to 2.9 times the total amount of the annual base salary payable under the terms of Section 6.1 of this Agreement, payable as follows :

(x) if the Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined in this Agreement) occurs within two years following a Change of Control that also satisfies the requirements to be a change of control within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code Section 409A”), then the entire amount shall be paid in aone-time, lump sum severance payment upon Separation from Service (except as provided in Section 15(b) ) ; or

(y) in any other circumstance, the entire amount shall be payable through the Term (excluding future automatic renewals) as if employment had not been terminated, which amounts will be paid, subject to Section 15(b), following Executive’s Separation from Service according to the regular payroll practices of the Company; and

(vii) The provisions of Section 13 will no longer apply to the Executive on and after the date of such termination.

9.4 Deemed Termination without Good Cause . The Executive’s death will be deemed a termination without Good Cause as of the date of death. Termination by reason of the Executive’s Incapacity as set forth in Section 8.1 will be deemed a termination without Good Cause . The Executive’s termination of employment upon expiration of the Term after the Company delivers written notice of non-renewal as described in Section 5 will be deemed a termination without Good Cause . In addition, after the occurrence of any of the following events, the Executive, at his sole option, may declare by 30 days written notice to the Company that his employment hereunder has been terminated by the Company, and such termination will for all purposes of this Agreement be deemed a termination by the Company without Good Cause :

(i) The Company materially changes the Executive’s reporting requirements;

 

5


(ii) The Executive is removed from or fails to win election to the Company’s board of directors;

(iii) The Company fails to afford the Executive the power and authority generally commensurate with the position of a president and chief executive officer; or

(iv) The Company breaches any material provision of this Agreement.

9.5 Termination by Executive . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder by delivery of not less than 30 days written notice to the Company.

9.6 Effect of Termination by Executive . If the Executive terminates his employment pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof —

(i) the Executive will be entitled to accrued base salary under Section 6.1 and accrued vacation pay and other paid time off, each through the date of termination; and

(ii) the Executive will be entitled to reimbursement for expenses accrued through the date of termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.4 hereof.

9.7 Change of Control . For purposes of Section 9.3 of this Agreement, a “ Change of Control ” will be deemed to have occurred in the event of—

(i) The acquisition by any person or entity, or group thereof acting in concert, of “beneficial” ownership (as such term is defined in Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), of securities of the Company which, together with securities previously owned, confer upon such person, entity or group the voting power, on any matters brought to a vote of shareholders, of 30% or more of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company;

(ii) The sale, assignment or transfer of assets of the Company in a transaction or series of transactions, if the aggregate consideration received or to be received by the Company in connection with such sale, assignment or transfer is greater than 50% of the book value, determined by the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis immediately before such transaction or the first of such transactions;

 

6


(iii) The merger, consolidation, share exchange or reorganization of the Company as a result of which the holders of all of the shares of capital stock of the Company as a group would receive less than 50% of the voting power of the capital stock or other interests of the surviving or resulting corporation or entity;

(iv) The adoption of a plan of liquidation or the approval of the dissolution of the Company;

(v) A determination by the Company’s board of directors, in view of then current circumstances or impending events, that a Change of Control has occurred or is imminent, which determination will be made for the specific purpose of triggering the operative provisions of this Agreement; or

(vi) The Company’s board of directors is not comprised of a majority of directors who were either directors as of the date of this Agreement (the “ Initial Directors ”) or whose nomination or election was approved by at least a majority of the Initial Directors or by a majority of directors whose nomination or election was approved by the Initial Directors .

9.8 Certain Additional Payments by the Company .

(a) If it will be determined that any payment, distribution or benefit received or to be received by the Executive from the Company (“ Payments ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (the “ Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment ”) from the Company in an amount such that the net amount retained by the Executive, after the calculation and deduction of any Excise Tax on the Payments and any federal, state and local income taxes and excise tax on the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment provided for in this Section 9.8 , will be equal to the Payments . In determining this amount, the amount of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment attributable to federal income taxes will be reduced by the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that could be obtained by the deduction of the portion of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment attributable to state and local income taxes. Finally, the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment will be reduced by income or excise tax withholding payments made by the Company or any Affiliate to any federal, state or local taxing authority with respect to the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment that was not deducted from compensation payable to the Executive.

(b) All determinations required to be made under this Section 9.8 , including whether and when an Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, except as specified in Section 9.8(a) above, will be made by the independent tax or accounting selected by the Company (the “ Accounting Firm ”), which will provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days after the Executive provides the Company with notice that a Payment has been or will be made or such earlier time as may be required by the Company. The determination of tax liability made by the Accounting Firm will be subject to review by the

 

7


Executive’s tax advisors and, if the Executive’s tax advisors do not agree with the determination reached by the Accounting Firm , then the Accounting Firm and the Executive’s tax advisor will jointly designate a nationally recognized public accounting firm, which will make the determination. All fees and expenses of the accountants and tax advisors retained by either the Executive or the Company will be borne by the Company. Any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment , as determined pursuant to this Section 9.8 , with respect to a Payment will be paid by the Company to the Executive at such time as the Executive is entitled to receive the Payment . Any determination by a jointly designated public accounting firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code at the time of the initial determination hereunder, it is possible that Excise Tax Gross-Up Payments will not have been made by the Company that should have been made consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder (“ Underpayment ”). In the event that the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax , any such Underpayment calculated in accordance with and in the same manner as the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment in Section 9.8(a) above will be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive. In the event that the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment exceeds the amount subsequently determined to be due, such excess will be treated as an overpayment made by the Company to the Executive and the Executive must repay such amount to the Company on the fifth day after demand by the Company (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code).

10. Certain Board Actions . The Executive will not vote on any matter involving the Executive’s own compensation, matters involving Incapacity under Section 8 hereof or any motion involving termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence the Executive may vote on compensation-related plans involving officers, directors or employees as a group, including bonus, stock, and option plans, unless such vote would be prohibited by the rules of any national securities exchange or market on which the Company’s shares are then traded or such vote would impair the Company’s ability to deduct compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

11. Trade Secrets .

11.1. Confidential Information . For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means information or materials that, in the Company’s view, provide advantage to the Company (or an Affiliate ) over others not having such information or materials and includes (i) customer information, supplier information, sales channel and distributor information, material terms of any contracts, marketing philosophies, strategies, techniques and objectives (including service roll-out dates and volume estimates), legal and regulatory positions and strategies, advertising and promotional copy, competitive advantages and disadvantages, non-published financial data, network configurations, product or service plans, designs, costs, prices and names, inventions, discoveries, improvements, technological developments, know-how, software

 

8


code, business opportunities (including planned or proposed financings, mergers, acquisitions, ventures and partnerships) and methodologies and processes (including the look and feel of computer screens and reports) for customer assistance, order acceptance and tracking, repairs, and commissions; (ii) information designated in writing or conspicuously marked as “confidential” or “proprietary” or likewise designated or marked with words of similar import; (iii) information for which the Company has an obligation of confidentiality so long as such obligation is known to the Executive; and (iv) information that by its nature or the circumstances of its delivery or disclosure a reasonable person would conclude that it is confidential or proprietary. The Executive is specifically aware of the legal obligations of confidentiality afforded to customers of financial institutions, including obligations to insurance policyholders.

11.2. Confidentiality . The Executive will hold Confidential Information in confidence and trust and limit disclosure of Confidential Information strictly to persons who have a need to know such Confidential Information in connection with the Business . The Executive will not disclose, use, or permit the use or disclosure of Confidential Information , except in satisfying his obligations under this Agreement. The Executive will use reasonable care to protect Confidential Information from inappropriate disclosure, whether inadvertent or intentional. The Executive understands that the misappropriation of a trade secret is a criminal offense under state and federal laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may disclose Confidential Information if such disclosure is required by a court order or an order of a similar judicial or administrative body; provided , however , that the Executive notifies the Company of such requirement immediately and in writing, and cooperates reasonably with the Company in obtaining a protective or similar order with respect thereto.

11.3. Notification of Third Party Disclosure Requests . If the Executive receives any written or oral third party request, order, instruction or solicitation for the disclosure of Confidential Information not in conformance with this Agreement or if the Executive becomes aware of any attempt by a third party to improperly gain Confidential Information , the Executive will immediately notify the Company’s general counsel and the Company’s board of directors of such request, order, instruction or solicitation or of such attempt and fully disclose the details surrounding such request, order, instruction or solicitation or such attempt.

11.4. Non-Removal of Records . All documents, files, records, data, papers, materials, notes, books, correspondence, drawings and other written, graphic or electronic records of the Business and all computer software of the Company which the Executive will prepare or use, or come into contact with, will be and remain the exclusive property of the Company, in its discretion, and will not be physically, electronically, telephonically or otherwise removed from the Company’s premises without the Company’s prior written consent.

 

9


11.5. Return or Destruction of Confidential Information. Confidential Information gained, received or developed by the Executive or in which the Executive participated in developing will remain the exclusive property of the Company, in its sole discretion. The Executive will promptly return to the Company or destroy or erase all records, books, documents or any other materials whatsoever (including all copies thereof) containing such Confidential Information in his possession or control upon the earlier of (i) the receipt of a written request from the Company for return or destruction of Confidential Information or (ii) the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder.

11.6. Trade Secrets of Others . In the course of his employment hereunder the Executive will not use any information or materials that belong to any former employer or any other person or entity and for which he has a duty of confidentiality; nor will the Executive use or allow the use of any illegally obtained confidential or secret information or materials.

12. Intellectual Property . All Confidential Information , computer software, video and sound recordings, scripts, creations, inventions, improvements, designs and discoveries conceived, created, invented, authored, developed, produced or discovered by the Executive while employed by the Company, whether alone or with others, whether during or after regular work hours, whether before or during the term of employment under this Agreement, are and will be the Company’s property exclusively, in its sole discretion. All such items were and will be produced as “work for hire.” The Executive hereby assigns to the Company all copyrights, trademarks and other rights of authorship or ownership he may have with respect to such items. Moreover, at any time, without additional consideration, the Executive will execute and deliver any documents or instruments that the Company may request in order to effectively convey and transfer good title and right to, and put the Company in possession of, such items.

13. Restrictions on Competition and Solicitation .

13.1. Noncompetition . The Executive agrees that during the course of his employment with the Company and for a period of one year after termination of that employment, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, as an executive, agent, independent contractor, consultant, partner, joint venturer or otherwise, within any state in the United States within which the Company or an Affiliate has conducted the Business within the 12 months preceding the date of the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, enter into, engage in, be employed by or consult with (or solicit to enter into, engage in, be employed by or consult with) any business which competes with the Company or an Affiliate by providing products or services of the same nature or type as those provided by the Company or an Affiliate within the 12 month period preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, including (a) participating as an officer, director, stockholder, member, employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant, representative or partner of, or having any direct or indirect financial interest (including the interest of a creditor) in, any such competitor or (b) assisting any other individual or business entity, of whatever type or description, in providing any such competing services. The provisions of this section will not apply to the ownership by the Executive of less than 5% of any publicly traded corporation or other business entity solely as an investor and under circumstances in which the

 

10


Executive neither provides services nor assists anyone else to provide any services to or on behalf of any such entity. The Executive further agrees that upon a violation of this section of this Agreement, the period during which the Executive’s covenants in this section apply will be extended by the number of days equal to the period of such violation.

13.2. Non-Solicitation/Non-Acceptance . The Executive agrees, during the course of his employment with the Company and for a period of one year after termination of that employment, the Executive will refrain from and will not, directly or indirectly, as employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant, partner, joint venturer or otherwise (a) solicit or counsel any third person, partnership, joint venture, company, corporation, association, or other organization that is or was a current or prospective customer of the Company or an Affiliate within the 12 months preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company and with which the Executive had a substantial relationship within such preceding 12 month period, regardless of such person’s or entity’s location, to terminate any existing or prospective business relationship with the Company or an Affiliate or commence a similar business relationship with any other individual or business entity; (b) accept, with or without solicitation, any business from any third person, partnership, joint venture, company, corporation, association or other organization that is or was a current or prospective customer of the Company or an Affiliate with which the Executive had a substantial relationship within the preceding 12 month period, regardless of such person’s or entity’s location; or (c) solicit any of the employees, agents, independent contractors or consultants of the Company or an Affiliate , regardless of such person’s or entity’s location, to terminate any business relationship with the Company or an Affiliate . The Executive further agrees that upon a violation of this section of this Agreement, the period during which the Executive’s covenants in this section apply will be extended by the number of days equal to the period of such violation.

13.3. No Circumvention . The Executive will not make any attempt, or use any artifice, scheme or device, including the use of any agent, representative, associate, advisor, relative or business entity, to circumvent the purposes of the restrictive covenants contained in Section 13.

13.4. Acknowledgements . The Executive acknowledges that the foregoing restrictive covenants are reasonable and necessary in light of the circumstances, including the Company’s interest in protecting the Confidential Information to which he has been exposed and the business relationships with the customers, partners, and others he has helped develop. The Executive further acknowledges that the foregoing restrictive covenants are a material inducement for the Company to enter into this Agreement, and that the covenants are given as an integral part of this Agreement.

13.5. Counterclaims . The existence of any claim or cause of action the Executive may have against the Company will not at any time constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the restrictions or rights provided by this Section 13.

 

11


14. Equitable Remedies . The Executive and the Company agree that the services to be rendered by the Executive pursuant to this Agreement, and the rights and interests granted and the obligations to be performed by the Executive to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, are of a special, unique, extraordinary and intellectual character, which gives them a peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in any action at law, and that a breach by the Executive of any of the terms of this Agreement will cause the Company great and irreparable injury and damage. The Executive hereby expressly recognizes and agrees that the Company has the right to seek entry of a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction and permanent injunction, and that such orders and injunctions may be issued against the Executive, to prevent or address a breach of Sections 11 through 13 of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action the Executive may have against the Company will not at any time constitute a defense to the request for such relief.

15. Code Section 409A .

(a) For purposes hereof, the Executive will be presumed to have experienced a “Separation from Service” on the date that the Company and the Executive reasonably anticipate that no further services will be performed by the Executive for the Company and its affiliates within the meaning of Code Section 409A (“ 409A Affiliates ”) or that the level of bona fide services the Executive will perform as an employee of the Company and its 409A Affiliates will permanently decrease to no more than twenty percent (20%) of the average level of bona fide services performed by the Executive (whether as an employee or independent contractor) for the Company and its 409A Affiliates over the immediately preceding 36-month period (or such lesser period of services). Whether the Executive has experienced a Separation from Service shall be determined by the Company in good faith and consistent with Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive takes a leave of absence for purposes of military leave, sick leave or other bona fide reason, the Executive will not be deemed to have experienced a Separation from Service for the first six (6) months of the leave of absence, or if longer, for so long as the Executive’s right to reemployment is provided either by statute or by contract, including this Agreement; provided that if the leave of absence is due to a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months, where such impairment causes the Executive to be unable to perform the duties of his position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment, the leave may be extended by the Company for up to twenty-nine (29) months without causing a Separation from Service. If the Executive continues to provide services to the Company or its 409A Affiliates following his date of termination of employment, the Executive’s Separation from Service date may be delayed to the date the Executive ceases to provide services to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

(b) Notwithstanding any other Section of this Agreement, if the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service, then any payments due

 

12


hereunder that would have been paid to the Executive within six (6) months following such Separation from Service shall be deferred and paid on the first day of the seventh month following the month in which the Executive’s Separation from Service occurs, to the extent required to avoid an additional tax on such payments under Code Section 409A. All deferred payments shall be paid in a lump sum without interest thereon. For purposes of applying Code Section 409A, each payment due hereunder shall be treated as a separate payment.

16. Compliance with Other Agreements . The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is free to enter this Agreement and that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations under this Agreement will not, as of the date of this Agreement or with the passage of time, conflict with, cause a breach of or constitute a default under any agreement to which the Executive is a party or by which he may be bound.

17. Severability . Every provision of this Agreement is intended to be severable. If any provision or portion of a provision is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, including as to geographic or temporal scope, then the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected. Moreover, any provision or portion of a provision of this Agreement which is determined to be unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, including as to geographic or temporal scope, will be modified by a court or arbitrator as appropriate so that it is not unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy.

18. Rights and Remedies Preserved . Nothing in this Agreement will limit any right or remedy the Company or the Executive may have under this Agreement or pursuant to law for any breach of this Agreement by the other party. The rights granted to the parties herein are cumulative, and the election of one will not constitute a waiver of such party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available under the circumstances.

19. Waiver . No failure or delay on the of part either party to this Agreement in the exercise of any right, power or remedy the party may have will operate as a waiver, nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy by either party preclude any other or further exercise of that right, power or remedy or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No express waiver or assent by any party to any breach of or default in any term or condition of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of or assent to any succeeding breach of or default in the same or any other term or conditions of this Agreement.

20. Notices . Any notices or deliveries permitted or required by this Agreement will be deemed given (i) when delivered in person or by messenger, if a receipt is obtained for delivery, (ii) when delivered by Federal Express, United Parcel Service, Airborne Express, U.S. Express Mail or similar nationally recognized overnight delivery service, if a confirmation of delivery is obtained, or (iii) five days after mailing, if mailed via certified or registered U.S. mail, return receipt requested, provided the notice is delivered or mailed to the party’s address as set forth below:

 

13


If to the Company:

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Landmark Sq, 1st Floor, 64 Earth Close, Grand Cayman, KY1-9006ATT:

General Counsel

If to the Executive:

The Executive’s most recent address on file with the Company.

The parties may change addresses to which notices are to be delivered by giving notice of the change of address in the manner set forth above; except, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing provision, notice of a change of address will be deemed made upon actual receipt of the notice by the other party. Notices deemed given or delivered as set forth above on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday will instead be deemed given or delivered on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

21. Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company, including the survivor upon any merger, consolidation, share exchange or combination of the Company. The Executive will not have the right to assign this Agreement or to assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any duty or obligation to be performed by him hereunder.

22. Entire Agreement . With respect to its subject matter, this Agreement contains all the understandings and agreements of the parties and supersedes all previous and all contemporaneous agreements, understandings, discussions and negotiations between the parties, whether written or oral. The parties agree that no previous drafts of this Agreement will be admissible as evidence (whether in any arbitration or court of law) in any proceeding which involves the interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement.

23. Amendments . Except as otherwise provided herein as to terms that are unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, this Agreement will not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties.

24. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Florida without reference to conflicts of law principles.

25. Further Assurances . Each party hereto will cooperate and will take such further action and will execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably requested by the other party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

14


26. Construction . This Agreement was negotiated at arm’s-length, with each party having the assistance of independent legal counsel. No court, arbitrator or finder of fact should construe this Agreement more strongly against either party on the basis of which party was responsible for the Agreement’s preparation. Wherever from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or the plural will include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender will include the other genders. The words “Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import referring to this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole, including Exhibits, and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Whenever the word “include,” “includes” or “including” is used in this Agreement, it will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The various headings contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

27. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which taken together will be deemed one original.

28. Affiliate . For the purposes of this Agreement, the capitalized term “ Affiliate ” means (i) any association or entity directly or indirectly controlling the Company and (ii) any association or entity controlled by or under common control with the Company.

29. Confidential Arbitration . The parties hereto agree that any dispute concerning or arising out of the provisions of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment or the termination of the Executive’s employment will be resolved by confidential arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Such confidential arbitration will be held in Tampa, Florida and the decision of the arbitrator or arbitrators will be conclusive and binding on the parties and will be enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction. In rendering a decision, the arbitrator will have the discretion to award attorneys fees and costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any dispute arises hereunder as to which a party desires to exercise any equitable rights or remedies under this Agreement, such party may, in its discretion, in lieu of submitting the matter to arbitration, bring an action thereon in any court of competent jurisdiction in Florida, which court may grant any and all relief available in equity or at law for any and all claims made by such party based on or arising from the provisions of this Agreement. In any such action, the prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs as may be awarded by the court.

30. Survival . The warranties and representations in this Agreement will survive the execution of this Agreement and continue without limitation. The Executive has incurred the obligations set forth in Sections 11 through 13 solely in consideration of the Company’s execution of this Agreement and such obligations and this Section 30 will survive and continue notwithstanding the termination, rescission or expiration of this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

31. Exhibits . All exhibits, schedules and other attachments to this Agreement are hereby incorporated by this reference as integral parts of this Agreement.

 

15


32. Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday . When the last day of a period during which an act may be performed under this Agreement falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday that period will be deemed to end on the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

33. Electronic Signatures . Signed copies of this Agreement, addenda, attachments and exhibits delivered electronically via Internet (e-mail) or telephone (fax) will legally bind the parties to the same extent as original documents.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

  EXECUTIVE
  /s/ Sanjay Madhu August 20, 2013
  Sanjay Madhu
  Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited
By:   /s/ Wrendon Timothy August 20, 2013
  Wrendon Timothy
Its:   Financial Controller & Company
  Secretary
 

 

16

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

August 1, 2013

Mr. Wrendon Timothy

P.O. Box 258

Georgetown, KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

Dear Wrendon,

REF: EMPLOYMENT WITH OXBRIDGE RE.

Further to our recent discussions we herby confirm our offer of employment with Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited.

It is necessary for us to obtain a work permit for you to employ you in the Cayman Islands and any offer of employment is subject to our successfully obtaining such permit. Further any offer of employment is subject to favorable professional references and confirmation that you have no criminal convictions, that you are not the subject of any investigation which may lead to a criminal conviction and further that you have not been reprimanded or otherwise disciplined nor are currently under investigation by any regulatory or professional body. Any failure to disclose such matters amounts to grounds for instant dismissal. It is further understood that any information you have provided to us in connection with your proposed employment is both complete and accurate. Any omission and/or inaccuracies in such disclosure may give rise to grounds for instant dismissal

Subject to the above, the terms on which this offer of employment is made are set out below.

Commencement Date

The employment of the Employee with the Employer will commence on August 1, 2013 (“the employment”) and run to July 31, 2015. The contract will be renewable by mutual consent.

The employment will initially be subject to a probationary period of 3-months with the possibility of extension for a further period of 3 months. During this period either party is entitled to give 24 hours notice.

Job Title

Your job title will be Financial Controller.

Hours of Work

The Employee’s standard work week will be 37  1 2 hours

The Employee may be required to work such hours in excess of the standard work-week as are necessary in order to fulfill his duties and/or as may be required by the Employer from time to time.


 

LOGO

Remuneration and benefits

The Employee will be paid a basic gross salary of USD$80,400 per annum, payable monthly. Salary levels are reviewed annually and any revisions are at the discretion of the Employer. With each salary payment made, the Employer will provide the Employee with a pay statement in accordance with section 33 of the Labour Law (2011 Revision).

As an employee of professional level no overtime will be paid to the Employee for any hours worked in excess of the Employee’s standard workweek nor for any hours worked by the Employee on a public holiday. However, the Employee will be entitled to time off in lieu, if the Employee was requested by his line manager to work on a public holiday.

Health Insurance and Pension

We will effect a premier health insurance contract for you as required by law. The cost of providing medical, dental and vision insurance is borne fully by the Employer. Currently, we estimate monthly premium to be paid by the Employer on your behalf to be approximately USD$520 per month.

We will comply with our obligations under the Pensions Law and enroll you in a pension plan subject to your being an eligible employee. Your contributions will be deducted from your salary and will be at a rate of 5% of earnings up to a maximum of approximately USD$300 per month; as the Employer, we are required to match your contributions. Eligible employees are permanent residents, persons with Caymanian status and persons who have been in employment in the Cayman Islands for a period of at least nine months. When you finally leave the Cayman Islands, subject to certain provisions of the relevant legislation, you will be entitled to have your interest in the pension plan paid to you after a period of two years.

Bonus

The Employee will also be eligible to receive a discretionary bonus, which is currently payable on an annual basis. This bonus may vary in size and in fact may not be paid at all in any given year as it depends on the business results as well as on the Employee’s personal performance.

Vacation Leave

You will be entitled to paid vacation leave in accordance with the Labour Law. Your vacation entitlement will be 20 days per calendar year which will be pro-rated for the first year of your employment. Vacation days will accrue at the rate of (1.67) days per month. There are some limitation on the times when vacation may be taken so as to avoid missing financial reporting deadlines. Thus, any vacation leave must be requested sufficiently in advance and must be approved prior to it being taken.


 

LOGO

Termination

In the event of your serious or persistent misconduct or breach of your employment contract, or for cause, we may terminate your employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice.

Save in respect of serious or persistent breach as stated above, if we wish to terminate your employment we will provide you with 60 days prior written notice or, if we choose, pay in lieu of notice. If you wish to terminate your employment, you are required to provide us with 60 days prior written notice.

Please note that, without limitation, the following actions shall be considered to be serious misconduct and will lead to your instant dismissal: breach of confidentiality; repeated absences without adequate explanation; conducting yourself outside working hours in a manner which is damaging or detrimental to the reputation of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited; attending work while intoxicated.

Sickness

In respect of absence due to sickness, if requested, you must provide us with a medical certificate stating the reason for absence and provide a new certificate each week to cover any subsequent period of absence. We reserve the right to ask you at any stage of absence to produce a medical certificate in accordance with the Labour Law.

You will receive payment in respect of days when you are absent from work due to sickness or injury in accordance with the Labour Law, which entitles you to 10 paid sick days.

Public Holidays

You will be entitled to receive payment for public holidays in accordance with the Labour Law.

Computer

You will be provided with, amongst other things, a notebook computer in order for you to carry out your work for the Employer. This computer and any software remain the property of the Employer. You will be responsible for the safekeeping of this computer as well as the confidential information stored in it, and you will be required to adhere to any of the Employer’s policies regarding computer and their use. The Employer may, at its sole discretion, charge you for your loss or damage which the Employer believes is caused by you or by your lack of care.

Confidentiality

You must not at any time during your employment (except so far as is necessary and proper in the course of your employment) or at any time after your employment has terminated, disclose to any person any information concerning our practice, business dealings or affairs or any of our clients or concerning any other matters which may come to your knowledge by reason of your employment. Breach of this provision will be considered serious breach and may result in your immediate dismissal.

These restrictions shall continue to apply after the termination (however it arises) of your employment hereunder without limit in point of time but shall cease to apply to information which comes into the public domain.


 

LOGO

Governing Law

This employment contract shall be governed by and be construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands.

Please indicate your acceptance of the terms of your employment with the Employer by signing, dating and returning to us the attached copy of this letter.

 

Yours Sincerely,
/s/ Sanjay Madhu
Sanjay Madhu – Chief Executive Officer

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

 

/s/ Wrendon Timothy
Name: Wrendon Timothy
Date: August 1, 2013

 

Exhibit 10.5

LICENCE AGREEMENT

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT is made this 23 r d day of May 2013

 

BETWEEN

  IPH LIMITED
  PO Box 715
  Grand Cayman
  Cayman Islands KY1-1107
  (hereinafter “the Licensor”)

AND

  OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED
  C/o Maples Corporate Services Limited
  P.O. Box 309
  Ugland House
  Grand Cayman
  Cayman Islands KY1-1104
  (hereinafter “the Licensee”).

WHEREAS:

 

  1 The Licensor is the owner of certain premises (“the Premises”).

 

  2 The Licensee wishes to use and occupy a certain portion of the Premises, as licensee, being the area of the Premises shown edged in red on the plan attached hereto as Schedule “B” (“Licence Area”).

 

  3 The Licensor is willing to permit the Licensee to use the License Area upon the terms and conditions herein contained.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

 

I INTERPRETATION

In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

The Commencement Date means the date set forth at Item 1 of Schedule “A”;

The Term means the term set out at Item 4 of Schedule “A” and any renewal or extension thereof.

Singular shall include the plural and plural the singular.


Licensor and Licensee shall include the personal representatives, permitted successors and permitted assigns of the parties.

 

II. THE LICENSOR HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES AS FOLLOWS:-

 

1 Subject to the monthly payment by the Licensee to the Licensor of the amounts set out at Item 5 of Schedule “A” to be paid in advance on the first day of each month, the Licensor grants to the Licensee a license for itself, its servants and/or agents to use the License Area for the purposes of a business office only and to enter, occupy and use the License Area for the Term. The Licensor shall provide the Licensee its own access to the License Area including all such keys, codes, passwords and the like so as to permit the Licensee to enter upon the License Area at all times without let or hindrance.

 

III THE LICENSEE HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES THAT IT SHALL:-

 

1 Not commit or permit to be committed on the premises any act or omission which shall violate any term or condition of the Strata By-Laws.

 

2 Keep the License Area tidy and in as good a state of repair and condition as at the Commencement Date, fair wear and tear and damage from casualty and fire excepted.

 

3 Use the License Area for no purpose other than for a business office.

 

4 Observe and conform to all the reasonable rules and regulations from time to time made by the Licensor with regard to the License Area and procure its employees and agents do likewise.

 

5 Not to store or bring upon the License Area any illegal articles or any articles of a combustible inflammable or dangerous nature and not to do permit or suffer to be done on the License Area anything by reason whereof the present or any future policies of insurance in respect of the License Area may be rendered void or voidable or whereby the rate of premium thereon may be increased.

 

6 On or before the termination of this Agreement to remove all chattels and other property situated on the License Area belonging to the Licensee and to make good any damage caused to the License Area, fair wear and tear and damage from casualty and fire excepted, failing which same shall be disposed of by the Licensor at the cost of the Licensee and without liability or accountability to the Licensee.

 

7

   (i)   

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article III Clauses 2 and 6 excepting damage from casualty and fire from the Licensee’s responsibility, jointly and severally to indemnify and save harmless the Licensor from and against all suits, actions, claims, proceeding or demands whatsoever (including costs and attorney’s costs on a full indemnity basis) for any loss or injury which any person may suffer or sustain as the direct or indirect result of any breach or non-observance of the Licensee’s covenants herein contained or of the Licensee’s negligent acts or omissions in or about the License Area or as a result of any damage caused by or as a result of any fixture or installation of the Licensee therein or thereon and or all costs charges and expenses of and incidental to any such suits, actions, claims or demands


  (ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Article III Clauses 2. and 6 excepting damage from casualty and fire from the Licensee’s responsibility, jointly and severally to pay and make good to the Licensor every loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Licensor as a consequence of every breach or non-observance of the Licensee’s covenants herein contained or caused by any act default or negligence of the Licensee or the servants, agents, licensees or invitees of the Licensee and to indemnify the Licensor from and against all actions, claims, liability, costs and expenses thereby-arising.

 

8. Licensor agrees to pay and make good to the Licensee every loss and damage whatsoever incurred or sustained by the Licensee as a consequence of every breach or non-observance of the Licensor’s covenants herein contained or caused by any negligence of the Licensor or the Servants, agents, licensees or invitees of the Licensor and to indemnify the Licensee from and against all actions, claims, liability, costs and expenses thereby arising (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and charges through all appeals).

 

IV DAMAGE TO LICENSE AREA

 

1 If at any time during the term hereby created the License Area shall be destroyed License charges shall abate during any period following a casualty that Licensee is not permitted to use the License Area for the conduct of its business.

 

V IT IS HEREBY MUTUALLY AGREED THAT:-

 

1 License not Lease

This Agreement does not give the Licensee any estate, right or interest in the License Area except as is necessary for the exercise of the right expressly conferred on the Licensee by this Agreement.

 

2 Miscellaneous

 

  a) Termination

Without prejudice to any other remedies then available to it, either Party shall be entitled to terminate this License -

 

  i) In the event that there is a material breach of any of the terms of this agreement by the other party and notice in writing of such breach is served upon the party in default and such breach continues for thirty (30) days after service of such notice (provided, however, that if such default is not susceptible of cure during such period, such party shall not be in default hereunder so long as it commences and diligently prosecutes to completion any such cure);


  ii) In the event the other party shall commit an act of bankruptcy or being a company shall enter voluntary liquidation or suffer presentation of a petition against it for compulsory winding up or shall make any composition with its creditors or shall suffer execution against its goods and chattels;

 

  iii) Provided that in the event of a catastrophic occurrence, such as a hurricane, earthquake or the like, reasonable time shall be allowed to remedy any material breaches.

 

  iv) Upon either party giving one months’ written notice to the other, such termination being effective at the end of such notice period.

 

  b) Notice s

 

  i) Any notice, document or other instrument required or permitted to be given or delivered by either party to the other party under any provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and may be given or delivered by a reputable courier addressed to the party to whom the notice is to be given or delivery is to be made at its address set out herein and notice shall be deemed to have been given or delivered five (5) days after the date on which it is delivered by courier, otherwise such notice shall not be deemed to have been given or document delivered until it is actually received by the party to whom the notice is given or delivery is made.

 

  ii) Any party may change its address for the purposes of this clause by giving notice of such change to the other party, which change, however, shall not become effective until it is actually received by the other party.

 

  c) Continuing Obligations

All obligations of the parties hereto, which expressly or by their nature survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect subsequent to and notwithstanding its expiration or termination and until they are satisfied in full or by their nature expire.

 

  d) Assignment

The Licence may not be assigned by the Licensee.

 

  e) Entire Agreement

This document contains the entire agreement between the Parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. No modification, alteration, or amendment of the Agreement nor any waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid or effective unless in writing and signed by all Parties hereto.


  f) Warranty

Each of the Parties warrants its power to enter into this Agreement and has obtained all the necessary approvals to do so.

 

  g) Severance

If any provision of this Agreement is declared by any judicial or other competent authority to be void, voidable, illegal or otherwise unenforceable or indications to that effect are received by either of the Parties from any competent authority, the Parties shall amend that provision in such reasonable manner as achieves the intention of the Parties without illegality.

 

  h) Supersedes Prior Agreements

This Agreement supersedes any prior Agreement between the Parties whether written or oral and any such prior Agreements are cancelled as at the date hereof but without prejudice to any rights which have already accrued to either of the Parties.

 

  i) Headings

Headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and should not be incorporated into this Agreement and shall not be deemed to be any indication of the meaning of the clauses to which they relate.

 

  j) Proper Law and Jurisdiction

i) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the Cayman Islands.

ii) Any proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in the Cayman Islands.

 

  k) Rights Cumulative

All right granted to either of the Parties shall be cumulative and no exercise by either of the Parties of any right under this Agreement shall restrict or prejudice the exercise of any other right granted by this Agreement or otherwise available to it.

 

  l) Waiver

The failure by either party to enforce at any time or for any period any one or more of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of such term or condition or of the right at any time subsequently to enforce all terms and conditions of this Agreement.


SCHEDULE “A”

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE:

  1 st  June, 2013

LICENSOR:

  IPH LIMITED

LICENSEE:

  OXBRIDGE RE
  HOLDINGS LIMITED

TERM:

  Three Months from
  Commencement Date and
  thereafter month to month

RENT:

  US$1,000 per month


LOGO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parries hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first herein before written.

 

 

Signed for and on behalf of the Licensor

  

 

)

)

)

)

   LOGO   

 

in the presence of:

/s/ Susan Bjuro

Signature

Susan Bjuro

Name

1 st FLOOR, LANDMARK Sq, GRAND CAYMAM

Address

 

Signed for and on behalf of the Licensee

     )    LOGO
     )   
     )    SANAJAY MADHU
     )    CFO OXBRIDGE RE Holding Limited

 

in the presence of:

/s/ Susan Bjuro

Signature

Susan Bjuro

Name

1 st FLOOR, LANDMARK Sq, GRAND CAYMAM

Address

Exhibit 10.6

UNDERWRITING ADVISORY AGREEMENT

This UNDERWRITING ADVISORY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement ”) is made and effective January 19, 2014 ( “Effective Date ”), and is by and among Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted limited company ( “Oxbridge ”) and Resonant Consultants, Ltd., a British Virgin Islands limited company ( “Advisor ”). Oxbridge and Advisor are referred to collectively as the “Parties” and each individually a “Party.”

Recitals

WHEREAS , Oxbridge, through its licensed reinsurance subsidiary, Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited ( “Limited ,” and together with Oxbridge and its other subsidiaries, the “Company ”), writes fully collateralized reinsurance contracts to cover property losses from specified catastrophes.

WHEREAS , Oxbridge desires to enter into this Agreement with Advisor in order to have the right to engage Advisor from time to time to provide underwriting expertise and advice in connection with reinsurance contracts that are being considered by the Company and the Advisor is willing to provide such services from time to time on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

Article 1

Appointment and Services

Section 1.01 Appointment and Acceptance of Advisor. Oxbridge, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, from time to time, may appoint the Advisor to act as a non-exclusive advisor to the Company in connection with reinsurance contracts that are being considered by the Company and the Advisor shall, from time to time, accept such appointment.

Section 1.02 Services to be Rendered by the Advisor. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any Underwriting Guidelines adopted by the Company from time to time, the oversight of the boards of directors of Oxbridge and its subsidiaries and the Applicable Requirements, the Advisor, when appointed from time to time, shall perform, or shall cause to be performed, general underwriting advisory services with respect to reinsurance contracts that are being considered by the Company and that are identified in writing by the Company to Advisor. Advisor shall perform all services in a conscientious, reasonable and competent manner and shall devote its best efforts to the performance of such services. The advisory services shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

 

  (i) advising the boards of directors of Oxbridge and its subsidiaries and the Company’s management regarding the classes of risks to be accepted and associated risk limits and premium rates, as well providing aggregate exposure and exposure management advice;


  (ii) reviewing agreements and related documents for the risks being ceded to the Company;

 

  (iii) advising on premium rates and other underwriting terms and conditions with respect to the underwriting of the risks being ceded to the Company;

 

  (iv) recommending commissions and fees to be paid to producers or brokers; and

 

  (v) other general services reasonably requested by the Company in furtherance of such advisory role in connection with potential reinsurance contracts.

Section 1.03 Limits of the Advisor’s Responsibilities. The Advisor shall not be responsible for, and shall have no duty to provide, administrative services, legal counsel, investment management or advice (other than with respect to cash and collateral accounts), tax advice or independent auditing services under this Agreement. Except as provided herein, the Advisor shall not have any other or further obligations or responsibilities to the Company, including any liability for the uncollectibility of any insurance or reinsurance premiums.

Article 2

Covenants

Section 2.01 Covenants of Oxbridge. During the term of this Agreement, Oxbridge, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, agrees that Oxbridge and its subsidiaries shall:

 

  (i) observe and comply with any Applicable Requirements;

 

  (ii) notify the Advisor in a timely manner of any amendment to the Underwriting Guidelines; and

 

  (iii) compensate the Advisor as provided in this Agreement.

Section 2.02 Covenants of Advisor. During the term of this Agreement, the Advisor, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, agrees that Advisor and its subsidiaries shall:

 

  (i) observe and comply with any Applicable Requirements;

 

  (ii) obtain and maintain any required registrations and/or licenses required by any Competent Regulatory Authority to perform the underwriting services contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (iii) perform all services under this Agreement in the country of its incorporation; and

 

  (iv) act in good faith and with reasonable skill and care in respect of the services rendered or to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 2.03 Regulatory Matters. Each Party agrees promptly to notify the other Party in writing upon receipt of any written or oral communication from any Competent Regulatory Authority pertaining to the services rendered or to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. The Parties agree to cooperate with each other and to use their commercially reasonable efforts in jointly resolving any issue or matter raised by any Competent Regulatory Authority.

 

2


Section 2.04 Cooperation. The Parties shall cooperate with each other as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to enable the Parties to carry out their respective responsibilities in full and to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement. Each Party shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as the other Parties may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Article 3

Representations and Warranties

Section 3.01 Representations and Warranties. Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other Party that (in respect of itself):

 

  (i) it is duly incorporated and validly existing under applicable laws, with full power and authority to conduct its business, and it has full power and authority to enter into, perform its duties under and exercise its rights under this Agreement;

 

  (ii) assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the other Party, this Agreement constitutes its valid, lawful and binding obligations enforceable against itself in accordance with its terms (except insofar as enforceability may be limited by any bankruptcy laws or principles, or any similar laws or principles);

 

  (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement do not and shall not constitute a breach of or default under (i) its organizational documents, (ii) any agreement or instrument by which it is bound or (iii) any Applicable Requirements; and

 

  (iv) no material consent, approval, waiver, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Competent Regulatory Authority is required to be obtained or made by it in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

The representations and warranties in this Section 3.01 are made on a continuing basis, and shall remain in full force and effect throughout the duration of this Agreement. If any Party becomes aware that any of the representations and warranties made by it in this Section 3.01 has ceased to be true, then it shall notify the other Party promptly.

 

3


Article 4

Fees

Section 4.01 Advisory Fees. Oxbridge shall pay Advisor an underwriting advisory fee ( “Advisory Fee ”) on each contract for which Advisor has been specifically appointed in writing in advance by Oxbridge to provide advisory services to Oxbridge. The Advisory Fee shall be an amount equal to five percent (5.0%) of the gross reinsurance premiums of Company under such contract after deducting any portion of the premium subject to potential rebate or refund to the retrocedant or cedant (the “Earned Premiums ”). The Advisory Fee is payable within thirty (30) days after the collection of the premium under the applicable contract.

Section 4.02 Performance Fees. Oxbridge shall, in addition to an Advisory Fee, pay Advisor a performance fee ( “Performance Fee ”) equal to ten percent (10%) of the gross profit of each contract on which an Advisory Fee has been earned. The Performance Fee shall be determined at the end of each contract. For this Section 4.02, “gross profit” shall be defined as the Earned Premiums minus (i) the Advisory Fee, (ii) broker commissions, (iii) policy acquisition costs, (iv) incurred losses and (v) a capital charge. The capital charge will be equal to ten percent (10%) of the average monthly collateral value securing the contract over the life of the contract. The Performance Fee is payable within thirty (30) days after the end of the applicable contract (unless Oxbridge reasonably anticipates that there will be claims under the reinsurance contract, in which case the Performance Fee will be payable within thirty (30) days of the resolution and settlement of all anticipated claims).

Section 4.03 Minimum Semi-Annual Retainer. Advisor shall be entitled to a minimum fee of U.S.$75,000 per each semi-annual period that this Agreement is in effect (the “Minimum Fee ”). For this purpose, “semi-annual period” means each of the successive 6-month periods beginning on January 1 and July 1 of each year while this Agreement remains in effect. The Minimum Fee for each semi-annual period shall be payable in advance on the first business day in January or on the first business day in July of each semi-annual period; however, the Minimum Fee applicable to the semi-annual period from the Effective Date through June 30, 2014 shall not be payable until thirty (30) days after the consummation of an initial public offering by Oxbridge, and the Minimum Fee for such initial semi-annual period will not be pro rated. The Minimum Fee shall be deducted from, and shall be a credit toward, any Advisory Fees or Performance Fees payable under this Agreement.

Section 4.04 Responsibility for Payment of Taxes. Oxbridge shall not withhold any income taxes with respect to any fees paid by Oxbridge to Advisor hereunder and Advisor shall be solely responsible for the payment of all taxes due to any Competent Regulatory Authority with respect to such fees.

Article 5

Term and Termination

Section 5.01 Term. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated in accordance with Section 5.02.

Section 5.02 Termination. Either Party may terminate this Agreement (i) for convenience at any time upon 30 days prior written notice to the other Party, provided that in the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to June 30, 2014 or prior to the end of any other semi-annual period, then the Oxbridge shall not be entitled to a refund of any portion of the Minimum Fee previously paid or payable, or (ii) immediately and without prior written notice if the other Party is in material breach of this Agreement that (if curable) remains uncured for a period of ten (10) days after written notice of the breach by the other Party.

 

4


Article 6

Indemnification

Section 6.01 Indemnification of the Advisor. Oxbridge, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, unconditionally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Advisor and its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and permitted assigns (the “Advisor Indemnitees ”) from and against, and pay or reimburse such parties for, any losses, claims, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs or expenses of any type which they may incur (i) on account of any third-party claim or proceeding arising out of the performance of this Agreement or (ii) from any breach of this Agreement or failure to perform any covenant or obligation of Oxbridge or its subsidiaries contained in this Agreement (in each instance unless caused by the Advisor’s breach of, or failure to perform, its covenants or obligations under this Agreement), in each case, unless (a) a court or arbitral panel with appropriate jurisdiction shall have determined by a final judgment which is not subject to appeal such losses, claims, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses are as a result of fraud, dishonesty, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any of the Advisor Indemnitees or (b) such Advisor Indemnitees shall have settled such losses, claims, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses without the consent of Oxbridge (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 6.02 Indemnification of Company. The Advisor unconditionally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and permitted assigns (the “Company Indemnitees ”), from and against, and pay or reimburse such parties for, any losses, claims, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs or expenses of any type which they may incur from any breach of this Agreement or failure to perform any covenant or obligation of the Advisor contained in this Agreement, unless (i) a court or arbitral panel of appropriate jurisdiction shall have determined by a final judgment that is not subject to appeal such losses, claims, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses are as a result of fraud, dishonesty, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any of the Company Indemnitees or (ii) such Company Indemnitees shall have settled such losses, claims, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses without the consent of the Advisor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 6.03 Indemnification Procedure. Any person who is claiming indemnification from Oxbridge pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, or from the Advisor pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.02 (the “Indemnified Person ”), shall promptly deliver a written notification of each claim for indemnification, accompanied by a copy of all papers served, if any, and specifying in detail the nature of, basis for and estimated amount of the claim for indemnification to Oxbridge or the Advisor, as applicable (the “Indemnifying Party ”). If an Indemnified Person fails to promptly notify the Indemnifying Party, then the obligation to indemnify shall be reduced by the amount of liability that is attributable to or becomes definite as a result of the delay in notification, if the delay in notification has resulted in a material increase in liability or actual prejudice to the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to assume the defense of any matter for which a claim of indemnification is made against it with counsel it selects, at its own expense. The Indemnifying Party in its sole discretion shall have the right to settle, compromise or defend until final adjudication any dispute or alleged liability for which a claim for indemnification has been made; provided , however , that the Indemnifying Party shall not, except with the consent of each Indemnified Person, which consent

 

5


shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment, or enter into any settlement, that does not include the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to the Indemnified Person of a release from all liability with respect to the claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Person shall cooperate in providing information, formulating a defense or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party.

Section 6.04 Payment of Indemnified Amounts. Each Indemnified Person shall provide written, detailed statements to the Indemnifying Party on a monthly basis, of any expenses, costs or other liabilities for which indemnification is claimed. The Indemnifying Party shall reimburse such amounts within twenty (20) days of receiving any such statement, or shall notify in writing the Indemnified Person claiming indemnification if it denies liability, and provide the reasons for the denial.

Article 7

Conflicts of Interest and Non-Exclusivity

Section 7.01 Non-Exclusivity. The services provided by the Advisor under this Agreement are not exclusive and either Party may enter into similar arrangements with third parties. None of the services to be provided under this Agreement nor any other matter shall give rise to any fiduciary or equitable duties (to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Requirements) which would prevent or hinder the Advisor, its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (each an “Interested Party ”) from providing additional services to or entering into transactions with or for the Company.

Section 7.02 Conflicts of Interest. The Advisor shall take reasonable steps to ensure fair treatment for the Company and shall ensure that any services and/or advice provided pursuant to this Agreement are provided in good faith as if the potential conflict had not existed.

Article 8

Miscellaneous

Section 8.01 Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. The Parties recognize and acknowledge that Advisor has had access to, and will have access to, certain Confidential Information about the businesses of the Company and its Affiliates which constitutes valuable, special, and unique property of the Company. Advisor shall not disclose, directly or indirectly, any of such Confidential Information to any Person, firm, corporation, association, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever unless the disclosure is reasonably necessary pursuant to Advisor’s performance of its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or the disclosure is specifically authorized in writing by an authorized officer of the Company.

Section 8.02 Amendment. This Agreement may be amended, suspended, extended or modified by the Parties at any time only by an instrument in writing executed by each Party.

Section 8.03 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by any of the Parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto. No assignment by any Party shall relieve such Party of any of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the immediately preceding two sentences, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Any purported assignment not permitted under this Section 8.03 shall be null and void. All such assignments shall be subject to all necessary regulatory approvals.

 

6


Section 8.04 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or e-mail), each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each Party hereto and delivered to the other Parties hereto.

Section 8.05 Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties and their Affiliates, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that (i) it has not relied on or been induced to enter into this Agreement by any undertaking, promise, assurance, statement, representation, warranty, undertaking or understanding which is not expressly included in this Agreement and (ii) it shall have no claim or remedy in respect of any undertaking, promise, assurance, statement, representation, warranty, undertaking or understanding which is not expressly included in this Agreement. Nothing in the immediately preceding sentence shall operate to limit or exclude any liability for fraud.

Section 8.06 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of Cayman Islands applicable to contracts and made and performed entirely within the Cayman Islands without regard to choice of law principles thereunder.

Section 8.07 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (B) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVER, (C) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (D) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVER AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

7


Section 8.08 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to either Party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, facsimiled (which is confirmed) or sent by overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) to the other Party at the following addresses:

 

  If to Oxbridge, to:   
  Address:   

Landmark Square, Suite 1A

64 Earth Close

P.O. Box 469

Grand Cayman, KY1-9006

Cayman Islands

ATTN:

  
  Facsimile:        
  If to the Advisor, to:   
  Address:        
  Facsimile:        

or such other address or facsimile number as such Party may hereafter specify by like notice to the other Party hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. local time in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

Section 8.09 Severability. If any term, condition or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any term, condition or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in an acceptable manner to the end that the terms of this Agreement are fulfilled to the extent possible.

Section 8.10 No Waiver/Cumulative Remedies. Any waiver of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement or of any default under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default and shall in no way affect the other terms of this Agreement. No failure on the part of a Party to exercise, and no delay on its part in exercising, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that right or remedy, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise of that right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 8.11 Relationship of Parties. The Advisor shall perform its duties hereunder as an independent contractor. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create the relationship of employer or employee, partnership or any type of joint venture relationship, between the Company, on the one hand, and the Advisor, on the other hand. Advisor shall not, and shall have no authority to, enter into any agreement or commitment in the name of, or on behalf of, the Company.

 

8


Section 8.12 Interpretation. This Agreement has been negotiated by the Parties and is to be interpreted according to its fair meaning as if the Parties had prepared it together and not strictly for or against any Party.

Section 8.13 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall mean the singular or plural and the masculine, feminine or neuter genders as permitted by the context in which the words are used.

Section 8.14 Survival. The provisions of this Agreement which, by their express or implicit terms, are intended to survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, shall survive such termination or expiration and be enforceable.

Section 8.15 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings ascribed thereto below.

Advisor ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the introductory paragraph.

Advisor Indemnitees ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.01.

Advisory Fee ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.01.

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For this purpose, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the introductory paragraph.

Applicable Requirements ” means, with respect to any Person, all applicable laws, rules, regulations and requirements, including applicable laws, rules, regulations, requirements and binding requests of any Competent Regulatory Authority, and all applicable orders and decrees.

Company ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals.

Company Indemnitees ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.02.

Competent Regulatory Authority ” means, with respect to any Person, any regulatory authority or analogous Person responsible for regulating, or having jurisdiction over, that Person.

Confidential Information ” means information that:

 

  (a) has been disclosed to a Party, or that a Party has or may become aware of in connection with this Agreement, in both cases before or during the term of this Agreement; and

 

9


  (b) is marked as or otherwise indicated as confidential, or derives value to a Party from being confidential, or would be regarded as confidential by a reasonable business person, except to the extent that such information is in the public domain (otherwise than by a breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement).

Earned Premiums ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.01.

Effective Date ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the introductory paragraph.

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.03.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.03.

Interested Party ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.01.

Limited ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals.

Oxbridge ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the introductory paragraph.

Performance Fee ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.01.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or any other entity.

Underwriting Guidelines ” means the underwriting guidelines of Oxbridge and its subsidiaries, as the same may be modified from time to time.

[ signature page follows ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been entered into by the duly authorized representatives of the Parties to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted limited company

By

  /s/ Jay Madhu
  Name: Jay Madhu
  Title: CEO

 

Resonant Consultants, Ltd., a British Virgin Islands limited company

By

  /s/ Edgar Ward Blanch
  Name: Edgar Ward Blanch
  Title: Owner

 

11

Exhibit 10.7

ESCROW AGREEMENT

This Escrow Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the              day of              , 2014, by and among Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation, and Capitol Securities Management, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“Capitol”), as representative of the several sales agents (individually and collectively, the “Sales Agent”) set forth in Schedule I of the Sales Agency Agreement, dated              , 2014, by and between Oxbridge and Capitol, as such representative.

RECITALS:

A. The Company proposes to sell a minimum of              units and a maximum of              units, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share, $0.0001 par value, and one warrant, of the Company (the “Units”).

B. The Company has retained the Sales Agent, as agent for the Company on a best efforts, minimum-maximum basis, to sell the Units in a public offering (the “Offering”), and the Sales Agent has agreed to sell the Units in the Offering as the Company’s agent on a best efforts, minimum-maximum basis.

C. The Escrow Agent is willing to hold the proceeds of the Offering in escrow pursuant to this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Establishment of the Escrow Account . Contemporaneously herewith, the parties have established a non-interest-bearing account with the Escrow Agent, which escrow account is entitled “              Escrow Account” (the “Escrow Account”). Payment for the Units may be made (i) by check, bank draft or money order made payable to “SunTrust Bank” and delivered to the Sales Agent no less than four business days before the Closing Date (as defined below), the Sales Agent will transfer these funds directly to the Escrow Agent (“Monies Delivered”), or (ii) by authorization of withdrawal from securities accounts maintained with the Sales Agent. If payment is made by authorization of withdrawal from securities accounts, the funds authorized to be withdrawn from a securities account will continue to accrue interest, if any interest is to accrue on such amounts, at the contractual rates until closing or termination of the Offering (“Monies Authorized”). If a purchaser authorizes the Sales Agent to withdraw the amount of the purchase price from a securities account, the Sales Agent will do so only as of the Closing Date. Any check received which is made payable to any party other than the Escrow Agent shall be returned to the purchaser who submitted the check and not accepted.


2. Escrow Period . The escrow period (the “Escrow Period”) shall begin with the commencement of the Offering and shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of the following dates:

(a) the date on which the Escrow Agent confirms that it has received in the Escrow Account gross proceeds for the sale of              Units; [ NOTE: Insert maximum amount ]

(b)              , 2014; or

(c) the date on which the Sales Agent and the Company notify the Escrow Agent in writing that the Offering has been terminated.

The Company is aware and understands that, during the Escrow Period, it is not entitled to any funds received into escrow and no amounts deposited in the Escrow Account shall become the property of the Company or any other entity or be subject to the debts of the Company or any other entity.

3. Deposits into the Escrow Account . The Sales Agent agrees that it shall deliver to the Escrow Agent for deposit in the Escrow Account all Monies Delivered received from purchasers of the Units by noon of the next business day after receipt together with a written account of each sale, which account shall set forth, among other things, (a) the purchaser’s name and address, (b) the number of Units purchased by the purchaser, (c) the amount paid therefor by the purchaser, (d) whether the consideration received from the purchaser was in the form of a check, draft or money order, and (e) the purchaser’s social security or tax identification number. The Escrow Agent agrees to hold all monies so deposited in the Escrow Account (the “Escrow Amount”) for the benefit of the parties hereto until authorized to disburse such monies under the terms of this Agreement. Monies Authorized will be provided as set forth above.

4. Disbursements from the Escrow Account . In the event that the Escrow Agent does not receive deposits for the sale of              Units [NOTE: Insert minimum amount] prior to the termination of the Escrow Period, or if the Sales Agent and the Company notify the Escrow Agent that the Offering has been terminated, the Escrow Agent shall promptly refund to each purchaser the amount received from the purchaser, without deduction, penalty, or expense to the purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall notify the Company and the Sales Agent of its distribution of the funds. The purchase money returned to each purchaser shall be free and clear of any and all claims of the Company or any of its creditors.

In the event that the Escrow Agent does receive minimum deposits for the sale of              Units [NOTE: Insert minimum amount] prior to the termination of the Escrow Period, on the Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall disburse the Escrow Amount pursuant to the provisions of Section 6; provided, however, that in no event will the Escrow Amount be released to the Company until such amount is received by the Escrow Agent in collected funds. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “collected funds” shall mean all funds, including fed funds, received by the Escrow Agent which have cleared normal banking channels.

5. Collection Procedure .

(a) The Escrow Agent is hereby authorized to deposit each check in the Escrow Account.

 

2


(b) In the event that any check paid by a purchaser and deposited in the Escrow Account shall be returned, the Escrow Agent shall notify the Sales Agent by telephone of such occurrence and advise it of the name of the purchaser, the amount of the check returned, and any other pertinent information. The Escrow Agent shall then transmit the returned check directly to the purchaser and shall transmit the statement previously delivered by the Sales Agent relating to such purchase to the Sales Agent.

(c) If the Company rejects any purchase of Units for which the Escrow Agent has already collected funds, the Escrow Agent shall promptly issue a refund check to the rejected purchaser. If the Sales Agent rejects any purchase for which the Escrow Agent has not yet collected funds but has submitted the purchaser’s check for collection, the Escrow Agent shall promptly issue a check in the amount of the purchaser’s check to the rejected purchaser after the Escrow Agent has cleared such funds. If the Escrow Agent has not yet submitted a rejected purchaser’s check for collection, the Escrow Agent shall promptly remit the purchaser’s check directly to the purchaser.

6. Delivery of Escrow Account .

(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Sales Agent and the Company shall provide the Escrow Agent with a statement, executed by each party, containing the following information:

(i) The total number of Units sold by the Sales Agent directly to purchasers and a list containing the name of each purchaser, the number of Units purchased by each purchaser, and a specification of the manner in which the Units should be issued; and

(ii) A calculation by the Sales Agent and the Company as to the manner in which the Escrow Account should be distributed to the Company and the Sales Agent and, in the event of oversubscription or rejection of certain purchasers, the aggregate amount to be returned to individual purchasers and a listing of the exact amount to be returned to each such purchaser.

The Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Amount and distribute it in accordance with the above-described statement on the Closing Date or such later date that it receives the above-described statement.

(b) Upon termination of the Offering by the Company or the Sales Agent for any reason, the Escrow Agent shall return to the purchasers who contributed to the Escrow Account the exact amount contributed by them.

7. Investment of Escrow Account . The Escrow Agent shall deposit funds received from purchasers in the Escrow Account, which shall be a non-interest-bearing bank account at the Escrow Agent. All investment shall comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including Rule 15c2-4 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

3


8. Closing Date . As used herein, the term “Closing Date” means the date of closing of the Offering as determined by the Company and the Sales Agent.

9. Compensation of Escrow Agent . The Company shall pay the Escrow Agent a fee for its services hereunder in an amount equal to Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500), which amount shall be paid on the Closing Date. In the event the Offering is cancelled for any reason, the Company shall pay the Escrow Agent its fee within ten (10) days after the Escrow Amount is refunded to purchasers. No such fee or any other monies whatsoever shall be paid out of or chargeable to the funds on deposit in the Escrow Account.

10. Disbursement into Court . If, at any time, there shall exist any dispute between the Company, the Sales Agent and/or the purchasers with respect to the holding or disposition of any portion of the Escrow Amount or any other obligations of the Escrow Agent hereunder, or if at any time the Escrow Agent is unable to determine, to the Escrow Agent’s sole satisfaction, the proper disposition of any portion of the Escrow Amount or the Escrow Agent’s proper actions with respect to its obligations hereunder, or if the Company and the Sales Agent have not within thirty (30) days of the furnishing by the Escrow Agent of a notice of resignation appointed a successor Escrow Agent to act hereunder, then the Escrow Agent may, in its sole discretion, take either or both of the following actions:

(a) suspend the performance of any of its obligations under this Agreement until such dispute or uncertainty shall be resolved to the sole satisfaction of the Escrow Agent or until a successor Escrow Agent shall have been appointed (as the case may be); provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall continue to hold the Escrow Amount in accordance with Section 7 hereof; and/or

(b) petition (by means of an interpleader action or any other appropriate method) any court of competent jurisdiction in Richmond, Virginia, for instructions with respect to such dispute or uncertainty, and pay into court all funds held by it in the Escrow Account for holding and disposition in accordance with the instructions of such court.

The Escrow Agent shall have no liability to the Company, the Sales Agent or any other person with respect to any such suspension of performance or disbursement into court, specifically including any liability or claimed liability that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or as a result of any delay in the disbursement of funds held in the Escrow Account or any delay in or with respect to any other action required or requested of the Escrow Agent.

11. Duties and Rights of the Escrow Agent . The foregoing agreements and obligations of the Escrow Agent are subject to the following provisions:

(a) The Escrow Agent’s duties hereunder are limited solely to the safekeeping and disposition of the Escrow Account in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. It is agreed that the duties of the Escrow Agent are only such as herein specifically provided, being purely of a ministerial nature, and the Escrow Agent shall incur no liability whatsoever except for negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

 

4


(b) The Escrow Agent is authorized to rely on any document believed by the Escrow Agent to be authentic in making any delivery of the Escrow Amount. It shall have no responsibility for the genuineness or the validity of any document or any other item deposited with it and it shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with this Agreement or instructions received.

(c) The Company and the Sales Agent hereby waive any suit, claim, demand or cause of action of any kind which they may have or may assert against the Escrow Agent arising out of or relating to the execution or performance by the Escrow Agent of this Agreement, unless such suit, claim, demand or cause of action is based upon the gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith of the Escrow Agent.

12. Notices . All notices given hereunder will be in writing and delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, hand-delivery, overnight courier, or confirmed facsimile or electronic mail transmission to the parties at the following addresses, or such other address as a party may specify by proper notice:

To the Company:

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Landmark Square, 1 st Floor

64 Earth Close

Grand Cayman, KY1-9006

Cayman Islands

Attention: Sanjay Madhu

Facsimile:

Email: jmadhu@oxbridgere.com

With a copy to:

Foley & Lardner LLP

100 North Tampa Street, Suite 2700

Tampa, Florida 33602

Attention: Curt P. Creely, Esq.

Facsimile: (813) 221-4210

Email: ccreely@foley.com

To the Sales Agent:

Capitol Securities Management, Inc.

100 Concourse Boulevard, Suite 101

Glen Allen, Virginia 23059

Attention: Mr. L. McCarthy Downs, III

Facsimile: (804) 966-2468

Email: mdowns@capitolsecurities.com

 

5


With a copy to:

LeClairRyan, A Professional Corporation

Riverfront Plaza, East Town

951 East Byrd Street, Eighth Floor

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Attention: Christopher J. Lange, Esq.

Facsimile: (804) 783-7689

Email: christopher.lange@leclairryan.com

To the Escrow Agent:

SunTrust Bank

919 East Main Street, 7th Floor

Richmond, Virginia 23219

Attention: Matthew Ward

Facsimile: (804) 782-7855

Email: matthew.ward@suntrust.com

Any notice delivered to the Escrow Agent by Capitol in accordance with this Section 12 shall be deemed to have been delivered by the Sales Agent. The Sales Agent may also deliver a joint notice, all other notifications are ineffective.

13. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

(b) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate any other provision hereof.

(c) This Agreement shall be governed by the applicable laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

(d) This Agreement may not be modified except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

(e) All demands, notices, approvals, consents, requests and other communications hereunder shall be given in the manner provided in this Agreement.

(f) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall together constitute a single instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in their respective names, all as of the date first above written.

 

CAPITOL SECURITIES MANAGEMENT, INC.
By:    
Name:   L. McCarthy Downs, III
Title:   Managing Director – Investment Banking

 

OXBRIDGE RE HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:    
Name:   Sanjay Madhu
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

SUNTRUST BANK
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

7


Certificate of Incumbency

(List of Authorized Representatives)

Client Name:     Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

As an Authorized Officer of the above referenced entity, I hereby certify that each person listed below is an authorized signor for such entity, and that the title and signature appearing beside each name is true and correct.

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Contact Number

Sanjay Madhu

   Chief Executive Officer       (        )
     

 

  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been executed by a duly authorized officer on:

                                                                                   .

                                         Date

By:                                                          

Name (print):                                       

Its: Secretary


Certificate of Incumbency

(List of Authorized Representatives)

Client Name: Capitol Securities Management, Inc.

As an Authorized Officer of the above referenced entity, I hereby certify that each person listed below is an authorized signor for such entity, and that the title and signature appearing beside each name is true and correct.

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Contact Number

L. McCarthy Downs, III

   Managing Director       (804) 337-6511
     

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this certificate has been executed by a duly authorized officer on:

                                                                                   .

                                         Date

By:                                                              

Name (print):                                            

Its:                                                            

Exhibit 10.8

                     , 2014

Capitol Securities Management, Inc.

100 Concourse Boulevard, Suite 101

Glen Allen, Virginia 23059

Attention: Mr. L. McCarthy Downs, III

 

  Re: Public Offering of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a holder of ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (“Ordinary Shares”), or rights to acquire Ordinary Shares, of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), understands that Capitol Securities Management, Inc. (“Capitol”), as Representative of certain firms (the “Sales Agents”), proposes to enter into an Sales Agency Agreement (the “Sales Agency Agreement”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Sales Agents of units, with each unit consisting of one ordinary share, $0.0001 par value, and one warrant, of the Company (the “Securities”).

In connection with the Public Offering, Capitol is requiring each of the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders owning five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares after the offering contemplated hereby to enter into lock-up agreements designed to prohibit the sale of the Ordinary Shares held (nominally or beneficially) by those individuals and entities (in any manner, including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act) for a period of 180 days following the closing of the Public Offering. These so called lock-ups are intended to induce Sales Agents that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering and to allow the Securities to be traded for a period of time before influential owners may sell their Ordinary Shares.

For other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees for the benefit of the Company and the Sales Agents that, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the closing of the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), directly or indirectly (1) offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any Ordinary Shares or any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) by the undersigned on the date hereof or hereafter acquired or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Ordinary Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to:

(i) the sale of Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Sales Agency Agreement;

(ii) transactions relating to Ordinary Shares acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, or the exercise of any stock option to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to any benefit plan of the Company;


(iii) transfers of Ordinary Shares or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares as a bona fide gift or in connection with estate planning, including but not limited to, dispositions to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned and/or the immediate family of the undersigned and dispositions from any grantor retained annuity trust established for the direct benefit of the undersigned and/or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned, or by will or intestacy;

(iv) distributions of Ordinary Shares or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares to limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of the undersigned, or to any partnership, corporation or limited liability company controlled by the undersigned or by a member of the immediate family of the undersigned; or

(v) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Ordinary Shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Ordinary Shares during the Lock-Up Period.

provided, however, that (a) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (iii) or (iv), each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter agreement substantially in the form of this letter agreement (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) and (b) in the case of any transaction pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) or (v), such transaction is not required to be reported during the Lock-Up Period by anyone in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise (other than a required filing on Form 5, Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (or 13D-A or 13G-A) and no such filing shall be made voluntarily during the Lock-Up Period. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Capitol on behalf of the Sales Agents, the undersigned will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Ordinary Shares or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (y) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed in this Lock-Up Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless Capitol waives, in writing, such extension.

The undersigned hereby further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34th day following the scheduled expiration of the Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the preceding paragraph) has expired.

In furtherance of the foregoing, (1) the undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein against the transfer of any such securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions, and (2) the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement. The undersigned hereby waives any applicable notice requirement concerning the Company’s intention to file a prospectus in connection with the Public Offering and sell Securities thereunder.

 

2


The undersigned understands that the Company and the Sales Agents are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to a Sales Agency Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Sales Agents and there is no assurance that the Company and the Sales Agents will enter into a Sales Agency Agreement with respect to the Public Offering or that the Public Offering will be consummated.

This Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (1) either Capitol on behalf of the Sales Agents, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, advising the other in writing, prior to the execution of the Sales Agency Agreement, that they have determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (2) termination of the Sales Agency Agreement before the sale of any Securities to the Sales Agents, (3) the withdrawal of the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Public Offering, or (4)               , 2014, in the event that the Sales Agency Agreement has not been executed by that date.

[Signature page follows]

 

3


This Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

[Name]

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited

Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited owns 100% of the equity interests in Oxbridge Reinsurance Limited, which was incorporated on April 23, 2013 under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Form S-1 Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Oxbridge Re Holdings Limited. (the “Company”), for the registration of $25,500,000 of units, each unit consisting of one of the Company’s ordinary shares and one warrant, and to the incorporation by reference therein of our report dated January 20, 2014, relating to the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from April 4, 2013 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2013, which are included in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Hacker, Johnson & Smith PA

HACKER, JOHNSON & SMITH PA

Tampa, Florida

January 27, 2014